WO2019146769A1 - Lithographic printing plate original plate, and method for producing lithographic printing plate - Google Patents

Lithographic printing plate original plate, and method for producing lithographic printing plate Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019146769A1
WO2019146769A1 PCT/JP2019/002582 JP2019002582W WO2019146769A1 WO 2019146769 A1 WO2019146769 A1 WO 2019146769A1 JP 2019002582 W JP2019002582 W JP 2019002582W WO 2019146769 A1 WO2019146769 A1 WO 2019146769A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
printing plate
lithographic printing
plate precursor
compound
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2019/002582
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
修史 平野
洋平 石地
和朗 榎本
啓介 野越
藤田 明徳
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Publication of WO2019146769A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019146769A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C1/00Forme preparation
    • B41C1/10Forme preparation for lithographic printing; Master sheets for transferring a lithographic image to the forme
    • B41C1/1008Forme preparation for lithographic printing; Master sheets for transferring a lithographic image to the forme by removal or destruction of lithographic material on the lithographic support, e.g. by laser or spark ablation; by the use of materials rendered soluble or insoluble by heat exposure, e.g. by heat produced from a light to heat transforming system; by on-the-press exposure or on-the-press development, e.g. by the fountain of photolithographic materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/028Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
    • G03F7/029Inorganic compounds; Onium compounds; Organic compounds having hetero atoms other than oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C2201/00Location, type or constituents of the non-imaging layers in lithographic printing formes
    • B41C2201/02Cover layers; Protective layers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C2210/00Preparation or type or constituents of the imaging layers, in relation to lithographic printing forme preparation
    • B41C2210/04Negative working, i.e. the non-exposed (non-imaged) areas are removed
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C2210/00Preparation or type or constituents of the imaging layers, in relation to lithographic printing forme preparation
    • B41C2210/08Developable by water or the fountain solution
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C2210/00Preparation or type or constituents of the imaging layers, in relation to lithographic printing forme preparation
    • B41C2210/22Preparation or type or constituents of the imaging layers, in relation to lithographic printing forme preparation characterised by organic non-macromolecular additives, e.g. dyes, UV-absorbers, plasticisers

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to a lithographic printing plate precursor and a method of preparing a lithographic printing plate.
  • a lithographic printing plate comprises an oleophilic image area that receives ink during the printing process and a hydrophilic non-image area that receives dampening water.
  • the lipophilic image area of the lithographic printing plate is an ink receiving area
  • the hydrophilic non-image area is a dampening water receiving area (ink non-receiving area).
  • a lithographic printing plate precursor in which a lipophilic photosensitive resin layer (image recording layer) is provided on a hydrophilic support has hitherto been widely used.
  • PS plate lithographic printing plate precursor
  • a lithographic printing plate is obtained by plate-making by a method of dissolving and removing with a solvent, exposing the hydrophilic support surface and forming a non-image area.
  • JP-A-2017-154318 has at least one constituent layer on an aluminum support mounted on the same plate cylinder of a printing machine, and at least one of the constituent layers has a low molecular weight hydrophilic compound.
  • a step of on-press developing an on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor having an on-press developable planographic printing plate dummy plate, and an image recording layer containing a polymerization initiator containing an organic boron-containing anion on an aluminum support Printing methods are described. Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No.
  • 2007-045144 has an image recording layer which can be drawn by infrared laser exposure on a support, and is mounted on a printing machine without undergoing a development treatment step after image recording, or a printing machine It is a lithographic printing plate precursor which can be printed by recording an image after mounting, and the image recording layer contains (A) an infrared absorber and (B) an iodonium salt represented by the following formula (1).
  • a lithographic printing plate precursor is described.
  • Ar 1 and Ar 2 each represent a benzene ring which may have a substituent, wherein the substituents of the two benzene rings are different from each other, and the sum of the Hammett ⁇ values of the substituents of at least one of the benzene rings Represents a structure where is negative.
  • Z represents a counter anion.
  • the layer formed on the aluminum support in the lithographic printing plate precursor contains a halide ion
  • corrosion of a small area may occur in the aluminum support during storage of the lithographic printing plate precursor.
  • removal of the image recording layer by development is insufficient in the corroded area due to the formation of a polymer around the corroded area, etc. It may be As a result, in the obtained lithographic printing plate, a residual film having a small area such as a dot shape may be generated in the non-image area.
  • the ink adheres to the residual film, and the printed matter obtained has a small area such as a dot shape or a ring shape (for example, a diameter of 20 ⁇ m to In some cases, printing stains of 2,000 ⁇ m or the like (hereinafter, also referred to as “Spot Scumming”) may occur.
  • spot Scumming printing stains of 2,000 ⁇ m or the like
  • a layer such as an image recording layer is formed on an aluminum support by coating the composition in the production of a lithographic printing plate precursor, precipitates such as salts are deposited on the coated surface to cause coating unevenness. The surface condition of the surface of the lithographic printing plate precursor may be lowered.
  • planographic printing plate precursor which suppresses the occurrence of a pot-like stain and has an excellent surface appearance
  • planographic printing plate using the above planographic printing plate precursor. It is to provide a plate making method.
  • Means for solving the above problems include the following aspects. ⁇ 1> The total content of halide ions relative to the total mass of all the layers formed on the above aluminum support, including the aluminum support and the image recording layer formed on the above aluminum support, A lithographic printing plate precursor having more than 0 ppm and no more than 1,000 ppm. ⁇ 2> The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in ⁇ 1>, wherein the total content of the halide ion is more than 0 ppm and not more than 500 ppm.
  • ⁇ 3> The layer selected from the group consisting of a fluoride ion, a chloride ion, a bromide ion, and an iodide ion as the halide ion in any layer among all the layers formed on the aluminum support
  • the image recording layer contains an electron accepting polymerization initiator,
  • the iodonium salt is a compound represented by the following formula 1.
  • Ar 1 and Ar 2 are benzene rings which may have a substituent, and the substituents of two benzene rings are different from each other, and at least one of the substituents of the benzene ring is A structure in which the sum of Hammett ⁇ values is negative, Z ⁇ represents a counter anion.
  • ⁇ 7> The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in ⁇ 5> or ⁇ 6> above, wherein the iodonium salt is a compound represented by the following formula 1a.
  • Ar 1a is a benzene ring having a substituent, and the total sum of Hammett ⁇ values of the substituents is negative
  • Ar 2a is a benzene ring having a substituent, the substituent The sum of Hammett ⁇ values of represents a positive one
  • Z ⁇ represents a counter anion.
  • R 1 to R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a halogen atom, a haloalkyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, -OR 7 , -OCOR 7 , -OCONR 7 R 8 , -OSO 2 R 7 , -OPO (OR 7 ) (OR 8 ), -OSi R 7 R 8 R 9 , -COR 7 , -COOR 7 , -CONR 7 R 8 , -NR 7 R 8, -NR 7 COR 8, -NR 7 COOR 8, -NR 7 CONR 8 R 9, -N (COR 7) (COR 8), - N + R 7 R 8 R 9 ⁇ Y -, -NR 7 SO 2 R 8 , -SR 7 , -SOR 7 , -SO 2 R 7 , -SO 3 R 7 ,
  • ⁇ 9> The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in any one of ⁇ 5> to ⁇ 8> above, which further contains a borate compound as an electron donor polymerization initiator.
  • ⁇ 10> The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in ⁇ 9> above, wherein the borate compound is a tetraphenyl borate compound.
  • the image recording layer further comprises an infrared absorber and a polymerizable compound.
  • the image recording layer contains a polymer particle.
  • ⁇ 13> The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 4> above, wherein the image recording layer comprises an infrared absorber and hydrophobic thermoplastic polymer particles.
  • a method of making a lithographic printing plate comprising the step of removing
  • a lithographic printing plate precursor capable of suppressing the occurrence of a pot-like stain and having an excellent surface appearance, and a method of making a lithographic printing plate using the above lithographic printing plate precursor. can do.
  • (meth) acrylic is a term used in a concept including both acrylic and methacrylic
  • (meth) acryloyl is a term used as a concept including both acryloyl and methacryloyl.
  • step in the present specification is not limited to an independent step, and may be referred to as the term if the intended purpose of the step is achieved, even if it can not be clearly distinguished from other steps. included.
  • mass% and “weight%” are synonymous, and “mass part” and “part by weight” are synonymous.
  • a combination of two or more preferred embodiments is a more preferred embodiment.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) in the present disclosure use columns of TSKgel GMHxL, TSKgel G4000HxL, TSKgel G2000HxL (all are trade names manufactured by Tosoh Corp.) unless otherwise noted. It is a molecular weight which is detected using a solvent THF (tetrahydrofuran) and a differential refractometer by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) analyzer and a polystyrene as a standard substance.
  • the term "planographic printing plate precursor” encompasses not only a lithographic printing plate precursor but also a disposable plate precursor.
  • planographic printing plate includes not only a planographic printing plate prepared by a planographic printing plate precursor through operations such as exposure and development, but also a disposable plate.
  • the operations of exposure and development are not necessarily required.
  • a waste printing plate is a planographic printing plate precursor for attaching to a printing plate cylinder which is not used, for example, in the case of printing a part of the paper with a single color or two colors in newspaper printing of color.
  • “*” in a chemical structural formula represents a bonding position with another structure.
  • a lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure comprises an aluminum support and an image recording layer formed on the aluminum support, and a halide based on the total mass of all the layers formed on the aluminum support.
  • the total content of ions is more than 0 ppm and not more than 1,000 ppm.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure can be suitably used as a lithographic printing plate precursor for on-press development.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure generation of the above-mentioned defects is suppressed by the content of the halide ion being 1,000 ppm or less It became clear. It is presumed that this is because the occurrence of the corrosion is suppressed. In addition, it has been revealed that when the content of the halide ion exceeds 0 ppm, it is possible to obtain a lithographic printing plate precursor having an excellent surface appearance. It is presumed that this is because the generation of the above-mentioned precipitates is suppressed by containing the halide ion.
  • the content of the halide ion is 1,000 ppm or less
  • the number of printable lithographic printing plates (hereinafter, also referred to as "printing resistance") is likely to be improved. This is presumed to be due to an increase in the amount of radical production at the time of exposure since the consumption of the electron accepting polymerization initiator in the corroded portion is suppressed.
  • the developability of the lithographic printing plate precursor is easily improved. This is considered to be because the lithographic printing plate precursor in the non-image area is easily removed by development because the polymerization in the corrosive area is suppressed.
  • the total content of halide ions relative to the total mass of all layers formed on the aluminum support in the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure is more than 0 ppm and 1,000 ppm.
  • All layers formed on an aluminum support include layers such as an image recording layer, an undercoat layer and a protective layer, which will be described later.
  • the total content is preferably 500 ppm or less, more preferably 100 ppm or less, and still more preferably 10 ppm or less, from the viewpoint of suppressing the occurrence of pot-like dirt.
  • the total content of the halide ions is preferably 0.0005 ppm or more, and more preferably 0.005 ppm or more, from the viewpoint of improving the surface condition of the surface of the lithographic printing plate precursor.
  • the total content of the above halide ions is determined by extracting 100 cm 2 of the lithographic printing plate precursor with 10 mL of pure water at 25 ° C., and quantifying with a Metrome 761 Compact IC.
  • halide ions contained in all layers on the aluminum support are extracted at one time. Thereafter, the total content is calculated from the sum of all the halide ions detected in the above determination.
  • the extraction is performed by cutting the lithographic printing plate precursor to 10 cm ⁇ 10 cm and immersing it in 10 mL of pure water.
  • the planographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure has all the layers formed on the above-mentioned aluminum support from the viewpoint of suppressing the occurrence of a pot-like stain and improving the surface condition of the surface of the planographic printing plate precursor.
  • at least one selected from the group consisting of fluoride ion, chloride ion, bromide ion, and iodide ion as the above-mentioned halide ion is contained in any layer, and chloride ion and bromide ion are contained. It is more preferable to include at least one selected from the group consisting of
  • the counter cation of the halide ion in the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure may be an infrared absorber as long as the total content described above satisfies the above range, and an electron accepting polymerization initiator (for example, iodonium) It may be a cation etc.), may be a polymer component such as a binder polymer or particles, or may be other low molecular weight cation, and is not particularly limited. That is, the halide ion contained in the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure may be a halide ion derived from any component contained in the lithographic printing plate precursor.
  • the counter cation of the halide ion is a quaternary ammonium cation.
  • the quaternary ammonium cation is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include tetraalkyl ammonium cation and the like.
  • the carbon number of the alkyl group in the tetraalkylammonium cation is preferably independently 1 to 10, and more preferably 1 to 4. That is, in the present disclosure, it is preferable that any layer formed on the aluminum support contains a halide of a quaternary ammonium cation.
  • Preferred examples of the halide of the quaternary ammonium cation include halides of tetraalkylammonium cation. Preferred embodiments of the tetraalkylammonium cation are as described above, and the fluoride, chloride, bromide or iodide of the above tetraalkylammonium cation is preferable, and the chloride or bromide is more preferable.
  • the method of adding the halide ion to the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure is not particularly limited, but the halide ion may be used as a component such as an infrared absorber, a binder polymer, or an electron accepting polymerization initiator contained in the image recording layer.
  • produces, the method of adding a low molecular weight halide to an image recording layer, the method of using the compound which generate
  • the halide ion may be added to any layer formed on the support in the lithographic printing plate by any of the above methods .
  • a low molecular weight halide to any layer formed on an aluminum support from the viewpoint of easy addition because of high solubility in a solvent (and a coating solution), and a low molecular weight halide Is preferably added to the image recording layer.
  • the addition amount may be such that the total content of halide ions with respect to the total mass of all the layers formed on the aluminum support satisfies the above range.
  • the low molecular weight halide is not particularly limited, but the tetraalkyl ammonium cation and the halide ion as described above, such as tetraethyl ammonium bromide, tetrabutyl ammonium fluoride, tetrabutyl ammonium chloride, tetrabutyl ammonium bromide, tetrabutyl ammonium iodide, etc. And the like.
  • the aluminum support (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “support”) in the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure can be appropriately selected from known aluminum supports for lithographic printing plate precursors.
  • the support is preferably an aluminum plate which has been subjected to surface roughening and anodized by a known method.
  • the aluminum plate may further be subjected to micropore enlargement treatment and pore sealing treatment of the anodized film described in JP-A-2001-253181 and JP-A-2001-322365 as required, US Pat. No.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure has an image recording layer.
  • the image recording layer used in the present disclosure is preferably a negative image recording layer.
  • the image recording layer in the present disclosure is preferably any one of the following first aspect or second aspect from the viewpoint of printing durability and photosensitivity.
  • First embodiment containing an electron accepting polymerization initiator.
  • Second embodiment An infrared absorber and hydrophobic thermoplastic polymer particles are contained.
  • the image recording layer used in the present disclosure preferably further includes an infrared absorber and a polymerizable compound in the first embodiment from the viewpoint of press life and the like.
  • the image recording layer used in the present disclosure preferably further includes polymer particles in the first aspect from the viewpoint of printing durability and the like.
  • the image recording layer used in the present disclosure preferably further includes a borate compound as an electron donating polymerization initiator from the viewpoint of improving the printing durability and the visibility of the image portion of the plate.
  • the image recording layer used in the present disclosure preferably further contains a binder polymer in the first aspect.
  • the image recording layer used in the present disclosure may contain hydrophobic thermoplastic polymer particles as the above-mentioned polymer particles in the above first aspect from the viewpoint of on-press developability.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure is preferably removable from the unexposed area of the image recording layer by at least one of dampening water and printing ink, from the viewpoint of on-press developability. The details of each component contained in the image recording layer will be described below.
  • the image recording layer used in the present disclosure preferably contains an electron accepting polymerization initiator, more preferably an electron accepting polymerization initiator and a polymerizable compound.
  • the electron accepting polymerization initiator is a compound that initiates and accelerates the polymerization of the polymerizable compound.
  • known thermal polymerization initiators, compounds having a small bond dissociation energy, photopolymerization initiators and the like can be used.
  • radical polymerization initiators described in paragraphs 0092 to 0106 of JP-A-2014-104631 can be used.
  • the electron accepting polymerization initiator include onium salts.
  • iodonium salt compounds and sulfonium salts are more preferable, and iodonium salts are more preferable.
  • iodonium salt a compound represented by the following formula 1 is preferable from the viewpoint of printing durability.
  • Ar 1 and Ar 2 are benzene rings which may have a substituent, and the substituents of two benzene rings are different from each other, and at least one of the substituents of the benzene ring is A structure in which the sum of Hammett ⁇ values is negative, Z ⁇ represents a counter anion.
  • the substituents of two benzene rings are different from each other not only when the substituents which the two benzene rings have differ, but one of the benzene rings has a substituent and the other benzene ring has a substituent. Also includes the case where it does not have a substituent.
  • the compound represented by the formula 1 is preferably a compound represented by the following formula 1a.
  • Ar 1a is a benzene ring having a substituent, and the total sum of Hammett ⁇ values of the substituents is negative
  • Ar 2a is a benzene ring having a substituent, the substituent The sum of Hammett ⁇ values of represents a positive one
  • Z ⁇ represents a counter anion.
  • Equation 1 in formulas 1a, Z - counter anion represented by the halide ion, perchlorate ion, tetrafluoroborate ion, hexafluorophosphate ion, carboxylate ion, or be a sulfonic acid ion preferably More preferably, they are tetrafluoroborate ion, hexafluorophosphate ion, or perfluoroalkyl sulfonate ion.
  • the Hammett ⁇ value is the meta-substituent, para-substituent on acid dissociation equilibrium of benzoic acid in water at 25 ° C., as described in the reference document “Chemical Seminar 10 Hammett side—structure and reactivity”. It is a value indicating the influence of the group. If it is negative, it is electron donative, and if it is positive it is electron withdrawing. As for the ortho substituent, the value of the p-position substituent is substituted. When calculating the sum of Hammett .sigma. Values, use .sigma.m values for substituents in the m-position to the C-I bond and .sigma.p values for substituents in the p-position.
  • any iodonium salt is suitably used, as long as it is an iodonium salt in which these Hammett ⁇ values are summed in each benzene ring and the sum of at least one is negative. be able to.
  • the iodonium salt represented by Formula 1 or Formula 1a it is preferable that the sum total of the Hammett alpha value of the substituent of two benzene rings is 0 or less together.
  • any iodonium salt may be used.
  • an iodonium salt can also be used, a compound represented by the following formula 2 is more preferable.
  • the compounds represented by Formula 2 are iodonium salts in which two benzene ring substituents are different from each other, and the sum of Hammett ⁇ values of at least one benzene ring substituent is negative.
  • R 1 to R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a halogen atom, a haloalkyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, -OR 7 , -OCOR 7 , -OCONR 7 R 8 , -OSO 2 R 7 , -OPO (OR 7 ) (OR 8 ), -OSi R 7 R 8 R 9 , -COR 7 , -COOR 7 , -CONR 7 R 8 , -NR 7 R 8, -NR 7 COR 8, -NR 7 COOR 8, -NR 7 CONR 8 R 9, -N (COR 7) (COR 8), - N + R 7 R 8 R 9 ⁇ Y -, -NR 7 SO 2 R 8 , -SR 7 , -SOR 7 , -SO 2 R 7 , -SO 3 R 7 ,
  • substituents when the Hammett ⁇ value is positive or negative are shown below.
  • the content of the electron accepting polymerization initiator is preferably 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass, and more preferably 0.5% by mass to 30% by mass, with respect to the total mass of the image recording layer, and 0.8% by mass. % To 20% by weight is particularly preferred. Within the above range, better exposure sensitivity can be obtained, and the occurrence of pot-shaped stains can be more easily suppressed.
  • the image recording layer preferably contains an infrared absorber.
  • the infrared absorber has a function of converting the absorbed infrared light into heat and a function of being excited by the infrared light to perform electron transfer and / or energy transfer to the electron accepting polymerization initiator.
  • the infrared absorber used in the present disclosure is preferably a dye having an absorption maximum at a wavelength of 750 nm to 1,400 nm.
  • dyes such as azo dyes, metal complex salts azo dyes, pyrazolone azo dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, anthraquinone dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, carbonium dyes, quinoneimine dyes, methine dyes, cyanine dyes, squarylium dyes, pyrilium salts, metal thiolate complexes, etc. Can be mentioned.
  • cyanine dyes particularly preferred are cyanine dyes, squarylium dyes, pyrylium salts, nickel thiolate complexes and indolenine cyanine dyes. Furthermore, cyanine dyes, indolenine cyanine dyes and the like can be mentioned. Among them, cyanine dyes are particularly preferred.
  • cyanine dye examples include compounds described in paragraphs 0017 to 0019 of JP-A 2001-133969, paragraphs 0016 to 0021 of JP-A 2002-023360, and paragraphs 0012 to 0037 of JP-A 2002-040638.
  • Compounds described in JP-A-2002-278057 preferably compounds described in paragraphs 0034-0041 in JP-A-2008-195018, particularly preferably compounds described in JP-A-2007-90850.
  • compounds described in paragraphs 0105 to 0113 of JP-A-2012-206495 examples of the cyanine dye.
  • the infrared absorber may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Moreover, you may use together a pigment and dye as an infrared rays absorber.
  • the content of the infrared absorbing dye in the image recording layer is preferably 0.1% by mass to 10.0% by mass, and more preferably 0.5% by mass to 5.0% by mass with respect to the total mass of the image recording layer. preferable.
  • the image recording layer used in the present disclosure preferably contains a polymerizable compound.
  • the polymerizable compound used in the image recording layer may be, for example, a radically polymerizable compound or a cationically polymerizable compound, but an addition polymerizable compound having at least one ethylenically unsaturated bond (hereinafter referred to as And an ethylenically unsaturated compound).
  • an ethylenically unsaturated compound a compound having at least one terminal ethylenic unsaturated bond is preferable, and a compound having two or more terminal ethylenic unsaturated bonds is more preferable.
  • the polymerizable compound can have a chemical form such as, for example, a monomer, a prepolymer, that is, a dimer, a trimer or an oligomer, or a mixture thereof.
  • Examples of monomers include unsaturated carboxylic acids (eg, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid), esters thereof, and amides.
  • esters of unsaturated carboxylic acid and polyhydric alcohol compound, and amides of unsaturated carboxylic acid and polyhydric amine compound are used.
  • addition reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having a nucleophilic substituent such as hydroxy group, amino group and mercapto group with monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanates or epoxies, and monofunctional or monofunctional Dehydration condensation products with polyfunctional carboxylic acids and the like are also suitably used.
  • unsaturated carboxylic acid esters having an electrophilic substituent such as an isocyanate group and an epoxy group, or an addition reaction product of an amide with a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, an amine or a thiol, and a halogen atom are also suitable.
  • substitution products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having a leaving substituent such as tosyloxy group and amides with monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, and thiols.
  • a compound group in which the above-mentioned unsaturated carboxylic acid is replaced by unsaturated phosphonic acid, styrene, vinyl ether and the like can also be used.
  • monomers of esters of polyhydric alcohol compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids include, as acrylic acid esters, ethylene glycol diacrylate, 1,3-butanediol diacrylate, tetramethylene glycol diacrylate, propylene glycol diacrylate, and the like.
  • examples thereof include trimethylolpropane triacrylate, hexanediol diacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, sorbitol triacrylate, ethylene oxide (EO) isocyanurate modified triacrylate, and polyester acrylate oligomer.
  • methacrylic acid ester As methacrylic acid ester, tetramethylene glycol dimethacrylate, neopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate, ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, pentaerythritol trimethacrylate, bis [p- (3-methacryloxy-2-hydroxypropoxy) phenyl] Dimethylmethane, bis [p- (methacryloxyethoxy) phenyl] dimethylmethane and the like.
  • monomers of amides of a polyvalent amine compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid include methylenebisacrylamide, methylenebismethacrylamide, 1,6-hexamethylenebisacrylamide, 1,6-hexamethylenebismethacrylamide, There are diethylene triamine tris acrylamide, xylylene bis acrylamide, xylylene bis methacrylamide and the like.
  • urethane addition polymerization compounds produced by using an addition reaction of an isocyanate and a hydroxy group are also suitable, and specific examples thereof include, for example, one molecule described in JP-B-48-41708.
  • Vinyl containing two or more polymerizable vinyl groups in one molecule obtained by adding a hydroxyl group-containing vinyl monomer represented by the following formula (M) to a polyisocyanate compound having two or more isocyanate groups Urethane compounds and the like can be mentioned.
  • CH 2 C (R M4 ) COOCH 2 CH (R M5 ) OH (M)
  • R M4 and R M5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • Urethane Compounds Having a Water-Based Skeleton U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,153,632, JP-A-8-505,958, JP-A-2007-293221, JP-A-2007-293223, and Urethane Compounds Having a Hydrophilic Group Is also suitable.
  • the content of the polymerizable compound is preferably 5% by mass to 75% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass to 70% by mass, particularly preferably 15% by mass to 60% by mass, based on the total mass of the image recording layer. is there.
  • the image recording layer preferably contains polymer particles.
  • the polymer particles may be selected from the group consisting of thermoplastic polymer particles, heat-reactive polymer particles, polymer particles having a polymerizable group, microcapsules containing a hydrophobic compound, and microgels (crosslinked polymer particles). preferable. Among them, polymer particles or microgels having a polymerizable group are preferable.
  • the polymer particles comprise at least one ethylenically unsaturated polymerizable group. The presence of such polymer particles has the effect of enhancing the printing durability of the exposed area and the on-press developability of the unexposed area.
  • the polymer particles are preferably thermoplastic polymer particles, and more preferably hydrophobic thermoplastic polymer particles.
  • thermoplastic polymer particles for example, Research Disclosure No. 1 of January 1992.
  • the thermoplastic polymer particles described in 33303, JP-A-9-123387, JP-A-9-131850, JP-A-9-171249, JP-A-9-171250, European Patent 931647, and the like are preferable.
  • Specific examples of the polymer constituting the thermoplastic polymer particles include ethylene, styrene, vinyl chloride, methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, vinylidene chloride, acrylonitrile, vinyl carbazole, and polyalkylene structure.
  • thermoplastic polymer particles is preferably 0.01 ⁇ m to 3.0 ⁇ m.
  • the thermally reactive polymer particles include polymer particles having a thermally reactive group.
  • the thermally reactive polymer particles form a hydrophobized region by crosslinking due to thermal reaction and functional group change at that time.
  • the thermally reactive group in the polymer particle having a thermally reactive group may be any functional group that carries out any reaction, as long as a chemical bond is formed, but is preferably a polymerizable group, for example, Ethylenically unsaturated group (for example, acryloyl group, methacryloyl group, vinyl group, allyl group etc.) which performs radical polymerization reaction, cationically polymerizable group (for example, vinyl group, vinyloxy group, epoxy group, oxetanyl group etc.), addition reaction Group having an active hydrogen atom (eg, an amino group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, etc.) which is an active hydrogen atom which is a reaction partner thereof, a carboxy group which performs a condensation reaction, and Hydroxy group or amino group that is a reaction partner, acid anhydride that performs ring-opening addition reaction, and amino acid that is a reaction partner And a group or hydroxy group are preferably exemplified.
  • the microcapsules for example, as described in JP-A-2001-277740 and JP-A-2001-277742, at least a part of the components of the image recording layer is encapsulated in the microcapsule.
  • the components of the image recording layer can also be contained outside the microcapsules.
  • the image recording layer containing microcapsules is a preferred embodiment in which the hydrophobic component is encapsulated in the microcapsule and the hydrophilic component is contained outside the microcapsule.
  • the microgel can contain part of the components of the image recording layer on at least one of its surface or inside.
  • a reactive microgel having a radically polymerizable group on its surface is preferred from the viewpoint of image forming sensitivity and printing durability.
  • Known methods can be applied to microencapsulate or microgelate the components of the image recording layer.
  • polymer particles from the viewpoint of printing durability, stain resistance and storage stability, a polyvalent isocyanate compound which is an adduct of a polyhydric phenol compound having two or more hydroxy groups in the molecule and isophorone diisocyanate. And those obtained by the reaction of a compound having active hydrogen are preferable.
  • a polyhydric phenol compound the compound which has two or more benzene rings which have a phenolic hydroxyl group is preferable.
  • the compound having active hydrogen is preferably a polyol compound or a polyamine compound, more preferably a polyol compound, and still more preferably at least one compound selected from the group consisting of propylene glycol, glycerin and trimethylolpropane.
  • Examples of particles of resins obtained by the reaction of a polyhydric isocyanate compound which is an adduct of a polyhydric phenol compound having two or more hydroxy groups in a molecule and isophorone diisocyanate and a compound having an active hydrogen are disclosed in JP-A 2012 Preferred are polymer particles described in paragraphs 0032 to 0095 of JP-206495.
  • the polymer particle has a hydrophobic main chain from the viewpoint of printing durability and solvent resistance, and i) a constituent unit having a pendant cyano group directly bonded to the hydrophobic main chain, ii) It is preferable to include both of the constituent units having a pendant group containing a hydrophilic polyalkylene oxide segment.
  • An acrylic resin chain is preferably mentioned as the above-mentioned hydrophobic main chain.
  • Preferred examples of the pendant cyano group include — [CH 2 CH (C ⁇ N) —] or — [CH 2 C (CH 3 ) (C ⁇ N) —].
  • the constituent units having the pendant cyano group can be easily derived from an ethylenically unsaturated monomer such as acrylonitrile or methacrylonitrile, or a combination thereof.
  • an alkylene oxide in the said hydrophilic polyalkylene oxide segment ethylene oxide or a propylene oxide is preferable and ethylene oxide is more preferable.
  • the repeating number of the alkylene oxide structure in the hydrophilic polyalkylene oxide segment is preferably 10 to 100, more preferably 25 to 75, and still more preferably 40 to 50.
  • Both a constituent unit having a hydrophobic main chain and i) having a pendant cyano group directly bonded to the hydrophobic main chain, and ii) a constituent unit having a pendant group including a hydrophilic polyalkylene oxide segment Preferred examples of the resin particles containing at least one of those described in JP-A-2008-503365, paragraphs 0039 to 0068.
  • the average particle diameter of the polymer particles is preferably 0.01 ⁇ m to 3.0 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.03 ⁇ m to 2.0 ⁇ m, and still more preferably 0.10 ⁇ m to 1.0 ⁇ m. Within this range, good resolution and stability over time can be obtained.
  • the average primary particle size of each particle in the present disclosure is measured by light scattering, or an electron micrograph of the particle is taken, and a total of 5,000 particle sizes of the particle are measured on the photograph, and an average is obtained. The value shall be calculated. For non-spherical particles, the particle size value of spherical particles having the same particle area as the particle area on the photograph is taken as the particle size. Moreover, the average particle diameter in this indication shall be a volume average particle diameter unless there is particular notice.
  • the content of the polymer particles is preferably 5% by mass to 90% by mass with respect to the total mass of the image recording layer.
  • the image recording layer used in the present disclosure preferably contains an electron donating polymerization initiator.
  • the electron donating polymerization initiator contributes to the improvement of printing durability in a lithographic printing plate.
  • an electron donor type polymerization initiator the following five types are mentioned, for example.
  • Alkyl or arylate complex It is thought that a carbon-hetero bond is oxidatively cleaved to generate an active radical. Specifically, borate compounds and the like can be mentioned.
  • Aminoacetic acid compound It is believed that oxidation breaks up the C—X bond on the carbon adjacent to nitrogen to generate an active radical.
  • a hydrogen atom, a carboxy group, a trimethylsilyl group or a benzyl group is preferable.
  • N-phenylglycines a phenyl group may have a substituent
  • N-phenyliminodiacetic acid a phenyl group may have a substituent
  • Be (Iii) Sulfur-containing compounds Those in which the nitrogen atom of the above-mentioned aminoacetic acid compound is replaced by a sulfur atom can generate an active radical by the same action. Specific examples thereof include phenylthioacetic acid (which may have a substituent on the phenyl group) and the like.
  • Tin-containing compounds those in which the nitrogen atom of the above-mentioned aminoacetic acid compound is replaced by a tin atom can generate active radicals by the same action.
  • Sulfinates Oxidation can generate active radicals. Specifically, sodium arylsulfine and the like can be mentioned.
  • the image recording layer preferably contains a borate compound.
  • a borate compound a tetraaryl borate compound or a monoalkyl triaryl borate compound is preferable, from the viewpoint of the stability of the compound, a tetraaryl borate compound is more preferable, and a tetraphenyl borate compound is particularly preferable.
  • a tetraaryl borate compound having at least one electron withdrawing group is preferable, and a tetraphenyl borate compound having at least one electron withdrawing group is more preferable.
  • a group having a positive Hammett's ⁇ value is preferable, and a group having a Hammett's ⁇ value of 0 to 1.2 is more preferable.
  • Hammett's ⁇ values see Hansch, C., et al. Leo, A .; Taft, R .; W. Chem. Rev. 1991, 91, 165-195.
  • a halogen atom, a trifluoromethyl group or a cyano group is preferable, and a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a trifluoromethyl group or a cyano group is more preferable.
  • an alkali metal ion or a tetraalkyl ammonium ion is preferable, and a sodium ion, a potassium ion, or a tetrabutyl ammonium ion is more preferable.
  • X c + represents a monovalent cation, and is preferably an alkali metal ion or a tetraalkylammonium ion, and more preferably an alkali metal ion or a tetrabutylammonium ion.
  • Bu represents an n-butyl group.
  • the electron donating polymerization initiator may be added alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the electron donating polymerization initiator is preferably 0.01% by mass to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.05% by mass to 25% by mass, based on the total mass of the image recording layer, and 0.1% by mass It is more preferable that the content be up to 20% by mass.
  • the image recording layer used in the present disclosure preferably contains a binder polymer.
  • a binder polymer As a binder polymer, (meth) acrylic resin, polyvinyl acetal resin, and a polyurethane resin are preferable.
  • (meth) acrylic includes “acrylic” and "methacrylic”.
  • binder polymer known binder polymers used in the image recording layer of a lithographic printing plate precursor can be suitably used.
  • a binder polymer (hereinafter, also referred to as a binder polymer for on-press development) used for an on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor will be described in detail.
  • a binder polymer for on-press development a binder polymer having an alkylene oxide chain is preferable.
  • the binder polymer having an alkylene oxide chain may have a poly (alkylene oxide) moiety in the main chain or in the side chain.
  • it may be a graft polymer having poly (alkylene oxide) in the side chain, or a block copolymer of a block composed of poly (alkylene oxide) -containing constitutional units and a block composed of poly (alkylene oxide) -free constitutional units.
  • a polyurethane resin is preferred.
  • the polymer of the main chain in the case of having a poly (alkylene oxide) moiety in the side chain includes (meth) acrylic resin, polyvinyl acetal resin, polyurethane resin, polyurea resin, polyimide resin, polyamide resin, epoxy resin, polystyrene resin, novolac type Phenol resins, polyester resins, synthetic rubbers and natural rubbers may be mentioned, and (meth) acrylic resins are particularly preferred.
  • alkylene oxide an alkylene oxide having 2 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable, and ethylene oxide or propylene oxide is particularly preferable.
  • the repeating number of the alkylene oxide in the poly (alkylene oxide) portion is preferably 2 to 120, more preferably 2 to 70, and still more preferably 2 to 50. If the number of repetitions of the alkylene oxide is 120 or less, it is preferable because deterioration in both printing durability due to abrasion and printing durability due to ink receptivity is suppressed.
  • the poly (alkylene oxide) moiety is preferably contained as a side chain of the binder polymer in a structure represented by the following formula (AO), and as a side chain of the (meth) acrylic resin, it is represented by the following formula (AO) More preferably, it is contained in the following structure.
  • y represents 2 to 120
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group
  • R 2 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • the monovalent organic group is preferably an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 6, and is methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, isobutyl group, tert-butyl group And n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, n-hexyl, isohexyl, 1,1-dimethylbutyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl.
  • y is preferably 2 to 70, and more preferably 2 to 50.
  • R 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R 2 is particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • the binder polymer may have crosslinkability in order to improve the film strength of the image area.
  • a crosslinkable functional group such as an ethylenically unsaturated bond may be introduced into the main chain or side chain of the polymer.
  • the crosslinkable functional group may be introduced by copolymerization or may be introduced by a polymer reaction.
  • Examples of polymers having an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the main chain of the molecule include poly-1,4-butadiene, poly-1,4-isoprene and the like.
  • An example of a polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the side chain of the molecule is a polymer of an ester or amide of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, and the residue of ester or amide (R of -COOR or -CONHR) is Mention may be made of polymers having ethylenically unsaturated bonds.
  • free radicals polymerization initiating radicals or propagating radicals in the polymerization process of the polymerizable compound
  • Addition polymerization is performed to form crosslinks between polymer molecules and cure.
  • an atom in the polymer for example, a hydrogen atom on a carbon atom adjacent to a functional crosslinking group
  • a free radical is extracted by a free radical to generate a polymer radical, which combines with one another to form a crosslink between polymer molecules. It forms and cures.
  • the content of the crosslinkable group in the binder polymer is preferably 0 per gram of the binder polymer from the viewpoint of good sensitivity and good storage stability. 1 mmol to 10.0 mmol, more preferably 1.0 mmol to 7.0 mmol, particularly preferably 2.0 mmol to 5.5 mmol.
  • the binder polymer for on-press development is shown below, but the present disclosure is not limited thereto.
  • the numerical values (numerical values indicated simultaneously with the main chain constituent units) indicated in parallel with the constituent units represent the molar percentage of the above-mentioned constituent units.
  • the numerical value added to the constituent unit of the side chain indicates the number of repetition of the above constituent unit.
  • Me represents a methyl group
  • Et represents an ethyl group
  • Ph represents a phenyl group.
  • a polymer chain having a sulphide bond with a nucleus via a core having a polyfunctional thiol having 6 to 10 functional groups as a nucleus, and the polymer chain having a polymerizable group is high Molecular compounds (hereinafter, also referred to as star polymer compounds) can be mentioned.
  • star polymer compounds for example, compounds described in JP-A-2012-148555 can be preferably used.
  • the star polymer compound has a polymerizable group such as an ethylenically unsaturated bond for improving the film strength of the image area as described in JP-A-2008-195018, which is a main chain or a side chain, preferably a side. What has in the chain is mentioned.
  • the polymerizable groups form crosslinks between polymer molecules to accelerate curing.
  • the polymerizable group is preferably an ethylenically unsaturated group such as (meth) acrylic group, vinyl group, allyl group or styryl group, an epoxy group or the like, and the (meth) acrylic group, vinyl group or styryl group is polymerizable. It is more preferable from the viewpoint, and (meth) acrylic group is particularly preferable.
  • These groups can be introduced into the polymer by polymer reaction or copolymerization.
  • reaction of a polymer having a carboxy group in a side chain with glycidyl methacrylate, or reaction of a polymer having an epoxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid such as methacrylic acid can be used.
  • These groups may be used in combination.
  • the binder polymer preferably has a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 2,000 or more, more preferably 5,000 or more, and 10,000 to 300,000 as the polystyrene conversion value by GPC method. It is further preferred that
  • hydrophilic polymers such as polyacrylic acid and polyvinyl alcohol described in JP-A-2008-195018 can be used in combination. Also, lipophilic polymers and hydrophilic polymers can be used in combination.
  • the binder polymer may be present in the image recording layer as a polymer that functions as a binder for each component, or may be present in the form of particles.
  • the average primary particle size is preferably 10 nm to 1,000 nm, more preferably 20 nm to 300 nm, still more preferably 30 nm to 120 nm.
  • the compound applicable to the above-mentioned polymer particle shall not apply to a binder polymer.
  • one binder polymer may be used alone, or two or more binder polymers may be used in combination.
  • the binder polymer can be contained in any amount in the image recording layer.
  • the content of the binder polymer can be appropriately selected depending on the application of the image recording layer and the like, but is preferably 1% by mass to 90% by mass, and more preferably 5% by mass to 80% by mass with respect to the total mass of the image recording layer.
  • the image recording layer used in the present disclosure may contain a chain transfer agent.
  • the chain transfer agent contributes to the improvement of printing durability in a lithographic printing plate.
  • the chain transfer agent is preferably a thiol compound, more preferably a thiol having a carbon number of 7 or more from the viewpoint of boiling point (poor volatility), and still more preferably a compound having a mercapto group on an aromatic ring (aromatic thiol compound).
  • the thiol compound is preferably a monofunctional thiol compound.
  • chain transfer agent examples include the following compounds.
  • the chain transfer agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the chain transfer agent is preferably 0.01% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 0.05% by mass to 40% by mass, and still more preferably 0.1% by mass to 30% by mass with respect to the total mass of the image recording layer. % Is more preferred.
  • the image recording layer may contain a low molecular weight hydrophilic compound in order to improve the on-press developability while suppressing the deterioration of the printing durability.
  • the low molecular weight hydrophilic compound is preferably a compound having a molecular weight of less than 1,000, more preferably a compound having a molecular weight of less than 800, and still more preferably a compound having a molecular weight of less than 500.
  • Examples of low molecular weight hydrophilic compounds include water-soluble organic compounds.
  • water-soluble organic compounds include glycols such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, tripropylene glycol and their ether or ester derivatives, glycerin, pentaerythritol, tris (2-hydroxy) Ethyl) polyols such as isocyanurate, organic amines such as triethanolamine, diethanolamine, monoethanolamine and their salts, organic sulfonic acids such as alkylsulfonic acid, toluenesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid and their salts, alkylsulfamic acid Organic sulfamic acids and their salts, organic sulfuric acids such as alkyl sulfuric acid and alkyl ether sulfuric acid and their salts, organic phosphonic acids such as phenyl phosphonic acid and the like , Tartaric acid, oxalic acid, citric acid, malic acid, lactic acid, gluco
  • the low molecular weight hydrophilic compound preferably contains at least one selected from polyols, organic sulfates, organic sulfonates and betaines.
  • organic sulfonates include alkyl sulfonates such as sodium n-butyl sulfonate, sodium n-hexyl sulfonate, sodium 2-ethylhexyl sulfonate, sodium cyclohexyl sulfonate, sodium n-octyl sulfonate; , 8,11-Trioxapentadecane-1-sulfonic acid sodium, 5,8,11-trioxaheptadecane-1-sulfonic acid sodium, 13-ethyl-5,8,11-trioxaheptadecane-1-sulfone Alkyl sulfonates containing ethylene oxide chains such as sodium acid sodium and sodium 5,8,11,14-tetraoxatetracosan-1-sulphonate; sodium benzene sulphonate, sodium p-toluene sulphonate, p-hydroxy benzene sulphide
  • Organic sulfates include sulfates of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl or heterocyclic monoethers of polyethylene oxide.
  • the number of ethylene oxide units is preferably 1 to 4, and the salt is preferably a sodium salt, potassium salt or lithium salt. Specific examples thereof include the compounds described in paragraphs 0034 to 0038 of JP-A-2007-276454.
  • Preferred betaines are compounds having 1 to 5 carbon atoms in the hydrocarbon substituent to the nitrogen atom, and specific examples thereof include trimethyl ammonium acetate, dimethyl propyl ammonium acetate, 3-hydroxy-4-trimethyl ammonium Obtilate, 4- (1-pyridinio) butyrate, 1-hydroxyethyl-1-imidazolioacetate, trimethylammonium methanesulfonate, dimethylpropylammonium methanesulfonate, 3-trimethylammonio-1-propanesulfonate, 3 And-(1-pyridinio) -1-propanesulfonate and the like.
  • the low molecular weight hydrophilic compound has a small hydrophobic part structure and hardly has a surfactant activity, and therefore the dampening water penetrates the exposed part (image part) of the image recording layer to reduce the hydrophobicity and the film strength of the image part. Therefore, the ink receptivity and printing durability of the image recording layer can be well maintained.
  • the content of the low molecular weight hydrophilic compound is preferably 0.5% by mass to 20% by mass, more preferably 1% by mass to 15% by mass, and more preferably 2% by mass to 10% by mass with respect to the total mass of the image recording layer. Is more preferred. In this range, good on-press developability and press life can be obtained.
  • the low molecular weight hydrophilic compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the image recording layer may contain a sensitizing agent such as a phosphonium compound, a nitrogen-containing low molecular weight compound, or an ammonium group-containing polymer in order to improve the receptivity.
  • a sensitizing agent such as a phosphonium compound, a nitrogen-containing low molecular weight compound, or an ammonium group-containing polymer
  • these compounds function as a surface coating agent for the inorganic stratiform compound and can suppress the decrease in the receptivity during printing by the inorganic stratiform compound.
  • a sensitizing agent it is preferable to use a phosphonium compound, a nitrogen-containing low molecular weight compound, and an ammonium group-containing polymer in combination, and to use a phosphonium compound, a quaternary ammonium salt, and an ammonium group-containing polymer in combination. Is more preferred.
  • the nitrogen-containing low molecular weight compounds include amine salts and quaternary ammonium salts. Also, imidazolinium salts, benzimidazolinium salts, pyridinium salts, quinolinium salts can be mentioned. Among them, quaternary ammonium salts and pyridinium salts are preferred.
  • the ammonium group-containing polymer may have an ammonium group in its structure, and is preferably a polymer containing 5 mol% to 80 mol% of a (meth) acrylate having an ammonium group in a side chain as a copolymerization component.
  • Specific examples include the polymers described in paragraphs 0089 to 0105 of JP-A-2009-208458.
  • the ammonium salt-containing polymer preferably has a reduced specific viscosity (unit: ml / g) value of 5 to 120, preferably 10 to 110, which is determined according to the measurement method described in JP-A 2009-208458. Are more preferred, and those in the range of 15 to 100 are particularly preferred.
  • Mw weight average molecular weight
  • the content of the sensitizing agent is preferably 0.01% by mass to 30.0% by mass, and more preferably 0.1% by mass to 15.0% by mass, with respect to the total mass of the image recording layer. % To 10% by mass is more preferable.
  • the image recording layer used in the present disclosure preferably contains an acid color former.
  • the “acid color former” used in the present disclosure means a compound having a property of developing a color by heating in a state where an electron accepting compound (for example, a proton such as an acid) is received.
  • an acid color developing agent particularly, it has a partial skeleton such as lactone, lactam, sultone, spiropyran, ester, amide and the like, and is a colorless which rapidly opens or cleaves the partial skeleton when contacted with an electron accepting compound. Compounds are preferred.
  • acid-coloring agents examples include: 3,3-bis (4-dimethylaminophenyl) -6-dimethylaminophthalide (referred to as "crystal violet lactone"), 3,3-bis (4- Dimethylaminophenyl) phthalide, 3- (4-dimethylaminophenyl) -3- (4-diethylamino-2-methylphenyl) -6-dimethylaminophthalide, 3- (4-dimethylaminophenyl) -3- (1 , 2-Dimethylindol-3-yl) phthalide, 3- (4-dimethylaminophenyl) -3- (2-methylindol-3-yl) phthalide, 3,3-bis (1,2-dimethylindole-3) -Yl) -5-dimethylaminophthalide, 3,3-bis (1,2-dimethylindol-3-yl) -6-dimethylaminophthalide, 3,3-biphenyl (9-E
  • the acid color former used in the present disclosure is preferably at least one compound selected from the group consisting of spiropyran compounds, spirooxazine compounds, spirolactone compounds and spirolactam compounds.
  • the hue of the dye after color development is preferably green, blue or black from the viewpoint of visibility.
  • an acid color developing agent such as ETAC, RED 500, RED 520, CVL, S-205, BLACK 305, BLACK 400, BLACK 100, BLACK 500, H-7001, GREEN 300, NIRBLACK 78, BLUE 220, H.
  • These acid color formers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the image recording layer of the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure can contain a dye having large absorption in the visible light region as a colorant for an image.
  • a dye having large absorption in the visible light region As a colorant for an image.
  • pigments such as phthalocyanine pigments, azo pigments, carbon black and titanium oxide can also be suitably used. It is preferable to contain a coloring agent, because the image area after image formation and the non-image area can be easily distinguished.
  • the addition amount of the colorant is preferably 0.005% by mass to 10% by mass with respect to the total mass of the image recording layer.
  • the image recording layer may contain, as other components, surfactants, polymerization inhibitors, higher fatty acid derivatives, plasticizers, inorganic particles, inorganic layered compounds, and the like. Specifically, the description in paragraphs [0114] to [0159] of JP-A-2008-284817 can be referred to.
  • the image recording layer in the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure is, for example, dispersed or dissolved in a known solvent and applied as described in paragraphs 0142 to 0143 of JP-A-2008-195018.
  • the solution can be prepared, coated on a support by a known method such as bar coating, and dried.
  • the coating amount (solid content) of the image recording layer after coating and drying varies depending on the use, but 0.3 g / m 2 to 3.0 g / m 2 is preferable. Within this range, good sensitivity and good film properties of the image recording layer can be obtained.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure preferably has a subbing layer (sometimes referred to as an intermediate layer) between the image recording layer and the support.
  • the undercoat layer strengthens the adhesion between the support and the image recording layer in the exposed area and facilitates the peeling of the image recording layer from the support in the unexposed area. Contribute to improving In addition, in the case of infrared laser exposure, the undercoat layer functions as a heat insulating layer, which also has an effect of preventing the heat generated by the exposure from being diffused to the support to reduce the sensitivity.
  • Examples of the compound used for the undercoat layer include polymers having an adsorptive group capable of adsorbing to the surface of the support and a hydrophilic group. In order to improve the adhesion to the image recording layer, polymers having an adsorptive group and a hydrophilic group, and further having a crosslinkable group are preferred.
  • the compound used for the undercoat layer may be a low molecular weight compound or a polymer. The compounds used in the undercoat layer may be used as a mixture of two or more, if necessary.
  • the compound used for the undercoat layer is a polymer
  • a copolymer of a monomer having an adsorptive group, a monomer having a hydrophilic group and a monomer having a crosslinkable group is preferred.
  • adsorptive groups capable of adsorbing to the surface of a support include phenolic hydroxy group, carboxy group, -PO 3 H 2 , -OPO 3 H 2 , -CONHSO 2- , -SO 2 NHSO 2- , -COCH 2 COCH 3 Is preferred.
  • the hydrophilic group is preferably a sulfo group or a salt thereof, or a salt of a carboxy group.
  • the polymer may have a crosslinkable group introduced by salt formation of a polar substituent of the polymer and a compound having a pair charge with the polar substituent and a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, or Other monomers, preferably hydrophilic monomers, may be further copolymerized.
  • the phosphorus compound which has a heavy bond reactive group is mentioned suitably.
  • Crosslinkable groups (preferably, ethylenically unsaturated bond groups) described in JP 2005-238816, JP 2005-125749, JP 2006-239867, and JP 2006-215263, and a support Low molecular weight or high molecular weight compounds having a functional group that interacts with the surface and a hydrophilic group are also preferably used.
  • More preferable examples include polymer polymers having an adsorptive group, a hydrophilic group and a crosslinkable group which can be adsorbed on the surface of a support as described in JP-A-2005-125749 and JP-A-2006-188038.
  • the content of the ethylenically unsaturated bonding group in the polymer used for the undercoat layer is preferably 0.1 mmol to 10.0 mmol, more preferably 0.2 mmol to 5.5 mmol, per 1 g of the polymer.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer used for the undercoat layer is preferably 5,000 or more, and more preferably 10,000 to 300,000.
  • the undercoat layer has a chelating agent, a secondary or tertiary amine, a polymerization inhibitor, an amino group or a functional group having a polymerization inhibiting ability and a support surface in order to prevent soiling over time.
  • the subbing layer is applied in a known manner.
  • the coating amount (solid content) of the undercoat layer is preferably 0.1 mg / m 2 to 100 mg / m 2, and more preferably 1 mg / m 2 to 30 mg / m 2 .
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure preferably has a protective layer (sometimes referred to as an overcoat layer) on the image recording layer.
  • the protective layer has a function of preventing the generation of a scratch in the image recording layer and a function of preventing ablation during high-intensity laser exposure, in addition to the function of suppressing the image formation inhibition reaction by oxygen blocking.
  • the protective layer having such properties is described, for example, in US Pat. No. 3,458,311 and JP-B-55-49729.
  • a water-soluble polymer or a water-insoluble polymer can be appropriately selected and used, and two or more types can be mixed and used as needed. it can.
  • polyvinyl alcohol, modified polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, a water-soluble cellulose derivative, poly (meth) acrylonitrile and the like can be mentioned.
  • the modified polyvinyl alcohol an acid modified polyvinyl alcohol having a carboxy group or a sulfo group is preferably used.
  • modified polyvinyl alcohols described in JP-A-2005-250216 and JP-A-2006-259137 can be mentioned.
  • the protective layer preferably contains an inorganic stratiform compound to enhance the oxygen barrier property.
  • the inorganic stratiform compound is a particle having a thin tabular shape, and, for example, a mica group such as natural mica and synthetic mica, talc represented by the formula: 3MgO.4SiO.H 2 O, teniolite, montmorillonite, saponite, hekto Light, zirconium phosphate and the like can be mentioned.
  • the inorganic layered compound preferably used is a mica compound.
  • A is any of K, Na and Ca
  • B and C are It is any of Fe (II), Fe (III), Mn, Al, Mg and V, and D is Si or Al.
  • micas such as natural micas and synthetic micas.
  • natural micas include muscovite, soda mica, phlogopite, biotite and phlogopite.
  • Non-swelling micas such as fluorine phlogopite KMg 3 (AlSi 3 O 10 ) F 2 and potassium tetrasilicon mica KMg 2.5 Si 4 O 10 ) F 2 as synthetic micas, and Na tetrasilylic mica NaMg 2.
  • the lattice layer lacks positive charge, and in order to compensate for it, cations such as Li + , Na + , Ca 2+ and Mg 2+ are adsorbed between the layers. The cations intervening between these layers are called exchangeable cations and can be exchanged with various cations.
  • the bond between the layered crystal lattices is weak because the ion radius is small, and the layer swells significantly with water. In this state, shearing readily cleaves to form a stable sol in water. Swellable synthetic mica is strong in this tendency and is particularly preferably used.
  • the aspect ratio is preferably 20 or more, more preferably 100 or more, and particularly preferably 200 or more.
  • the aspect ratio is the ratio of the major axis to the thickness of the particle, and can be measured, for example, from a projection of the particle by a micrograph. The larger the aspect ratio, the greater the effect obtained.
  • the upper limit value of the aspect ratio is not limited, and can be, for example, 1000 or less.
  • the average major axis of the particle diameter of the mica compound is preferably 0.3 ⁇ m to 20 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.5 ⁇ m to 10 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably 1 ⁇ m to 5 ⁇ m.
  • the average thickness of the particles is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.05 ⁇ m or less, and particularly preferably 0.01 ⁇ m or less.
  • the thickness is about 1 nm to 50 nm
  • the surface size (long diameter) is about 1 ⁇ m to 20 ⁇ m.
  • the content of the inorganic stratiform compound is preferably 0% by mass to 60% by mass, and more preferably 3% by mass to 50% by mass, with respect to the total solid content of the protective layer. Even when using a plurality of types of inorganic stratiform compounds in combination, it is preferable that the total amount of the inorganic stratiform compounds has the above content. Within the above range, the oxygen barrier property is improved, and good sensitivity can be obtained. In addition, it is possible to prevent the deterioration of the inking property.
  • the protective layer may contain known additives such as a plasticizer for imparting flexibility, a surfactant for improving the coatability, and inorganic particles for controlling the slipperiness of the surface. Further, the oil-receptive agent described in the image recording layer may be contained in the protective layer.
  • the protective layer is applied in a known manner.
  • the coating amount of the protective layer (solid content) is preferably from 0.01g / m 2 ⁇ 10g / m 2, more preferably 0.02g / m 2 ⁇ 3g / m 2, 0.02g / m 2 ⁇ 1g / m 2 is particularly preferred.
  • a lithographic printing plate can be produced by imagewise exposing the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure and performing development processing.
  • One embodiment of a method of preparing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure comprises a step of imagewise exposing the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure (hereinafter also referred to as “exposure step”), and printing ink and dampening water
  • Exposure step a step of imagewise exposing the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure
  • on-machine development step A step of removing the unexposed area of the image recording layer
  • another embodiment of the method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure is an exposure step of imagewise exposing the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure to form an exposed portion and an unexposed portion;
  • a step (hereinafter, also referred to as a “developing step”) of removing the unexposed area by supplying a developer solution of 2 or more and 11 or less is included in this order.
  • the preferable aspect of each process is demonstrated in order about the preparation methods of the lithographic printing plate concerning this indication, and the lithographic printing method concerning this indication.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure can also be developed by a developer.
  • the method of preparing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure preferably includes an exposure step of imagewise exposing the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure. By the exposure step, an exposed area and an unexposed area are formed on the lithographic printing plate.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure is preferably imagewise exposed by laser exposure through a transparent original having a line image, halftone dot image or the like or by laser light scanning with digital data.
  • the wavelength of the light source is preferably 750 nm to 1,400 nm.
  • a solid state laser and a semiconductor laser emitting infrared rays are preferable.
  • the output is preferably 100 mW or more, the exposure time per pixel is preferably within 20 microseconds, and the amount of irradiation energy is 10 mJ / cm 2 to 300 mJ / cm 2. preferable.
  • the exposure mechanism may be any of an inner drum system, an outer drum system, and a flat bed system. Image exposure can be performed by a conventional method using a platesetter or the like.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor may be mounted on a printing press and then imagewise exposed on the printing press.
  • the method of preparing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure preferably includes an on-press development step of supplying at least one of printing ink and dampening water to remove the unexposed area.
  • the method of preparing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure may be performed by a method of developing with a developer (developer processing method).
  • the method of preparing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure includes a developing step of supplying a developer having a pH of 2 or more and 11 or less to remove the unexposed area.
  • the on-press development method will be described below.
  • On-press development method an imagewise exposed lithographic printing plate precursor is supplied with an oil-based ink and an aqueous component on a printing press, and the image recording layer in the non-image area is removed to prepare a lithographic printing plate Is preferred. That is, the lithographic printing plate precursor is imagewise exposed and then mounted as it is without any development processing, or the lithographic printing plate precursor is mounted on a printing machine and then imagewise exposed on the printing press and then When an oil-based ink and an aqueous component are supplied and printed, an uncured image recording layer is formed by the supplied oil ink and / or the aqueous component in the non-image area at an early stage of printing.
  • the image recording layer cured by the exposure forms an oil-based ink receiving portion having a lipophilic surface.
  • An oil-based ink or an aqueous component may be supplied first to the printing plate, but the oil-based ink is first supplied in that the aqueous component is prevented from being contaminated by the removed components of the image recording layer. Is preferred.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor is developed on the press on a printing press and used as it is for printing a large number of sheets.
  • an oil-based ink and an aqueous component the printing ink and dampening water for normal lithographic printing are used suitably.
  • the wavelength of the light source is preferably 300 nm to 450 nm or 750 nm to 1,400 nm.
  • a lithographic printing plate precursor containing a sensitizing dye having an absorption maximum in this wavelength region in the image recording layer is preferably used, and the light source of 750 to 1,400 nm is preferably the one described above.
  • Be A semiconductor laser is preferable as a light source of 300 nm to 450 nm.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure can also produce a lithographic printing plate by development processing using a developer by appropriately selecting a binder polymer and the like which are constituent components of the image recording layer.
  • the development and the gum solution processing step can also be carried out simultaneously by a method of containing a water-soluble polymer compound, if necessary, in the developer. Therefore, the post-water washing step is not particularly required, and the drying step can be carried out after development and gum solution treatment are carried out in one-component and one-step steps. Therefore, as a development process using a developing solution, a method of preparing a lithographic printing plate including a process of developing the planographic printing plate precursor after image exposure with a developing solution having a pH of 2 to 11 is preferable. It is preferable to dry after removing an excess developing solution using a squeeze roller after development processing.
  • the development process can be suitably carried out by an automatic development processor equipped with a developer supply means and a rubbing member.
  • an automatic development processor using a rotating brush roll as the rubbing member. Two or more rotating brush rolls are preferable.
  • the automatic development processor comprises means for removing excess developer such as a squeeze roller, and drying means such as a hot air device after the development processing means.
  • the automatic development processor may be provided with preheating means for heat-processing the lithographic printing plate precursor after image exposure, prior to the development processing means.
  • the processing with such an automatic development processor corresponds to the development residue derived from the image recording layer (and the protective layer if the lithographic printing plate precursor has a protective layer) which occurs in the case of so-called on-press development processing. It has the advantage of being released from
  • a developing processing method for example, a method in which an aqueous solution is contained in a sponge, cotton wool or the like, processing while rubbing the entire plate surface, and drying after processing is preferable.
  • the immersion treatment for example, a method of dipping the lithographic printing plate precursor in a vat containing an aqueous solution, a deep tank or the like for about 60 seconds and stirring, and drying while rubbing with absorbent cotton, a sponge or the like is preferable.
  • an apparatus having a simplified structure and a simplified process be used for the development processing.
  • the protective layer is removed by a pre-water washing step, followed by development with a high pH alkaline developer, after which the alkali is removed in a post-water washing step, gum treatment is performed in the gumming step, and drying step To dry.
  • development and gumming can be performed simultaneously with one solution. Therefore, it is possible to omit the post-water washing step and the gum treatment step, and it is preferable to carry out the drying step as necessary after performing development and gumming (gum solution treatment) with one solution.
  • after developing and gumming it is preferable to dry after removing an excess developing solution using a squeeze roller.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor may be immersed in the developing solution once, or may be immersed twice or more.
  • a method of immersing the lithographic printing plate precursor in the developer solution once or twice is preferable.
  • the exposed lithographic printing plate precursor may be dipped in a developer tank containing the developer, or the developer may be sprayed from a spray or the like onto the plate surface of the exposed lithographic printing plate precursor.
  • the same developer, or a developer (fatigue solution) in which the components of the image recording layer are dissolved or dispersed by the developing process and the developer are used twice.
  • development treatment with one solution one solution treatment
  • a rubbing member such as a brush
  • a rubbing member such as a brush
  • the exposed lithographic printing plate precursor is dipped in a developer and rubbed with a brush, for example, at a temperature of preferably 0 ° C. to 60 ° C., more preferably 15 ° C. to 40 ° C.
  • the treatment liquid charged in the external tank can be pumped up, sprayed from a spray nozzle, and rubbed with a brush.
  • the developer charged in an external tank is pumped up and sprayed from a spray nozzle and rubbed with a brush
  • the developer can be sprayed again from a spray nozzle and rubbed with a brush.
  • it is preferable to recover the processing ability using a replenisher or a fresh developer because the developer becomes fatigued due to the increase of the processing amount.
  • a gum coater and an automatic developing machine which are conventionally known for a PS plate (Presitized Plate) and a CTP (Computer to Plate) can also be used.
  • an automatic developing machine for example, a method in which a developer charged in a developer tank or a developer charged in an external tank is pumped up and treated by spraying from a spray nozzle, or in a tank filled with developer. Either a method in which the printing plate is conveyed by immersion in a submerged guide roll or the like for processing can be applied, or a so-called disposable processing method in which a substantially unused developer can be supplied and processed only for each plate can be applied. .
  • one having a rubbing mechanism by a brush, molton, etc. is more preferable.
  • commercially available automatic developing machines for example, Clean Out Unit C85 / C125, Clean-Out Unit + C85 / 120, FCF 85 V, FCF 125 V, FCF News (manufactured by Glunz & Jensen), Azura CX85, Azura CX125, Azura CX150 AGFA GRAPHICS Co., Ltd.
  • an apparatus in which a laser exposure unit and an automatic processor unit are integrated for example, Clean Out Unit C85 / C125, Clean-Out Unit + C85 / 120, FCF 85 V, FCF 125 V, FCF News (manufactured by Glunz & Jensen), Azura CX85, Azura CX125, Azura CX150 AGFA GRAPHICS Co., Ltd.
  • the pH of the developer is preferably 2 to 11, more preferably 5 to 9, and still more preferably 7 to 9. From the viewpoint of developability and dispersibility of the image recording layer, it is more advantageous to set the pH value higher, but it is more effective to set the pH value lower for printability, particularly for the suppression of stains. is there.
  • pH is a value measured at 25 ° C. using a pH meter (model number: HM-31, manufactured by Toa DK K. K.).
  • the developer may contain a surfactant such as an anionic surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, or an amphoteric surfactant.
  • the developer preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of anionic surfactants and amphoteric surfactants, from the viewpoint of blanching. Further, the developer preferably contains a nonionic surfactant, and contains a nonionic surfactant and at least one selected from the group consisting of an anionic surfactant and an amphoteric surfactant. Is more preferred.
  • R 1 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aralkyl group or an aryl group which may have a substituent.
  • alkyl group for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and specifically, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, hexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, Preferred examples include octyl group, decyl group, dodecyl group, hexadecyl group and stearyl group.
  • the cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the monocyclic type is preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 8, and more preferably a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group or a cyclooctyl group.
  • Preferred examples of the polycyclic group include an adamantyl group, a norbornyl group, an isoboronyl group, a camphanyl group, a dicyclopentyl group, an ⁇ -pinel group and a tricyclodecanyl group.
  • the alkenyl group is preferably, for example, an alkenyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, and specific examples thereof preferably include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a butenyl group and a cyclohexenyl group.
  • the aralkyl group is preferably, for example, an aralkyl group having a carbon number of 7 to 12, and specific examples thereof preferably include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group and a naphthylmethyl group.
  • the aryl group is preferably, for example, an aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 15, and specific examples thereof include a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a dimethylphenyl group, a 2,4,6-trimethylphenyl group, a naphthyl group and an anthryl group. Groups and 9,10-dimethoxyanthryl group etc. can be preferably mentioned.
  • a monovalent nonmetal atomic group other than a hydrogen atom is used, and preferred examples include a halogen atom (F, Cl, Br or I), a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an acyl group, Amide groups, ester groups, acyloxy groups, carboxy groups, carboxylic acid anion groups, sulfonic acid anion groups and the like can be mentioned.
  • a halogen atom F, Cl, Br or I
  • a hydroxy group an alkoxy group
  • an aryloxy group an acyl group
  • Amide groups, ester groups, acyloxy groups, carboxy groups, carboxylic acid anion groups, sulfonic acid anion groups and the like can be mentioned.
  • alkoxy group in the substituent examples include methoxy group, ethoxy group, propyloxy group, isopropyloxy group, butyloxy group, pentyloxy group, hexyloxy group, dodecyloxy group, stearyloxy group, methoxyethoxy group, poly ( Those having preferably 1 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as ethyleneoxy) group, poly (propyleneoxy) group and the like can be mentioned.
  • the aryloxy group has 6 to 18 carbon atoms, such as phenoxy, tolyloxy, xylyloxy, mesityloxy, cumenyloxy, methoxyphenyloxy, ethoxyphenyloxy, chlorophenyloxy, bromophenyloxy, naphthyloxy and the like
  • the ones of Examples of the acyl group include those having 2 to 24 carbon atoms such as acetyl group, propanoyl group, butanoyl group, benzoyl group and naphthoyl group.
  • the amide group examples include those having 2 to 24 carbon atoms such as an acetamide group, a propionic acid amide group, a dodecanoic acid amide group, a palmitic acid amide group, a stearic acid amide group, a benzoic acid amide group and a naphthoic acid amide group.
  • the acyloxy group those having 2 to 20 carbon atoms such as acetoxy group, propanoyloxy group, benzoyloxy group, naphthoyloxy group and the like can be mentioned.
  • ester group examples include those having 1 to 24 carbon atoms such as methyl ester group, ethyl ester group, propyl ester group, hexyl ester group, octyl ester group, dodecyl ester group and stearyl ester group.
  • the substituent may consist of a combination of two or more of the above substituents.
  • X 1 represents a sulfonate group, a sulfate monoester base, a carboxylate group or a phosphate group.
  • Y 1 is a single bond, -C n H 2n- , -C n -m H 2 (n-m) OC m H 2m- , -O- (CH 2 CH 2 O) n- , -O- (CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O) n- , -CO-NH-, or a divalent linking group consisting of a combination of two or more of these, and n 1 1 and n m m 0 0 are satisfied.
  • a compound represented by the following formula (IA) or the formula (IB) is preferable from the viewpoint of scratch resistance.
  • each of R A1 to R A10 independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group
  • nA represents an integer of 1 to 3
  • X A1 and X A2 each represent Independently, it represents a sulfonate group, a sulfate monoester base, a carboxylate group or a phosphate group
  • Y A1 and Y A2 each independently represent a single bond, —C n H 2 n —, —C n -m H 2 (n -m) OC m H 2m -, - O- (CH 2 CH 2 O) n -, - O- (CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O) n -, - CO-NH-, or combining two or more And n ⁇ 1 and n ⁇ m ⁇ 0, and the total number of carbons in R A1 to R A5 or R A6 to R A10 and in Y A1 or Y A2 is 3 or more
  • the total carbon number of R A1 to R A5 and Y 1A , or R A6 to R A10 and Y A2 in the compound represented by the above formula (I-A) or formula (I-B) is 25 or less Is preferable, and 4 to 20 is more preferable.
  • the structure of the alkyl group described above may be linear or branched.
  • X A1 and X A2 in the compound represented by the formula (IA) or the formula (IB) are preferably a sulfonate group or a carboxylate group.
  • the salt structure of X A1 and X A2 is preferably an alkali metal salt, because the solubility in an aqueous solvent is particularly good. Among them, sodium salts or potassium salts are particularly preferred.
  • JP-A-2007-206348 As the compound represented by the above formula (IA) or formula (IB), the description in paragraphs [0019] to [0037] of JP-A-2007-206348 can be referred to.
  • anionic surfactant compounds described in paragraphs 0023 to 0028 of JP-A-2006-65321 can also be suitably used.
  • amphoteric surfactant to be used in the developer is not particularly limited, and amine oxides such as alkyldimethylamine oxide, alkylbetaines, fatty acid amidopropyl betaines, betaines such as alkylimidazole, amino acids such as sodium alkylamino fatty acid It can be mentioned.
  • alkyldimethylamine oxide which may have a substituent alkyl carboxy betaine which may have a substituent
  • alkyl sulfo betaine which may have a substituent
  • Specific examples thereof include a compound represented by the formula (2) in paragraph 0256 of JP-A-2008-203359, a formula (I), a formula (II) and a formula (II) in paragraph 0028 of JP-A-2008-276166.
  • Examples thereof include compounds represented by VI) and compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0029 of JP-A-2009-47927.
  • amphoteric surfactant used in the developer a compound represented by the following formula (1) or a compound represented by the formula (2) is preferable.
  • R 1 and R 11 each independently represent an alkyl group having 8 to 20 carbon atoms or a linking group having 8 to 20 carbon atoms in total.
  • R 2 , R 3 , R 12 and R 13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a group containing an ethylene oxide structure.
  • R 4 and R 14 each independently represent a single bond or an alkylene group.
  • two groups among R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure, and two groups among R 11 , R 12 , R 13 and R 14 may be each other It may combine to form a ring structure.
  • the solubility in an aqueous developer decreases.
  • the solubility is improved by mixing an organic solvent such as alcohol which helps dissolution with water as a solubilizing agent, but if the total carbon value becomes too large, a surfactant can be used within the proper mixing range. Can not be dissolved. Therefore, the total carbon number of R 1 to R 4 or R 11 to R 14 is preferably 10 to 40, more preferably 12 to 30.
  • the alkyl group having a linking group represented by R 1 or R 11 represents a structure having a linking group between the alkyl groups. That is, when there is one linking group, it can be represented by "-alkylene group-linking group-alkyl group".
  • the linking group includes, for example, an ester bond, a carbonyl bond, and an amide bond. Although two or more linking groups may be present, one linking group is preferred, and an amide bond is particularly preferred.
  • the total carbon number of the alkylene group to be bonded to the linking group is preferably 1 to 5.
  • the alkylene group may be linear or branched, but a linear alkylene group is preferred.
  • the alkyl group bonded to the linking group preferably has 3 to 19 carbon atoms, and may be linear or branched, but is preferably linear alkyl.
  • R 2 or R 12 is an alkyl group
  • the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 5, and particularly preferably 1 to 3. It may be either linear or branched, but is preferably a linear alkyl group.
  • R 3 or R 13 is an alkyl group
  • the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 5, particularly preferably 1 to 3. It may be either linear or branched, but is preferably a linear alkyl group.
  • a group represented by —R a (CH 2 CH 2 O) n R b can be mentioned.
  • R a represents a single bond, an oxygen atom or a divalent organic group (preferably having a carbon number of 10 or less)
  • R b represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group (preferably having a carbon number of 10 or less)
  • n is 1 Represents an integer of ⁇ 10.
  • R 4 and R 14 are an alkylene group
  • the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 5, and particularly preferably 1 to 3. It may be either linear or branched, but is preferably a linear alkylene group.
  • a compound represented by the formula (2) represented by the formula (1) preferably has an amide bond, and more preferably has an amide bond as the linking group R 1 or R 11. Representative examples of the compound represented by the formula (1) or the compound represented by the formula (2) are shown below, but the present disclosure is not limited thereto.
  • the compounds represented by the formula (1) or (2) can be synthesized according to known methods. Moreover, it is also possible to use what is marketed. As commercially available products, examples of the compound represented by the formula (1) include Softazoline LPB manufactured by Kawaken Fine Chemicals Co., Ltd., Softazoline LPB-R, Vista MAP, Takesurf C-157L manufactured by Takemoto Yushi Co., Ltd., and the like. Examples of the compound represented by the formula (2) include softazoline LAO manufactured by Kawaken Fine Chemicals Co., Ltd., and Amogen AOL manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd. The amphoteric surfactant may be used alone in the developer or may be used in combination of two or more.
  • nonionic surfactants include polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ethers, polyoxyethylene polystyryl phenyl ether, glycerin fatty acid partial esters, sorbitan fatty acid partial esters, pentaerythritol fatty acid partial esters, Propylene glycol mono fatty acid ester, sucrose fatty acid partial ester, polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid partial ester, polyoxyethylene sorbitol fatty acid partial ester, polyethylene glycol fatty acid ester, polyglycerin fatty acid partial ester, polyoxyethylene glycerin fatty acid partial ester , Polyoxyethylene diglycerins, fatty acid diethanolamides, N, N-bis-2-hydroxyalkylamine , Polyoxyethylene alkylamine, triethanolamine fatty acid esters, trialkylamine oxides, polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ethers, polyoxyethylene - polyoxypropylene block
  • the nonionic aromatic ether surfactant represented by the following formula (N1) is particularly preferable as the nonionic surfactant.
  • X N represents an aromatic group which may have a substituent
  • Y N represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
  • a 1 and A 2 are groups different from each other
  • nB and mB each independently represent an integer of 0 to 100, provided that nB and mB simultaneously represent one of -CH 2 CH 2 O- or -CH 2 CH (CH 3 ) O- If non-zero and either nB or mB is zero, then nB and mB are not one.
  • examples of the aromatic group of X N include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group and an anthranyl group. These aromatic groups may have a substituent.
  • the substituent includes an organic group having 1 to 100 carbon atoms. In the formula, when both A and B are present, it may be a random or block copolymer.
  • organic group having 1 to 100 carbon atoms include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may be saturated or unsaturated and may be linear or branched, an aromatic hydrocarbon group such as an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or an alkynyl group. , Aryl groups, aralkyl groups, etc.
  • the cationic surfactant is not particularly limited, and conventionally known ones can be used.
  • alkylamine salts, quaternary ammonium salts, alkylimidazolinium salts, polyoxyethylene alkylamine salts, polyethylene polyamine derivatives and the like can be mentioned.
  • the surfactant may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the surfactant is preferably 1% by mass to 25% by mass, more preferably 2% by mass to 20% by mass, still more preferably 3% by mass to 15% by mass, with respect to the total mass of the developer. % To 10% by weight is particularly preferred.
  • the scratch resistance is excellent, the dispersibility of development residue is excellent, and the ink receptivity of the obtained lithographic printing plate is excellent.
  • the developer can contain a water-soluble polymer compound from the viewpoint of adjusting the viscosity of the developer and protecting the plate surface of the resulting lithographic printing plate.
  • water-soluble polymer compounds include soybean polysaccharides, modified starches, gum arabic, dextrin, fibrin derivatives (eg, carboxymethyl cellulose, carboxyethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose etc.) and modified products thereof, pullulan, polyvinyl alcohol and derivatives thereof, polyvinyl pyrrolidone
  • water-soluble polymer compounds such as polyacrylamide and acrylamide copolymer, vinyl methyl ether / maleic anhydride copolymer, vinyl acetate / maleic anhydride copolymer, styrene / maleic anhydride copolymer, etc. it can.
  • soybean polysaccharide conventionally known ones can be used.
  • Soya Five manufactured by Fuji Oil Co., Ltd.
  • various grades can be used.
  • those which can be preferably used are those in which the viscosity of the 10% by mass aqueous solution is in the range of 10 mPa ⁇ s to 100 mPa ⁇ s.
  • the starch represented by following formula (III) is preferable.
  • any starch such as corn, potato, tapioca, rice, wheat and the like can be used.
  • the modification of these starches can be performed by a method of decomposing in the range of 5 to 30 glucose residues per molecule with an acid or enzyme or the like and further adding oxypropylene in an alkali.
  • the degree of etherification (degree of substitution) is in the range of 0.05 to 1.2 per glucose unit, n represents an integer of 3 to 30, and m represents an integer of 1 to 3.
  • water-soluble polymer compounds particularly preferred are soybean polysaccharides, modified starches, gum arabic, dextrin, carboxymethylcellulose, polyvinyl alcohol and the like.
  • the water-soluble polymer compound can be used in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the water-soluble polymer compound is preferably 3% by mass or less, and more preferably 1% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the developer. .
  • the viscosity of a developing solution is moderate as it is the said aspect, and it can suppress that development debris etc. accumulate on the roller member of an automatic developing machine.
  • the developer used in the present disclosure may contain, in addition to the above, a wetting agent, a preservative, a chelating compound, an antifoaming agent, an organic acid, an organic solvent, an inorganic acid, an inorganic salt and the like.
  • ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, triethylene glycol, butylene glycol, hexylene glycol, diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, glycerin, trimethylolpropane, diglycerin and the like are suitably used.
  • the wetting agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the wetting agent is preferably 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass with respect to the total mass of the developer.
  • the amount of the preservative to be added is an amount that exerts a stable effect on bacteria, mold, yeast and the like, and varies depending on the type of bacteria, mold and yeast, but is 0. 0 to the total mass of the developer.
  • the range of 01% by mass to 4% by mass is preferable.
  • salts of organic amines are also effective.
  • the chelating agent is preferably one that is stably present in the treatment liquid composition and does not inhibit printability.
  • the content of the chelating agent is preferably 0.001% by mass to 1.0% by mass with respect to the total mass of the developer.
  • the antifoaming agent a general silicone-based self-emulsification type, an emulsification type, or a compound having a nonionic HLB (Hydrophilic-Lipophilic Balance) of 5 or less can be used. Silicone antifoams are preferred. In addition, silicone type surfactant shall be regarded as an antifoamer.
  • the content of the antifoaming agent is preferably in the range of 0.001% by mass to 1.0% by mass with respect to the total mass of the developer.
  • organic acid examples include citric acid, acetic acid, oxalic acid, malonic acid, salicylic acid, caprylic acid, tartaric acid, malic acid, lactic acid, levulinic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, xylenesulfonic acid, phytic acid, organic phosphonic acid and the like .
  • the organic acids can also be used in the form of their alkali metal salts or ammonium salts.
  • the content of the organic acid is preferably 0.01% by mass to 0.5% by mass with respect to the total mass of the developer.
  • organic solvent for example, aliphatic hydrocarbons (hexane, heptane, “Isopar E, H, G” (manufactured by Esso Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc.), aromatic hydrocarbons (toluene, xylene, etc.), halogenated Hydrocarbons (methylene dichloride, ethylene dichloride, trichlene, monochlorobenzene, etc.), polar solvents and the like can be mentioned.
  • aliphatic hydrocarbons hexane, heptane, “Isopar E, H, G” (manufactured by Esso Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc.
  • aromatic hydrocarbons toluene, xylene, etc.
  • halogenated Hydrocarbons methylene dichloride, ethylene dichloride, trichlene, monochlorobenzene, etc.
  • polar solvents and the like can be mentioned.
  • alcohols methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, benzyl alcohol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, 2-ethoxyethanol, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monohexyl ether, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether Propylene glycol monomethyl ether, polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, polypropylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobenzyl ether, ethylene glycol monophenyl ether, methylphenyl carbinol, n-amyl alcohol, methyl amyl alcohol etc.) , Tons (acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, ethyl butyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone etc.), esters (ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, propyl
  • the above organic solvent is insoluble in water, it can be used by solubilizing it in water using a surfactant etc.
  • the developer contains an organic solvent, it is safe and flammable From the viewpoint, the concentration of the solvent in the developer is preferably less than 40% by mass.
  • the inorganic acid and inorganic salt phosphoric acid, metaphosphoric acid, ammonium monophosphate, ammonium diphosphate, sodium monophosphate, sodium diphosphate, potassium monophosphate, potassium diphosphate, Sodium tripolyphosphate, potassium pyrophosphate, sodium hexametaphosphate, magnesium nitrate, sodium nitrate, potassium nitrate, ammonium nitrate, sodium sulfate, potassium sulfate, potassium sulfate, ammonium sulfate, sodium sulfite, ammonium sulfite, sodium hydrogensulfate, nickel sulfate and the like can be mentioned.
  • the content of the inorganic salt is preferably 0.01% by mass to 0.5% by mass with respect to the total mass of the developer.
  • the developer is prepared, as required, by dissolving or dispersing the above-mentioned components in water.
  • the solid content concentration of the developer is preferably 2% by mass to 25% by mass.
  • As a developing solution it is possible to prepare a concentrated solution and dilute it with water before use.
  • the developer is preferably an aqueous developer.
  • the developer preferably contains an alcohol compound from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the development residue.
  • an alcohol compound methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, benzyl alcohol and the like can be mentioned. Among them, benzyl alcohol is preferred.
  • the content of the alcohol compound is preferably 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass, and more preferably 0.1% by mass to 2% by mass, with respect to the total mass of the developer, from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the development residue. .2% by weight to 1% by weight is particularly preferred.
  • the lithographic printing method includes a printing step of supplying a printing ink to the planographic printing plate developed in the on-press development step or the development step and printing a recording medium.
  • the printing ink is not particularly limited, and various known inks can be used as desired.
  • oil-based ink or an ultraviolet curing ink (UV ink) is mentioned preferably, UV ink is mentioned more preferably.
  • UV ink is mentioned more preferably.
  • dampening water may be supplied as necessary.
  • the printing process may be performed continuously to the on-press development process without stopping the printing machine. There is no restriction
  • the lithographic printing is performed before exposure, during exposure, between exposure and development as necessary.
  • the entire surface of the plate precursor may be heated.
  • Such heating accelerates the image forming reaction in the image recording layer, and may bring about advantages such as improvement in sensitivity and printing durability and stabilization of sensitivity.
  • Heating before development is preferably performed under mild conditions of 150 ° C. or less. According to the above aspect, it is possible to prevent problems such as curing of the non-image area. It is preferable to use very strong conditions for heating after development, and a range of 100 ° C. to 500 ° C. is preferable. Within the above range, a sufficient image enhancing action can be obtained, and problems such as deterioration of the support and thermal decomposition of the image portion can be suppressed.
  • % and “parts” mean “% by mass” and “parts by mass” unless otherwise noted.
  • the molecular weight is a weight average molecular weight (Mw)
  • the ratio of the constituent repeating units is a molar percentage, except as specially specified.
  • a weight average molecular weight (Mw) is a value measured as a polystyrene conversion value by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method.
  • ⁇ Preparation of Support 1> In order to remove rolling oil on the surface of an aluminum plate (material JIS A 1050) with a thickness of 0.3 mm, a degreasing treatment is carried out at 50 ° C. for 30 seconds using a 10 mass% sodium aluminate aqueous solution.
  • the surface of the aluminum plate was grained using three 3 mm bundle planting nylon brushes and a pumice-water suspension (specific gravity: 1.1 g / cm 3 ) having a median diameter of 25 ⁇ m, and thoroughly washed with water.
  • the aluminum plate was etched by immersing it in a 25% by mass aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide at 45 ° C.
  • the etching amount of the grained surface was about 3 g / m 2 .
  • the electrolytic solution was a 1% by mass aqueous nitric acid solution (containing 0.5% by mass of aluminum ion), and the solution temperature was 50 ° C.
  • the AC power supply waveform is electrochemically roughened with a carbon electrode as a counter electrode, using a trapezoidal rectangular wave AC with a time TP of 0.8 ms for the current value to reach a peak and a duty ratio of 1: 1.
  • Ferrite was used for the auxiliary anode.
  • the current density was 30 A / dm 2 at the peak value of the current, and 5% of the current flowing from the power supply was diverted to the auxiliary anode.
  • the amount of electricity in nitric acid electrolysis was 175 C / dm 2 when the aluminum plate was an anode. After that, it was rinsed with a spray.
  • nitric acid electrolysis is carried out using a 0.5 mass% aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid (containing 0.5 mass% of aluminum ion) and an electrolytic solution with a liquid temperature of 50 ° C. under the condition that the aluminum plate has an electric quantity of 50 C / dm 2 at the anode.
  • Electrochemical roughening treatment was carried out in the same manner as in the above, followed by washing with spray.
  • a 15% by weight aqueous sulfuric acid solution (containing 0.5% by weight of aluminum ion) at a liquid temperature of 54 ° C.
  • the average pore diameter (surface average pore diameter) in the surface layer of the anodized film was 10 nm.
  • the measurement of the pore diameter in the surface layer of the anodized film uses an ultra-high resolution SEM (S-900 manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.), and uses a deposition process or the like to impart conductivity at a relatively low acceleration voltage of 12 V.
  • the surface was observed at a magnification of 150,000 times without application, and 50 pores were randomly extracted to obtain an average value. The standard error was less than ⁇ 10%.
  • the aluminum alloy 1 having the composition described in the following Table 1 was melted and cast, and both surfaces of the obtained ingot were chamfered to form a thickness of 500 mm, a width of 1000 mm, and a length of 3500 mm.
  • the obtained compact is homogenized at a temperature of 550 ° C., heated to a temperature of 400 ° C. to start hot rolling, hot rolled after cold rolling, and then continuous In the annealing furnace, an intermediate annealing (without holding at 500 ° C.) was performed to heat to a temperature of 500 ° C. Thereafter, finish cold rolling with a reduction in thickness of 80% was performed to obtain a plate having a thickness of 0.30 mm.
  • the obtained plate material (aluminum alloy plate) is degreased, neutralized and washed under the treatment conditions shown in Table 2, then subjected to alternating current electrolytic surface roughening treatment, and further to remove oxides formed by electrolysis The resultant was desmutted, washed with water, dried and cut into a predetermined size to obtain a support 2.
  • a support was produced as a support 3 in the same manner as the support 2 except that the aluminum alloy 2 having the composition shown in Table 3 below was used instead of the aluminum alloy 1.
  • the preparation method of the inorganic stratiform compound dispersion liquid (1) used for the said protective layer coating liquid is shown below.
  • Example 1 to 34 and Comparative Examples 1 to 2 ⁇ Preparation of a lithographic printing plate precursor>
  • the lithographic printing plate precursors of Examples 1 to 34 and Comparative Examples 1 to 2 were produced by the following method.
  • the undercoat layer coating solution of the above composition was applied onto the support so that the dry coating amount would be 20 mg / m 2 to form an undercoat layer.
  • tetraethylammonium bromide was added to the undercoat layer coating solution to obtain the halide ion amounts (ppm) described in Table 5.
  • Each image recording layer coating liquid described in Table 4 or Table 5 was bar-coated on the undercoat layer, and oven-dried at 120 ° C.
  • Example 1 to 7 and Comparative Examples 1 to 2 tetraethylammonium bromide was added to the image recording layer coating solution so that the halide ion amount (ppm) described in Table 4 or Table 5 was obtained.
  • Example 9 tetrabutylammonium fluoride was added to the image recording layer coating solution so that the amount of halide ion (ppm) described in Table 4 would be obtained.
  • Example 10 tetrabutyl ammonium chloride was added to the image recording layer coating solution so that the amount of halide ion (ppm) described in Table 4 would be obtained.
  • Example 11 tetrabutylammonium bromide was added to the image recording layer coating solution so that the amount of halide ion (ppm) described in Table 4 was obtained.
  • Example 12 tetrabutylammonium iodide was added to the image recording layer coating solution so that the amount of halide ion (ppm) described in Table 4 was obtained.
  • Example 13 to 15 tetraethylammonium bromide was added to the image recording layer coating solution such that the amount of halide ion (ppm) described in Table 4 was obtained.
  • the infrared ray absorber (K-4) used contained a halide ion, and no additional halide ion was added.
  • the electron-accepting polymerization initiator (I-4) used contained a halide ion, and the halide ion was not further added.
  • the used binder polymer (B-1b) contained a halide ion, and the halide ion was not further added.
  • tetraethylammonium bromide was added to the image recording layer coating solution so that the amount of halide ion (ppm) described in Table 5 was obtained.
  • the types of supports used (support 1 to support 3) are described in Table 4 or Table 5. If necessary, a protective layer coating solution of the above composition was bar-coated on the image recording layer, and oven-dried at 120 ° C.
  • Example 30 tetraethylammonium bromide was added to the protective layer coating solution so that the halide ion amounts (ppm) described in Table 5 were obtained.
  • An example in which the protective layer was formed was described as “present” in the column of the protective layer in Table 4 or Table 5.
  • the descriptions in the column of “Halogen ion amount (ppm)” in Table 4 or Table 5 are the values of all layers formed on the aluminum support in the lithographic printing plate precursor measured by the method described above. The total content of halide ions relative to the total mass is shown.
  • the description of "0" in the column of "Halogenide ion amount (ppm)” means that the halide ion was not detected (less than the detection limit) by the above method.
  • the above “halide ion amount (ppm)” in Table 4 or Table 5 is obtained by extracting 100 cm 2 of the lithographic printing plate precursor with 10 mL of pure water at 25 ° C., Metrome 761 Compact IC It quantified by.
  • the halide ions contained in all the layers on the aluminum support were extracted at one time. Thereafter, the total content was calculated from the sum of all the halide ions detected in the above determination.
  • the extraction was performed by cutting the lithographic printing plate precursor to 10 cm ⁇ 10 cm and immersing it in 10 mL of pure water.
  • lithographic printing plate precursor prepared as described above was subjected to an output of 27 W, an outer drum rotational speed of 450 rpm, and a resolution of 2,400 dpi (dot per inch, 1 inch is 2.54 cm) at a Magnus 800 Quantum manufactured by Kodak equipped with an infrared semiconductor laser. It exposed (The irradiation energy 110 mJ / cm ⁇ 2 > equivalent) on condition of.
  • the exposed image included a solid image and an AM screen (Amplitude Modulation Screen) chart of 3% halftone dots.
  • the number of pot-like stains per 100 cm 2 is A less than 50, B more than 50 or less than 100, C less than 100 or more than 150, C less than 150 or less than 250. , E and 250 or more.
  • the evaluation results are shown in Table 4 or Table 5. If the evaluation result is A, B, C or D, it can be evaluated as excellent in the suppression of the occurrence of a pot-like stain, preferably A, B or C, more preferably A or B, more preferably A It is further preferred that
  • planographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure suppresses the occurrence of pot-like stains and is superior in surface planarity compared to the planographic printing plate precursor of the comparative example. Is clear. Furthermore, it is understood that the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure is excellent in printing durability and on-press developability.
  • G-1 The preparation of an image recording layer coating solution containing the following microgel (1) and polymer particles G-1 (microgel (1)) was carried out by mixing the components described in Table 4 or Table 5 other than the following microgel solution. The prepared photosensitive solution and the following microgel solution were prepared by mixing and stirring immediately before coating to obtain the composition described in Table 4 or Table 5.
  • G-2 The following polymer particle G-2
  • G-3 Styrene / acrylonitrile copolymer stabilized with an anionic wetting agent (molar ratio 50/50, average particle size 61 nm, solid content about 20%
  • Microgel (1) (polymer particles G-1): 2.640 parts Distilled water: 2.425 parts
  • microgel (1) used for the said microgel liquid is shown below.
  • microgel (1) Preparation of microgel (1)- The following oil phase component and aqueous phase component were mixed, and emulsified using a homogenizer at 12,000 rpm for 10 minutes. After stirring the obtained emulsion at 45 ° C. for 4 hours, 10 mass of 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-ene-octylate (U-CAT SA 102, manufactured by San Apro Ltd.) 5.20 g of% aqueous solution was added, it stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, and left still at 45 degreeC for 24 hours. The solid content concentration was adjusted to 20% by mass with distilled water to obtain an aqueous dispersion of microgel (1). The average particle size was measured by a light scattering method and found to be 0.28 ⁇ m.
  • aqueous dispersion of polymer particles G-2 A 1000 ml four-necked flask is equipped with a stirrer, thermometer, dropping funnel, nitrogen inlet tube, reflux condenser, and nitrogen gas is introduced to perform deoxygenation while polyethylene glycol methyl ether methacrylate (PEGMA, average of ethylene glycol) Number of repeating units: 50) 10 g, 200 g of distilled water and 200 g of n-propanol were added, and the mixture was heated until the internal temperature reached 70.degree.
  • PEGMA polyethylene glycol methyl ether methacrylate
  • the particle size distribution of the polymer particles G-2 had a maximum value at a particle size of 150 nm.
  • the particle size distribution is obtained by taking an electron micrograph of the polymer particles, measuring a total of 5,000 particle sizes on the photograph, and on a logarithmic scale between 0 and the maximum value of the obtained particle size measurements. The frequency of occurrence of each particle size was divided into 50 and plotted. With respect to non-spherical particles, the particle diameter value of spherical particles having the same particle area as the particle area in the photograph is taken as the particle diameter.
  • B-1a Compound of the following structure
  • B-1b Compound of the following structure
  • B-2 Compound of the following structure
  • each structural unit represents the content (mol%) of each structural unit
  • the subscript of the parenthesis indicating the oxyethylene unit represents the number of repetitions of the oxyethylene unit.
  • the halide ion in B-1b is derived from an ammonium halide compound used as a reaction catalyst when reacting a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid with glycidyl methacrylate.
  • M-1 Tris (acryloyloxyethyl) isocyanurate, NK ester A-9300, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • M-2 Dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, SR-399, Sartomer
  • M-3 Dipenta Erythritol hexaacrylate, A-DPH, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • M-4 dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate hexamethylene diisocyanate urethane prepolymer, UA-510H, Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • M-5 ethoxylated pentaerythritol Tetraacrylate, ATM-4E, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. product
  • TsO - represents tosylate anion.
  • Ph represents a phenyl group.
  • H-1 S-205 (manufactured by Fukui Yamada Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
  • H-2 GN-169 (Yamamoto Kasei Co., Ltd.)
  • H-3 Black-XV (Yamamoto Kasei Co., Ltd.)
  • H-4 Red-40 (Yamamoto Kasei Co., Ltd.)
  • T-1 Tris (2-hydroxyethyl) isocyanurate
  • T-2 Compound of the following structure
  • T-3 Hydroxypropyl cellulose, Klucel M, manufactured by Hercules

Abstract

Provided are: a lithographic printing plate original plate which comprises an aluminum support body and an image recording layer formed on the aluminum support body, and in which the total content of halide ions with respect to the total mass of all layers formed on the aluminum support body is more than 0 ppm and less than or equal to 1,000 ppm; and a method for producing a lithographic printing plate in which the lithographic printing plate original plate is used.

Description

平版印刷版原版、及び、平版印刷版の作製方法Lithographic printing plate precursor and method of preparing lithographic printing plate
 本開示は、平版印刷版原版、及び、平版印刷版の作製方法に関する。 The present disclosure relates to a lithographic printing plate precursor and a method of preparing a lithographic printing plate.
 一般に、平版印刷版は、印刷過程でインキを受容する親油性の画像部と、湿し水を受容する親水性の非画像部とからなる。平版印刷は、水と油性インキが互いに反発する性質を利用して、平版印刷版の親油性の画像部をインキ受容部、親水性の非画像部を湿し水受容部(インキ非受容部)として、平版印刷版の表面にインキの付着性の差異を生じさせ、画像部のみにインキを着肉させた後、紙などの被印刷体にインキを転写して印刷する方法である。
 この平版印刷版を作製するため、従来、親水性の支持体上に親油性の感光性樹脂層(画像記録層)を設けてなる平版印刷版原版(PS版)が広く用いられている。通常は、平版印刷版原版を、リスフィルムなどの原画を通した露光を行った後、画像記録層の画像部となる部分を残存させ、それ以外の不要な画像記録層をアルカリ性現像液又は有機溶剤によって溶解除去し、親水性の支持体表面を露出させて非画像部を形成する方法により製版を行って、平版印刷版を得ている。
In general, a lithographic printing plate comprises an oleophilic image area that receives ink during the printing process and a hydrophilic non-image area that receives dampening water. In lithographic printing, utilizing the property that water and oil-based ink repel each other, the lipophilic image area of the lithographic printing plate is an ink receiving area, and the hydrophilic non-image area is a dampening water receiving area (ink non-receiving area). This is a method in which a difference in the adhesivity of the ink is produced on the surface of the lithographic printing plate, the ink is deposited only in the image area, and then the ink is transferred to a printing material such as paper for printing.
In order to produce this lithographic printing plate, a lithographic printing plate precursor (PS plate) in which a lipophilic photosensitive resin layer (image recording layer) is provided on a hydrophilic support has hitherto been widely used. Usually, after exposing a lithographic printing plate precursor through an original such as a lith film, a portion to be an image portion of the image recording layer is left, and the unnecessary image recording layer is treated with an alkaline developer or an organic solvent. A lithographic printing plate is obtained by plate-making by a method of dissolving and removing with a solvent, exposing the hydrophilic support surface and forming a non-image area.
 また、地球環境への関心の高まりから、現像処理などの湿式処理に伴う廃液に関する環境課題がクローズアップされている。
 上記の環境課題に対して、現像あるいは製版の簡易化、無処理化が指向されている。簡易な作製方法の一つとしては、「機上現像」と呼ばれる方法が行われている。すなわち、平版印刷版原版を露光後、従来の現像は行わず、そのまま印刷機に装着して、画像記録層の不要部分の除去を通常の印刷工程の初期段階で行う方法である。
 従来の平版印刷版原版を用いた印刷方法又は平版印刷版原版としては、例えば、特許文献1及び2に記載されたものが挙げられる。
In addition, environmental issues related to liquid waste associated with wet processing such as development processing have been highlighted from the growing interest in the global environment.
For the above-mentioned environmental problems, simplification or non-processing of development or plate making is directed. As one of the simple production methods, a method called "on-press development" is performed. That is, after exposing the lithographic printing plate precursor, conventional development is not performed, and the lithographic printing plate precursor is mounted on a printing machine as it is, and removal of the unnecessary portion of the image recording layer is performed at the initial stage of the ordinary printing process.
Examples of a printing method using a conventional lithographic printing plate precursor or a lithographic printing plate precursor include those described in Patent Documents 1 and 2.
 特開2017-154318号公報には、印刷機の同一の版胴上に取り付けられた、アルミニウム支持体上に少なくとも一層の構成層を有し、上記構成層の少なくとも一層に低分子親水性化合物を含有する機上現像型平版印刷版ダミー版、及び、アルミニウム支持体上に有機ホウ素含有アニオンを含む重合開始剤を含有する画像記録層を有する機上現像型平版印刷版原版を機上現像する工程を含む印刷方法が記載されている。
 特開2007-045144号公報には、支持体上に、赤外線レーザー露光によって描画可能な画像記録層を有し、画像記録後に現像処理工程を経ることなく印刷機に装着するか、又は、印刷機装着後に画像記録することにより、印刷可能な平版印刷版原版であって、上記画像記録層が、(A)赤外線吸収剤及び(B)下記式(1)で表されるヨードニウム塩を含有することを特徴とする平版印刷版原版が記載されている。
JP-A-2017-154318 has at least one constituent layer on an aluminum support mounted on the same plate cylinder of a printing machine, and at least one of the constituent layers has a low molecular weight hydrophilic compound. A step of on-press developing an on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor having an on-press developable planographic printing plate dummy plate, and an image recording layer containing a polymerization initiator containing an organic boron-containing anion on an aluminum support Printing methods are described.
Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-045144 has an image recording layer which can be drawn by infrared laser exposure on a support, and is mounted on a printing machine without undergoing a development treatment step after image recording, or a printing machine It is a lithographic printing plate precursor which can be printed by recording an image after mounting, and the image recording layer contains (A) an infrared absorber and (B) an iodonium salt represented by the following formula (1). A lithographic printing plate precursor is described.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

 
式(1)中、
 Ar及びArは、置換基を有していてもよいベンゼン環であって、2つのベンゼン環の置換基が互いに異なっており、且つ少なくとも片方のベンゼン環の置換基のハメットσ値の合計が負である構造を表す。
 Zは、カウンターアニオンを表す。
In formula (1),
Ar 1 and Ar 2 each represent a benzene ring which may have a substituent, wherein the substituents of the two benzene rings are different from each other, and the sum of the Hammett σ values of the substituents of at least one of the benzene rings Represents a structure where is negative.
Z represents a counter anion.
 平版印刷版原版におけるアルミニウム支持体上に形成された層がハロゲン化物イオンを含む場合、平版印刷版原版の保管時等において、アルミニウム支持体に小面積の腐食が発生してしまう場合がある。このように、平版印刷版原版の非画像部に腐食が発生した場合、腐食部の周辺において重合体が形成されてしまう等の理由により、上記腐食部において現像による画像記録層の除去が不十分となる場合がある。その結果、得られる平版印刷版において非画像部にドット形状等の小面積の残膜が発生してしまう場合がある。
 このような残膜が発生した平版印刷版を用いて印刷を行った場合、上記残膜にインキが付着してしまい、得られる印刷物にドット形状、リング形状等の小面積(例えば、直径20μm~2,000μmなど)の印刷汚れ(以下、「ポツ状汚れ(Spot Scumming)」ともいう。)が発生する場合がある。
 また、平版印刷版原版の製造において、アルミニウム支持体上に画像記録層等の層を、組成物の塗布により行う場合、塗布面に塩等の析出物が析出し、塗布ムラが発生することにより、平版印刷版原版の表面の面状が低下する場合がある。
When the layer formed on the aluminum support in the lithographic printing plate precursor contains a halide ion, corrosion of a small area may occur in the aluminum support during storage of the lithographic printing plate precursor. Thus, when corrosion occurs in the non-image area of the lithographic printing plate precursor, removal of the image recording layer by development is insufficient in the corroded area due to the formation of a polymer around the corroded area, etc. It may be As a result, in the obtained lithographic printing plate, a residual film having a small area such as a dot shape may be generated in the non-image area.
When printing is performed using a lithographic printing plate in which such a residual film is generated, the ink adheres to the residual film, and the printed matter obtained has a small area such as a dot shape or a ring shape (for example, a diameter of 20 μm to In some cases, printing stains of 2,000 μm or the like (hereinafter, also referred to as “Spot Scumming”) may occur.
When a layer such as an image recording layer is formed on an aluminum support by coating the composition in the production of a lithographic printing plate precursor, precipitates such as salts are deposited on the coated surface to cause coating unevenness. The surface condition of the surface of the lithographic printing plate precursor may be lowered.
 本開示の実施形態が解決しようとする課題は、ポツ状汚れの発生を抑制し、かつ、表面の面状に優れた平版印刷版原版、及び、上記平版印刷版原版を用いた平版印刷版の製版方法を提供することである。 Problems to be solved by the embodiments of the present disclosure include a planographic printing plate precursor which suppresses the occurrence of a pot-like stain and has an excellent surface appearance, and a planographic printing plate using the above planographic printing plate precursor. It is to provide a plate making method.
 上記課題を解決するための手段には、以下の態様が含まれる。
<1> アルミニウム支持体と、上記アルミニウム支持体上に形成された画像記録層と、を含み、上記アルミニウム支持体上に形成された全ての層の合計質量に対するハロゲン化物イオンの合計含有量が、0ppmを超え1,000ppm以下である
 平版印刷版原版。
<2> 上記ハロゲン化物イオンの合計含有量が、0ppmを超え500ppm以下である、上記<1>に記載の平版印刷版原版。
<3> 上記アルミニウム支持体上に形成された全ての層のうちいずれかの層に、上記ハロゲン化物イオンとして、フッ化物イオン、塩化物イオン、臭化物イオン、及び、ヨウ化物イオンよりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種を含む、上記<1>又は<2>に記載の平版印刷版原版。
<4> 上記アルミニウム支持体上に形成されたいずれかの層が、第四級アンモニウムカチオンのハロゲン化物を含む、上記<1>~<3>のいずれか1つに記載の平版印刷版原版。
<5> 上記画像記録層が電子受容型重合開始剤を含み、
 上記電子受容型重合開始剤がヨードニウム塩である、上記<1>~<4>のいずれか1つに記載の平版印刷版原版。
<6> 上記ヨードニウム塩が、下記式1により表される化合物である、上記<5>に記載の平版印刷版原版。
Means for solving the above problems include the following aspects.
<1> The total content of halide ions relative to the total mass of all the layers formed on the above aluminum support, including the aluminum support and the image recording layer formed on the above aluminum support, A lithographic printing plate precursor having more than 0 ppm and no more than 1,000 ppm.
<2> The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in <1>, wherein the total content of the halide ion is more than 0 ppm and not more than 500 ppm.
<3> The layer selected from the group consisting of a fluoride ion, a chloride ion, a bromide ion, and an iodide ion as the halide ion in any layer among all the layers formed on the aluminum support The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in <1> or <2> above, which comprises at least one selected from the group consisting of
<4> The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in any one of <1> to <3> above, wherein any layer formed on the aluminum support contains a halide of a quaternary ammonium cation.
<5> The image recording layer contains an electron accepting polymerization initiator,
The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in any one of the above <1> to <4>, wherein the electron accepting polymerization initiator is an iodonium salt.
<6> The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in <5> above, wherein the iodonium salt is a compound represented by the following formula 1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

 
 式1中、Ar及びArは、置換基を有していてもよいベンゼン環であって、2つのベンゼン環の置換基が互いに異なっており、かつ、少なくとも片方のベンゼン環の置換基のハメットσ値の合計が負である構造を表し、Zはカウンターアニオンを表す。
<7> 上記ヨードニウム塩が、下記式1aにより表わされる化合物である、上記<5>又は<6>に記載の平版印刷版原版。
In Formula 1, Ar 1 and Ar 2 are benzene rings which may have a substituent, and the substituents of two benzene rings are different from each other, and at least one of the substituents of the benzene ring is A structure in which the sum of Hammett σ values is negative, Z represents a counter anion.
<7> The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in <5> or <6> above, wherein the iodonium salt is a compound represented by the following formula 1a.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

 
 式1a中、Ar1aは、置換基を有するベンゼン環であって、置換基のハメットσ値の合計が負であるものを表し、Ar2aは、置換基を有するベンゼン環であって、置換基のハメットσ値の合計が正であるものを表し、Zは、カウンターアニオンを表す。
<8> 上記式1aにより表されるヨードニウム塩が、下記式2により表されるヨードニウム塩である、上記<7>に記載の平版印刷版原版。
In Formula 1a, Ar 1a is a benzene ring having a substituent, and the total sum of Hammett σ values of the substituents is negative, and Ar 2a is a benzene ring having a substituent, the substituent The sum of Hammett σ values of represents a positive one, and Z represents a counter anion.
<8> The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in <7> above, wherein the iodonium salt represented by Formula 1a is an iodonium salt represented by Formula 2 below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

 
 式2中、R~Rは、各々独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ハロゲン原子、ハロアルキル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、-OR、-OCOR、-OCONR、-OSO、-OPO(OR)(OR)、-OSiR、-COR、-COOR、-CONR、-NR、-NRCOR、-NRCOOR、-NRCONR、-N(COR)(COR)、-N・Y、-NRSO、-SR、-SOR、-SO、-SO、-SONR、-PR、-PO(OR)(OR)、又は、-SiRを表し、R~Rは、各々独立して水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、アルケニル基、又は、アルキニル基を表し、Z及びYは、各々独立して、カウンターアニオンを表し、R~Rの全てが水素原子となることはなく、かつ、R~Rの全てが水素原子となることはない。
<9> 電子供与型重合開始剤として、ボレート化合物を更に含む、上記<5>~<8>のいずれか1つに記載の平版印刷版原版。
<10> 上記ボレート化合物が、テトラフェニルボレート化合物である、上記<9>に記載の平版印刷版原版。
<11> 上記画像記録層が、赤外線吸収剤、及び、重合性化合物を更に含む、上記<5>~<10>のいずれか1つに記載の平版印刷版原版。
<12> 上記画像記録層が、ポリマー粒子を含む、上記<5>~<11>のいずれか1つに記載の平版印刷版原版。
<13> 上記画像記録層が、赤外線吸収剤及び疎水性熱可塑性ポリマー粒子を含む、上記<1>~<4>のいずれか1つに記載の平版印刷版原版。
<14> 機上現像用平版印刷版原版である、上記<1>~<13>のいずれか1つに記載の平版印刷版原版。
<15> 上記<1>~<14>のいずれか1つに記載の平版印刷版原版を画像露光する工程、及び、印刷インキ及び湿し水の少なくとも一方により、上記画像記録層の未露光部分を除去する工程を含む
 平版印刷版の作製方法。
In the formula 2, R 1 to R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a halogen atom, a haloalkyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, -OR 7 , -OCOR 7 , -OCONR 7 R 8 , -OSO 2 R 7 , -OPO (OR 7 ) (OR 8 ), -OSi R 7 R 8 R 9 , -COR 7 , -COOR 7 , -CONR 7 R 8 , -NR 7 R 8, -NR 7 COR 8, -NR 7 COOR 8, -NR 7 CONR 8 R 9, -N (COR 7) (COR 8), - N + R 7 R 8 R 9 · Y -, -NR 7 SO 2 R 8 , -SR 7 , -SOR 7 , -SO 2 R 7 , -SO 3 R 7 , -SO 2 NR 7 R 8 , -PR 7 R 8 , -PO (OR 7 ) (OR 8 ), or represents -SiR 7 R 8 R 9 R 7 ~ R 9 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group, Z - and Y - is, each independently represents a counter anion, R 1 ~ All of R 3 will not be hydrogen atoms, and all of R 4 to R 6 will not be hydrogen atoms.
<9> The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in any one of <5> to <8> above, which further contains a borate compound as an electron donor polymerization initiator.
<10> The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in <9> above, wherein the borate compound is a tetraphenyl borate compound.
<11> The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in any one of <5> to <10> above, wherein the image recording layer further comprises an infrared absorber and a polymerizable compound.
<12> The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in any one of <5> to <11>, wherein the image recording layer contains a polymer particle.
<13> The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in any one of <1> to <4> above, wherein the image recording layer comprises an infrared absorber and hydrophobic thermoplastic polymer particles.
<14> The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in any one of <1> to <13> above, which is a lithographic printing plate precursor for on-press development.
<15> A step of imagewise exposing the lithographic printing plate precursor as described in any one of <1> to <14> above, and at least one of a printing ink and a fountain solution to obtain an unexposed portion of the image recording layer. A method of making a lithographic printing plate comprising the step of removing
 本開示の実施形態によれば、ポツ状汚れの発生を抑制し、かつ、表面の面状に優れた平版印刷版原版、及び、上記平版印刷版原版を用いた平版印刷版の製版方法を提供することができる。 According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, there is provided a lithographic printing plate precursor capable of suppressing the occurrence of a pot-like stain and having an excellent surface appearance, and a method of making a lithographic printing plate using the above lithographic printing plate precursor. can do.
 以下において、本開示の内容について詳細に説明する。以下に記載する構成要件の説明は、本開示の代表的な実施態様に基づいてなされることがあるが、本開示はそのような実施態様に限定されるものではない。
 なお、本明細書において、数値範囲を示す「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む意味で使用される。
 また、本明細書における基(原子団)の表記において、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さないものと共に置換基を有するものをも包含するものである。例えば「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含するものである。
 本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリル」は、アクリル及びメタクリルの両方を包含する概念で用いられる語であり、「(メタ)アクリロイル」は、アクリロイル及びメタクリロイルの両方を包含する概念として用いられる語である。
 また、本明細書中の「工程」の用語は、独立した工程だけではなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であっても、その工程の所期の目的が達成されれば本用語に含まれる。 また、本開示において、「質量%」と「重量%」とは同義であり、「質量部」と「重量部」とは同義である。
 更に、本開示において、2以上の好ましい態様の組み合わせは、より好ましい態様である。
 また、本開示における重量平均分子量(Mw)及び数平均分子量(Mn)は、特に断りのない限り、TSKgel GMHxL、TSKgel G4000HxL、TSKgel G2000HxL(何れも東ソー(株)製の商品名)のカラムを使用したゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ(GPC)分析装置により、溶媒THF(テトラヒドロフラン)、示差屈折計により検出し、標準物質としてポリスチレンを用いて換算した分子量である。
 本明細書において、「平版印刷版原版」の用語は、平版印刷版原版だけでなく、捨て版原版を包含する。また、「平版印刷版」の用語は、平版印刷版原版を、必要により、露光、現像などの操作を経て作製された平版印刷版だけでなく、捨て版を包含する。捨て版原版の場合には、必ずしも、露光、現像の操作は必要ない。なお、捨て版とは、例えばカラーの新聞印刷において一部の紙面を単色又は2色で印刷を行う場合に、使用しない版胴に取り付けるための平版印刷版原版である。
 また、本明細書において、化学構造式における「*」は、他の構造との結合位置を表す。
 以下、本開示を詳細に説明する。
The contents of the present disclosure will be described in detail below. The description of the configuration requirements described below may be made based on the representative embodiments of the present disclosure, but the present disclosure is not limited to such embodiments.
In the present specification, “-” indicating a numerical range is used in the meaning including the numerical values described before and after it as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
Moreover, in the notation of the group (atomic group) in the present specification, the notation not describing substitution and non-substitution includes those having no substituent as well as those having a substituent. For example, the "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
In the present specification, "(meth) acrylic" is a term used in a concept including both acrylic and methacrylic, and "(meth) acryloyl" is a term used as a concept including both acryloyl and methacryloyl. It is.
In addition, the term "step" in the present specification is not limited to an independent step, and may be referred to as the term if the intended purpose of the step is achieved, even if it can not be clearly distinguished from other steps. included. Furthermore, in the present disclosure, “mass%” and “weight%” are synonymous, and “mass part” and “part by weight” are synonymous.
Furthermore, in the present disclosure, a combination of two or more preferred embodiments is a more preferred embodiment.
Moreover, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) in the present disclosure use columns of TSKgel GMHxL, TSKgel G4000HxL, TSKgel G2000HxL (all are trade names manufactured by Tosoh Corp.) unless otherwise noted. It is a molecular weight which is detected using a solvent THF (tetrahydrofuran) and a differential refractometer by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) analyzer and a polystyrene as a standard substance.
In the present specification, the term "planographic printing plate precursor" encompasses not only a lithographic printing plate precursor but also a disposable plate precursor. In addition, the term "planographic printing plate" includes not only a planographic printing plate prepared by a planographic printing plate precursor through operations such as exposure and development, but also a disposable plate. In the case of the waste plate precursor, the operations of exposure and development are not necessarily required. In addition, a waste printing plate is a planographic printing plate precursor for attaching to a printing plate cylinder which is not used, for example, in the case of printing a part of the paper with a single color or two colors in newspaper printing of color.
Furthermore, in the present specification, “*” in a chemical structural formula represents a bonding position with another structure.
Hereinafter, the present disclosure will be described in detail.
(平版印刷版原版)
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、アルミニウム支持体と、上記アルミニウム支持体上に形成された画像記録層と、を含み、上記アルミニウム支持体上に形成された全ての層の合計質量に対するハロゲン化物イオンの合計含有量が、0ppmを超え1,000ppm以下である。
 また、本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、機上現像用平版印刷版原版として好適に用いることができる。
(Lithographic printing plate precursor)
A lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure comprises an aluminum support and an image recording layer formed on the aluminum support, and a halide based on the total mass of all the layers formed on the aluminum support. The total content of ions is more than 0 ppm and not more than 1,000 ppm.
In addition, the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure can be suitably used as a lithographic printing plate precursor for on-press development.
 本発明者が鋭意検討した結果、上記構成を採用することにより、ポツ状汚れの発生を抑制し、かつ、表面の面状に優れた平版印刷版原版、及び、上記平版印刷版原版を用いた平版印刷版の製版方法を提供することができることを見出した。
 上記効果が得られる詳細なメカニズムは不明であるが、以下のように推測される。
 アルミニウム支持体上に形成された全ての層の合計質量に対するハロゲン化物イオンの合計含有量が、1,000ppmを超える場合、アルミニウム支持体の腐食が発生してしまう場合がある。これは、局部電池反応等によりプロトンが発生し、プロトンとハロゲン化物イオンとが結びついて強酸が発生するためであると推測される。
 上記腐食が平版印刷版原版の非画像部に発生した場合、上記腐食部において現像による画像記録層の除去が不十分となる場合がある。これは、腐食部の周辺において重合体が形成されてしまう等の理由によるものであると推測される。その結果、得られる平版印刷版において非画像部にドット状等の残膜が発生してしまうと考えられる。
 また、アルミニウム支持体上に形成された全ての層の合計質量に対するハロゲン化物イオンの合計含有量が、0ppmである場合、形成された層の表面に析出物が発生してしまう場合があり、形成された層の表面の面状が悪化してしまうと考えられる。
 そこで本発明者らが鋭意検討した結果、本開示に係る平版印刷版原版によれば、ハロゲン化物イオンの含有量が1,000ppm以下であることにより、上述の欠陥の発生が抑制されることが明らかとなった。これは、上記腐食の発生が抑制されるためであると推測される。
 また、ハロゲン化物イオンの含有量が0ppmを超えることにより、表面の面状に優れた平版印刷版原版が得られることが明らかとなった。これは、ハロゲン化物イオンを含有することにより、上述の析出物の発生が抑制されるためであると推測される。
 更に、上記ハロゲン化物イオンの含有量が1,000ppm以下であることにより、平版印刷版の印刷可能な枚数(以下、「耐刷性」ともいう。)が向上しやすい。これは、腐食部分において電子受容型重合開始剤が消費されてしまうことが抑制されるため、露光時のラジカル産生量が増加するためであると推測される。
 加えて、上記ハロゲン化物イオンの含有量が1,000ppm以下であることにより、平版印刷版原版の現像性も向上しやすい。これは、腐食部分における重合が抑制されるため、非画像部の平版印刷版原版が現像により除去されやすくなるためであると考えられる。
As a result of intensive investigations conducted by the present inventor, the adoption of the above-described configuration suppresses the occurrence of pot-like stains, and uses a lithographic printing plate precursor having an excellent surface appearance and the above-mentioned lithographic printing plate precursor. It has been found that a method of making a lithographic printing plate can be provided.
Although the detailed mechanism by which the said effect is acquired is unknown, it estimates as follows.
If the total content of halide ions based on the total mass of all layers formed on the aluminum support exceeds 1,000 ppm, corrosion of the aluminum support may occur. It is presumed that this is because a proton is generated by a local cell reaction or the like, and the proton and the halide ion are combined to generate a strong acid.
When the corrosion occurs in the non-image area of the lithographic printing plate precursor, the removal of the image recording layer by development may be insufficient in the corroded area. It is presumed that this is because a polymer is formed around the corroded portion. As a result, it is considered that a dot-like residual film is generated in the non-image area in the obtained lithographic printing plate.
In addition, when the total content of halide ions relative to the total mass of all layers formed on the aluminum support is 0 ppm, precipitates may be generated on the surface of the formed layer, It is thought that the surface condition of the surface of the deposited layer is deteriorated.
Therefore, as a result of intensive investigations by the present inventors, according to the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure, generation of the above-mentioned defects is suppressed by the content of the halide ion being 1,000 ppm or less It became clear. It is presumed that this is because the occurrence of the corrosion is suppressed.
In addition, it has been revealed that when the content of the halide ion exceeds 0 ppm, it is possible to obtain a lithographic printing plate precursor having an excellent surface appearance. It is presumed that this is because the generation of the above-mentioned precipitates is suppressed by containing the halide ion.
Furthermore, when the content of the halide ion is 1,000 ppm or less, the number of printable lithographic printing plates (hereinafter, also referred to as "printing resistance") is likely to be improved. This is presumed to be due to an increase in the amount of radical production at the time of exposure since the consumption of the electron accepting polymerization initiator in the corroded portion is suppressed.
In addition, when the content of the halide ion is 1,000 ppm or less, the developability of the lithographic printing plate precursor is easily improved. This is considered to be because the lithographic printing plate precursor in the non-image area is easily removed by development because the polymerization in the corrosive area is suppressed.
<ハロゲン化物イオンの含有量>
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版における、アルミニウム支持体上に形成された全ての層の合計質量に対するハロゲン化物イオンの合計含有量は、0ppmを超え1,000ppmである。
 アルミニウム支持体上に形成された全ての層としては、画像記録層、下塗り層、保護層等の層が挙げられ、これらの層については後述する。
 上記合計含有量は、ポツ状汚れの発生を抑制する観点から、500ppm以下であることが好ましく、100ppm以下であることがより好ましく、10ppm以下であることが更に好ましい。
 また、上記ハロゲン化物イオンの合計含有量は、平版印刷版原版の表面の面状を向上する観点から、0.0005ppm以上であることが好ましく、0.005ppm以上であることがより好ましい。
<Content of halide ion>
The total content of halide ions relative to the total mass of all layers formed on the aluminum support in the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure is more than 0 ppm and 1,000 ppm.
Examples of all layers formed on an aluminum support include layers such as an image recording layer, an undercoat layer and a protective layer, which will be described later.
The total content is preferably 500 ppm or less, more preferably 100 ppm or less, and still more preferably 10 ppm or less, from the viewpoint of suppressing the occurrence of pot-like dirt.
The total content of the halide ions is preferably 0.0005 ppm or more, and more preferably 0.005 ppm or more, from the viewpoint of improving the surface condition of the surface of the lithographic printing plate precursor.
 上記ハロゲン化物イオンの合計含有量は、25℃において、100cmの平版印刷版原版を10mLの純水にて抽出し、メトローム製761 Compact ICで定量する。上記抽出により、アルミニウム支持体上の全ての層に含まれるハロゲン化物イオンが一度に抽出される。その後、上記定量において検出された全てのハロゲン化物イオンの総和より合計含有量を算出する。
 上記抽出は、具体的には、平版印刷版原版を10cm×10cmに裁断して、10mLの純水に浸すことにより行われる。
The total content of the above halide ions is determined by extracting 100 cm 2 of the lithographic printing plate precursor with 10 mL of pure water at 25 ° C., and quantifying with a Metrome 761 Compact IC. By the above extraction, halide ions contained in all layers on the aluminum support are extracted at one time. Thereafter, the total content is calculated from the sum of all the halide ions detected in the above determination.
Specifically, the extraction is performed by cutting the lithographic printing plate precursor to 10 cm × 10 cm and immersing it in 10 mL of pure water.
〔ハロゲン化物イオンの種類〕
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、ポツ状汚れの発生を抑制し、かつ、平版印刷版原版の表面の面状を向上させる観点から、上記アルミニウム支持体上に形成された全ての層のうちいずれかの層に、上記ハロゲン化物イオンとして、フッ化物イオン、塩化物イオン、臭化物イオン、及び、ヨウ化物イオンよりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましく、塩化物イオン及び臭化物イオンよりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種を含むことがより好ましい。
[Type of halide ion]
The planographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure has all the layers formed on the above-mentioned aluminum support from the viewpoint of suppressing the occurrence of a pot-like stain and improving the surface condition of the surface of the planographic printing plate precursor. Preferably, at least one selected from the group consisting of fluoride ion, chloride ion, bromide ion, and iodide ion as the above-mentioned halide ion is contained in any layer, and chloride ion and bromide ion are contained. It is more preferable to include at least one selected from the group consisting of
〔ハロゲン化物イオンのカウンターカチオン〕
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版におけるハロゲン化物イオンのカウンターカチオンは、上述の合計含有量が上述の範囲を満たす限り、赤外線吸収剤であってもよいし、電子受容型重合開始剤(例えば、ヨードニウムカチオン等)であってもよいし、バインダーポリマー又は粒子等のポリマー成分であってもよいし、その他の低分子カチオンであってもよく、特に限定されない。
 すなわち、本開示に係る平版印刷版原版に含まれるハロゲン化物イオンは、平版印刷版原版に含まれるいずれの成分に由来するハロゲン化物イオンであってもよい。
[Counter cation of halide ion]
The counter cation of the halide ion in the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure may be an infrared absorber as long as the total content described above satisfies the above range, and an electron accepting polymerization initiator (for example, iodonium) It may be a cation etc.), may be a polymer component such as a binder polymer or particles, or may be other low molecular weight cation, and is not particularly limited.
That is, the halide ion contained in the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure may be a halide ion derived from any component contained in the lithographic printing plate precursor.
 また、ハロゲン化物イオンの含有量の調整がしやすい観点からは、ハロゲン化物イオンのカウンターカチオンは第四級アンモニウムカチオンであることが好ましい。
 第四級アンモニウムカチオンとしては、特に限定されないが、テトラアルキルアンモニウムカチオン等が挙げられる。上記テトラアルキルアンモニウムカチオンにおけるアルキル基の炭素数は、それぞれ独立に、1~10であることが好ましく、1~4であることがより好ましい。
 すなわち、本開示においては、アルミニウム支持体上に形成されたいずれかの層が、第四級アンモニウムカチオンのハロゲン化物を含むことが好ましい。
 第四級アンモニウムカチオンのハロゲン化物としては、テトラアルキルアンモニウムカチオンのハロゲン化物が好ましく挙げられる。
 テトラアルキルアンモニウムカチオンの好ましい態様は上述の通りであり、上記テトラアルキルアンモニウムカチオンのフッ化物、塩化物、臭化物、又はヨウ化物が好ましく、塩化物又は臭化物がより好ましい。
Further, from the viewpoint of easy adjustment of the content of the halide ion, it is preferable that the counter cation of the halide ion is a quaternary ammonium cation.
The quaternary ammonium cation is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include tetraalkyl ammonium cation and the like. The carbon number of the alkyl group in the tetraalkylammonium cation is preferably independently 1 to 10, and more preferably 1 to 4.
That is, in the present disclosure, it is preferable that any layer formed on the aluminum support contains a halide of a quaternary ammonium cation.
Preferred examples of the halide of the quaternary ammonium cation include halides of tetraalkylammonium cation.
Preferred embodiments of the tetraalkylammonium cation are as described above, and the fluoride, chloride, bromide or iodide of the above tetraalkylammonium cation is preferable, and the chloride or bromide is more preferable.
<ハロゲン化物イオンの添加方法>
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版におけるハロゲン化物イオンの添加方法は、特に限定されないが、画像記録層に含まれる赤外線吸収剤、バインダーポリマー、電子受容型重合開始剤等の成分として、ハロゲン化物イオンを発生する化合物を用いる方法、低分子ハロゲン化物を画像記録層に添加する方法、保護層又は下塗り層にハロゲン化物イオンを発生する化合物を用いる方法、等が挙げられる。
 本開示においては、ハロゲン化物イオンの合計含有量が上記範囲内となる限り、上記いずれの方法によりハロゲン化物イオンを平版印刷版における支持体上に形成されるいずれかの層に添加してもよい。
 また、溶剤(及び塗布液)に対する溶解性が高いため、添加しやすい観点からは、低分子ハロゲン化物をアルミニウム支持体上に形成されたいずれかの層に添加することが好ましく、低分子ハロゲン化物を画像記録層に添加することが好ましい。
 添加量としては、アルミニウム支持体上に形成された全ての層の合計質量に対するハロゲン化物イオンの合計含有量が上述の範囲を満たす量とすればよい。
 低分子ハロゲン化物としては、特に限定されないが、テトラエチルアンモニウムブロミド、テトラブチルアンモニウムフルオリド、テトラブチルアンモニウムクロリド、テトラブチルアンモニウムブロミド、テトラブチルアンモニウムヨージド等の、上述のテトラアルキルアンモニウムカチオンとハロゲン化物イオンとが結合した化合物等が挙げられる。
<Method of adding halide ion>
The method of adding the halide ion to the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure is not particularly limited, but the halide ion may be used as a component such as an infrared absorber, a binder polymer, or an electron accepting polymerization initiator contained in the image recording layer. The method of using the compound which generate | occur | produces, the method of adding a low molecular weight halide to an image recording layer, the method of using the compound which generate | occur | produces a halide ion in a protective layer or undercoat is mentioned.
In the present disclosure, as long as the total content of the halide ion falls within the above range, the halide ion may be added to any layer formed on the support in the lithographic printing plate by any of the above methods .
In addition, it is preferable to add a low molecular weight halide to any layer formed on an aluminum support from the viewpoint of easy addition because of high solubility in a solvent (and a coating solution), and a low molecular weight halide Is preferably added to the image recording layer.
The addition amount may be such that the total content of halide ions with respect to the total mass of all the layers formed on the aluminum support satisfies the above range.
The low molecular weight halide is not particularly limited, but the tetraalkyl ammonium cation and the halide ion as described above, such as tetraethyl ammonium bromide, tetrabutyl ammonium fluoride, tetrabutyl ammonium chloride, tetrabutyl ammonium bromide, tetrabutyl ammonium iodide, etc. And the like.
<アルミニウム支持体>
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版におけるアルミニウム支持体(以下、単に「支持体」ともいう。)は、公知の平版印刷版原版用アルミニウム支持体から適宜選択して用いることができる。支持体としては、公知の方法で粗面化処理され、陽極酸化処理されたアルミニウム板が好ましい。
 アルミニウム板は更に必要に応じて、特開2001-253181号公報及び特開2001-322365号公報に記載されている陽極酸化皮膜のマイクロポアの拡大処理及び封孔処理、米国特許第2,714,066号、同第3,181,461号、同第3,280,734号及び同第3,902,734号の各明細書に記載されているようなアルカリ金属シリケートによる表面親水化処理、米国特許第3,276,868号、同第4,153,461号及び同第4,689,272号の各明細書に記載されているようなポリビニルホスホン酸などによる表面親水化処理を適宜選択して行ってもよい。
 支持体は、中心線平均粗さが0.10μm~1.2μmであることが好ましい。
<Aluminum support>
The aluminum support (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “support”) in the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure can be appropriately selected from known aluminum supports for lithographic printing plate precursors. The support is preferably an aluminum plate which has been subjected to surface roughening and anodized by a known method.
The aluminum plate may further be subjected to micropore enlargement treatment and pore sealing treatment of the anodized film described in JP-A-2001-253181 and JP-A-2001-322365 as required, US Pat. No. 2,714, Surface hydrophilization treatment with an alkali metal silicate as described in the specifications of 066, 3,181,461, 3,280,734 and 3,902,734, US The surface hydrophilization treatment with polyvinyl phosphonic acid or the like as described in each specification of Patents 3,276,868, 4,153,461 and 4,689,272 is appropriately selected. It may be done.
The support preferably has a center line average roughness of 0.10 μm to 1.2 μm.
<画像記録層>
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、画像記録層を有する。
 本開示に用いられる画像記録層は、ネガ型画像記録層であることが好ましい。
 本開示における画像記録層は、耐刷性、及び、感光性の観点から、下記第一の態様又は第二の態様のいずれかの態様であることが好ましい。
 第一の態様:電子受容型重合開始剤を含有する。
 第二の態様:赤外線吸収剤、及び、疎水性熱可塑性ポリマー粒子を含有する。
 本開示において用いられる画像記録層は、耐刷性等の観点から、上記第一の態様において、赤外線吸収剤、及び、重合性化合物を更に含むことが好ましい。
 本開示において用いられる画像記録層は、耐刷性等の観点から、上記第一の態様において、ポリマー粒子を更に含むことが好ましい。
 本開示において用いられる画像記録層は、耐刷性及び版の画像部の視認性を向上させる観点から、電子供与型重合開始剤として、ボレート化合物を更に含むことが好ましい。
 本開示において用いられる画像記録層は、耐刷性の観点から、上記第一の態様において、バインダーポリマーを更に含有することが好ましい。
 また、本開示において用いられる画像記録層は、機上現像性の観点から、上記第一の態様において、上記ポリマー粒子として、疎水性熱可塑性ポリマー粒子を含有してもよい。
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、機上現像性の観点から、画像記録層の未露光部が湿し水及び印刷インキの少なくともいずれかにより除去可能であることが好ましい。
 以下、画像記録層に含まれる各成分の詳細について説明する。
<Image recording layer>
The lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure has an image recording layer.
The image recording layer used in the present disclosure is preferably a negative image recording layer.
The image recording layer in the present disclosure is preferably any one of the following first aspect or second aspect from the viewpoint of printing durability and photosensitivity.
First embodiment: containing an electron accepting polymerization initiator.
Second embodiment: An infrared absorber and hydrophobic thermoplastic polymer particles are contained.
The image recording layer used in the present disclosure preferably further includes an infrared absorber and a polymerizable compound in the first embodiment from the viewpoint of press life and the like.
The image recording layer used in the present disclosure preferably further includes polymer particles in the first aspect from the viewpoint of printing durability and the like.
The image recording layer used in the present disclosure preferably further includes a borate compound as an electron donating polymerization initiator from the viewpoint of improving the printing durability and the visibility of the image portion of the plate.
From the viewpoint of printing durability, the image recording layer used in the present disclosure preferably further contains a binder polymer in the first aspect.
In addition, the image recording layer used in the present disclosure may contain hydrophobic thermoplastic polymer particles as the above-mentioned polymer particles in the above first aspect from the viewpoint of on-press developability.
The lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure is preferably removable from the unexposed area of the image recording layer by at least one of dampening water and printing ink, from the viewpoint of on-press developability.
The details of each component contained in the image recording layer will be described below.
〔電子受容型重合開始剤〕
 本開示において用いられる画像記録層は、電子受容型重合開始剤を含有することが好ましく、電子受容型重合開始剤及び重合性化合物を含有することがより好ましい。
 電子受容型重合開始剤は、重合性化合物の重合を開始、促進する化合物である。電子受容型重合開始剤としては、公知の熱重合開始剤、結合解離エネルギーの小さな結合を有する化合物、光重合開始剤などを使用することができる。具体的には、特開2014-104631号公報の段落0092~0106に記載のラジカル重合開始剤を使用できる。
[Electron-accepting type polymerization initiator]
The image recording layer used in the present disclosure preferably contains an electron accepting polymerization initiator, more preferably an electron accepting polymerization initiator and a polymerizable compound.
The electron accepting polymerization initiator is a compound that initiates and accelerates the polymerization of the polymerizable compound. As the electron accepting polymerization initiator, known thermal polymerization initiators, compounds having a small bond dissociation energy, photopolymerization initiators and the like can be used. Specifically, radical polymerization initiators described in paragraphs 0092 to 0106 of JP-A-2014-104631 can be used.
 電子受容型重合開始剤としては、耐刷性の観点から、オニウム塩が好ましく挙げられ、中でもヨードニウム塩化合物及びスルホニウム塩がより好ましく、ヨードニウム塩がより好ましい。
 また、耐刷性の観点から、ヨードニウム塩としては、下記式1により表される化合物が好ましい。
From the viewpoint of printing durability, preferred examples of the electron accepting polymerization initiator include onium salts. Among these, iodonium salt compounds and sulfonium salts are more preferable, and iodonium salts are more preferable.
In addition, as the iodonium salt, a compound represented by the following formula 1 is preferable from the viewpoint of printing durability.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008

 
 式1中、Ar及びArは、置換基を有していてもよいベンゼン環であって、2つのベンゼン環の置換基が互いに異なっており、かつ、少なくとも片方のベンゼン環の置換基のハメットσ値の合計が負である構造を表し、Zはカウンターアニオンを表す。 In Formula 1, Ar 1 and Ar 2 are benzene rings which may have a substituent, and the substituents of two benzene rings are different from each other, and at least one of the substituents of the benzene ring is A structure in which the sum of Hammett σ values is negative, Z represents a counter anion.
 式1において、2つのベンゼン環の置換基が互いに異なるとは、2つのベンゼン環が有している置換基が異なる場合だけではなく、一方のベンゼン環が置換基を有し、他方のベンゼン環が置換基を有さない場合も含むものとする。 In Formula 1, the substituents of two benzene rings are different from each other not only when the substituents which the two benzene rings have differ, but one of the benzene rings has a substituent and the other benzene ring has a substituent. Also includes the case where it does not have a substituent.
 式1により表される化合物は、下記式1aにより表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the formula 1 is preferably a compound represented by the following formula 1a.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009

 
 式1a中、Ar1aは、置換基を有するベンゼン環であって、置換基のハメットσ値の合計が負であるものを表し、Ar2aは、置換基を有するベンゼン環であって、置換基のハメットσ値の合計が正であるものを表し、Zは、カウンターアニオンを表す。 In Formula 1a, Ar 1a is a benzene ring having a substituent, and the total sum of Hammett σ values of the substituents is negative, and Ar 2a is a benzene ring having a substituent, the substituent The sum of Hammett σ values of represents a positive one, and Z represents a counter anion.
 式1、式1aにおける、Zにより表されるカウンターアニオンは、ハロゲン化物イオン、過塩素酸イオン、テトラフルオロボレートイオン、ヘキサフルオロホスフェートイオン、カルボキシレートイオン、又は、スルホン酸イオンであることが好ましく、テトラフルオロボレートイオン、ヘキサフルオロホスフェートイオン、又はパーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸イオンであることがより好ましい。 Equation 1, in formulas 1a, Z - counter anion represented by the halide ion, perchlorate ion, tetrafluoroborate ion, hexafluorophosphate ion, carboxylate ion, or be a sulfonic acid ion preferably More preferably, they are tetrafluoroborate ion, hexafluorophosphate ion, or perfluoroalkyl sulfonate ion.
 本開示において、ハメットσ値は、参考文献「化学セミナー10 ハメット側-構造と反応性-」に記載されているように、25℃の水中における安息香酸の酸解離平衡に対するメタ置換基、パラ置換基の影響を示す値である。負であれば電子供与性であり、正であれば電子吸引性である。なお、オルト置換基については、p-位置換基の値を代用して計算する。
 ハメットσ値の合計を計算する場合、C-I結合に対してm位にある置換基に対してはσm値を使用し、p位にある置換基に対してはσp値を使用する。
 式1又は式1aにより表されるヨードニウム塩は、これらのハメットσ値をそれぞれのベンゼン環において合計し、少なくとも片方の合計が負であるヨードニウム塩であれば、いずれのヨードニウム塩も好適に使用することができる。
 式1又は式1aにより表されるヨードニウム塩は、2つのベンゼン環の置換基のハメットα値の合計が共に0以下であることが好ましい。
In the present disclosure, the Hammett σ value is the meta-substituent, para-substituent on acid dissociation equilibrium of benzoic acid in water at 25 ° C., as described in the reference document “Chemical Seminar 10 Hammett side—structure and reactivity”. It is a value indicating the influence of the group. If it is negative, it is electron donative, and if it is positive it is electron withdrawing. As for the ortho substituent, the value of the p-position substituent is substituted.
When calculating the sum of Hammett .sigma. Values, use .sigma.m values for substituents in the m-position to the C-I bond and .sigma.p values for substituents in the p-position.
As iodonium salts represented by the formula 1 or formula 1a, any iodonium salt is suitably used, as long as it is an iodonium salt in which these Hammett σ values are summed in each benzene ring and the sum of at least one is negative. be able to.
As for the iodonium salt represented by Formula 1 or Formula 1a, it is preferable that the sum total of the Hammett alpha value of the substituent of two benzene rings is 0 or less together.
 本開示において用いられるヨードニウム塩は、式1において、2つのベンゼン環の置換基が互いに異なっており、かつ、少なくとも片方のベンゼン環の置換基のハメットσ値の合計が負である限り、いずれのヨードニウム塩も使用することができるが、下記式2により表される化合物であることがより好ましい。
 式2により表される化合物は、2つのベンゼン環の置換基が互いに異なっており、かつ、少なくとも片方のベンゼン環の置換基のハメットσ値の合計が負であるヨードニウム塩である。
As long as the iodonium salts used in the present disclosure have different substituents of two benzene rings in Formula 1 and the sum of Hammett σ values of at least one of the benzene rings is negative, any iodonium salt may be used. Although an iodonium salt can also be used, a compound represented by the following formula 2 is more preferable.
The compounds represented by Formula 2 are iodonium salts in which two benzene ring substituents are different from each other, and the sum of Hammett σ values of at least one benzene ring substituent is negative.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

 
 式2中、R~Rは、各々独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ハロゲン原子、ハロアルキル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、-OR、-OCOR、-OCONR、-OSO、-OPO(OR)(OR)、-OSiR、-COR、-COOR、-CONR、-NR、-NRCOR、-NRCOOR、-NRCONR、-N(COR)(COR)、-N・Y、-NRSO、-SR、-SOR、-SO、-SO、-SONR、-PR、-PO(OR)(OR)、又は、-SiRを表し、R~Rは、各々独立して水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、アルケニル基、又は、アルキニル基を表し、Z及びYは、各々独立して、カウンターアニオンを表し、R~Rの全てが水素原子となることはなく、かつ、R~Rの全てが水素原子となることはない。 In the formula 2, R 1 to R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a halogen atom, a haloalkyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, -OR 7 , -OCOR 7 , -OCONR 7 R 8 , -OSO 2 R 7 , -OPO (OR 7 ) (OR 8 ), -OSi R 7 R 8 R 9 , -COR 7 , -COOR 7 , -CONR 7 R 8 , -NR 7 R 8, -NR 7 COR 8, -NR 7 COOR 8, -NR 7 CONR 8 R 9, -N (COR 7) (COR 8), - N + R 7 R 8 R 9 · Y -, -NR 7 SO 2 R 8 , -SR 7 , -SOR 7 , -SO 2 R 7 , -SO 3 R 7 , -SO 2 NR 7 R 8 , -PR 7 R 8 , -PO (OR 7 ) (OR 8 ), or represents -SiR 7 R 8 R 9 R 7 ~ R 9 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group, Z - and Y - is, each independently represents a counter anion, R 1 ~ All of R 3 will not be hydrogen atoms, and all of R 4 to R 6 will not be hydrogen atoms.
 上記置換基の内でハメットα値が正の場合と負の場合の置換基例を以下に示す。
 σm>0:ハロゲン原子、ハロアルキル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、-OCOR、-OSO、-COR、-COOR、-CONR、-SO
 σm<0:-NR、アルキル基
 σp>0:ハロゲン原子、ハロアルキル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、-OCOR、-OSO、-COR、-COOR、-CONR、-SO
 σp<0:-NR、-OR、アルキル基
Among the above-mentioned substituents, examples of substituents when the Hammett α value is positive or negative are shown below.
σ m> 0: halogen atom, haloalkyl group, cyano group, nitro group, -OCOR 7 , -OSO 2 R 7 , -COR 7 , -COOR 7 , -CONR 7 R 8 , -SO 2 R 7
σ m <0: -NR 7 R 8 , alkyl group σ p> 0: halogen atom, haloalkyl group, cyano group, cyano group, nitro group, -OCOR 7 , -OSO 2 R 7 , -COR 7 , -COOR 7 , -CONR 7 R 8 , -SO 2 R 7
σp <0: -NR 7 R 8 , -OR 7 , alkyl group
 以下に、本開示において用いられる電子受容型重合開始剤の好ましい例を挙げるが、本開示はこれらに限定されるものではない。また、下記化合物以外に、実施例において使用されている後述のI-1~I-6も、本開示において用いられる電子受容型重合開始剤の好ましい態様の具体例である。
 本開示において、Meはメチル基を、Etはエチル基を、Buはブチル基をそれぞれ表す。
Hereinafter, preferred examples of the electron accepting polymerization initiator used in the present disclosure will be listed, but the present disclosure is not limited thereto. In addition to the following compounds, the below-mentioned I-1 to I-6 used in the examples are also specific examples of preferable embodiments of the electron accepting polymerization initiator used in the present disclosure.
In the present disclosure, Me represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, and Bu represents a butyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012

 
 電子受容型重合開始剤の含有量は、画像記録層の全質量に対して、0.1質量%~50質量%が好ましく、0.5質量%~30質量%がより好ましく、0.8質量%~20質量%が特に好ましい。上記範囲であると、より良好な露光感度が得られ、かつ、ポツ状汚れの発生がより抑制されやすい。 The content of the electron accepting polymerization initiator is preferably 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass, and more preferably 0.5% by mass to 30% by mass, with respect to the total mass of the image recording layer, and 0.8% by mass. % To 20% by weight is particularly preferred. Within the above range, better exposure sensitivity can be obtained, and the occurrence of pot-shaped stains can be more easily suppressed.
〔赤外線吸収剤〕
 上記画像記録層は、赤外線吸収剤を含むことが好ましい。
 赤外線吸収剤は、吸収した赤外線を熱に変換する機能と赤外線により励起して電子受容型重合開始剤に電子移動及び/又はエネルギー移動する機能を有する。本開示において使用される赤外線吸収剤は、波長750nm~1,400nmに吸収極大を有する染料であることが好ましい。
[Infrared absorber]
The image recording layer preferably contains an infrared absorber.
The infrared absorber has a function of converting the absorbed infrared light into heat and a function of being excited by the infrared light to perform electron transfer and / or energy transfer to the electron accepting polymerization initiator. The infrared absorber used in the present disclosure is preferably a dye having an absorption maximum at a wavelength of 750 nm to 1,400 nm.
 染料としては、市販の染料及び例えば、「染料便覧」(有機合成化学協会編集、昭和45年刊)等の文献に記載されている公知のものが利用できる。具体的には、アゾ染料、金属錯塩アゾ染料、ピラゾロンアゾ染料、ナフトキノン染料、アントラキノン染料、フタロシアニン染料、カルボニウム染料、キノンイミン染料、メチン染料、シアニン染料、スクアリリウム色素、ピリリウム塩、金属チオレート錯体等の染料が挙げられる。
 これらの染料のうち特に好ましいものとしては、シアニン色素、スクアリリウム色素、ピリリウム塩、ニッケルチオレート錯体、インドレニンシアニン色素が挙げられる。更に、シアニン色素、インドレニンシアニン色素等が挙げられる。中でも、シアニン色素が特に好ましい。
As the dye, commercially available dyes and known dyes described in the literature such as "Dye Handbook" (edited by the Society of Synthetic Organic Chemistry, published in 1945) can be used. Specifically, dyes such as azo dyes, metal complex salts azo dyes, pyrazolone azo dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, anthraquinone dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, carbonium dyes, quinoneimine dyes, methine dyes, cyanine dyes, squarylium dyes, pyrilium salts, metal thiolate complexes, etc. Can be mentioned.
Among these dyes, particularly preferred are cyanine dyes, squarylium dyes, pyrylium salts, nickel thiolate complexes and indolenine cyanine dyes. Furthermore, cyanine dyes, indolenine cyanine dyes and the like can be mentioned. Among them, cyanine dyes are particularly preferred.
 シアニン色素の具体例としては、特開2001-133969号公報の段落0017~0019に記載の化合物、特開2002-023360号公報の段落0016~0021、特開2002-040638号公報の段落0012~0037に記載の化合物、好ましくは特開2002-278057号公報の段落0034~0041、特開2008-195018号公報の段落0080~0086に記載の化合物、特に好ましくは特開2007-90850号公報の段落0035~0043に記載の化合物、特開2012-206495号公報の段落0105~0113に記載の化合物が挙げられる。
 また、特開平5-5005号公報の段落0008~0009、特開2001-222101号公報の段落0022~0025に記載の化合物も好ましく使用することができる。
 顔料としては、特開2008-195018号公報の段落0072~0076に記載の化合物が好ましい。
Specific examples of the cyanine dye include compounds described in paragraphs 0017 to 0019 of JP-A 2001-133969, paragraphs 0016 to 0021 of JP-A 2002-023360, and paragraphs 0012 to 0037 of JP-A 2002-040638. Compounds described in JP-A-2002-278057, preferably compounds described in paragraphs 0034-0041 in JP-A-2008-195018, particularly preferably compounds described in JP-A-2007-90850. And compounds described in paragraphs 0105 to 0113 of JP-A-2012-206495.
Further, compounds described in paragraphs 0008 to 0009 of JP-A-5-5005 and paragraphs 0022 to 0025 of JP-A 2001-222101 can also be preferably used.
As the pigment, the compounds described in paragraphs 0072 to 0076 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferable.
 赤外線吸収剤は、1種のみ用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。また、赤外線吸収剤として顔料と染料とを併用してもよい。
 上記画像記録層中の赤外線吸収染料の含有量は、画像記録層の全質量に対し、0.1質量%~10.0質量%が好ましく、0.5質量%~5.0質量%がより好ましい。
The infrared absorber may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Moreover, you may use together a pigment and dye as an infrared rays absorber.
The content of the infrared absorbing dye in the image recording layer is preferably 0.1% by mass to 10.0% by mass, and more preferably 0.5% by mass to 5.0% by mass with respect to the total mass of the image recording layer. preferable.
〔重合性化合物〕
 本開示において用いられる画像記録層は、重合性化合物を含有することが好ましい。
 画像記録層に用いられる重合性化合物は、例えば、ラジカル重合性化合物であっても、カチオン重合性化合物であってもよいが、少なくとも1個のエチレン性不飽和結合を有する付加重合性化合物(以下、エチレン性不飽和化合物ともいう。)であることが好ましい。エチレン性不飽和化合物としては、末端エチレン性不飽和結合を少なくとも1個有する化合物が好ましく、末端エチレン性不飽和結合を2個以上有する化合物がより好ましい。重合性化合物は、例えばモノマー、プレポリマー、即ち、2量体、3量体もしくはオリゴマー、又は、それらの混合物などの化学的形態を持つことができる。
[Polymerizable compound]
The image recording layer used in the present disclosure preferably contains a polymerizable compound.
The polymerizable compound used in the image recording layer may be, for example, a radically polymerizable compound or a cationically polymerizable compound, but an addition polymerizable compound having at least one ethylenically unsaturated bond (hereinafter referred to as And an ethylenically unsaturated compound). As the ethylenically unsaturated compound, a compound having at least one terminal ethylenic unsaturated bond is preferable, and a compound having two or more terminal ethylenic unsaturated bonds is more preferable. The polymerizable compound can have a chemical form such as, for example, a monomer, a prepolymer, that is, a dimer, a trimer or an oligomer, or a mixture thereof.
 モノマーの例としては、不飽和カルボン酸(例えば、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、イタコン酸、クロトン酸、イソクロトン酸、マレイン酸)、そのエステル類、アミド類が挙げられる。好ましくは、不飽和カルボン酸と多価アルコール化合物とのエステル類、不飽和カルボン酸と多価アミン化合物とのアミド類が用いられる。また、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、メルカプト基等の求核性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸エステル類あるいはアミド類と、単官能もしくは多官能イソシアネート類あるいはエポキシ類との付加反応物、及び単官能もしくは多官能のカルボン酸との脱水縮合反応物等も好適に使用される。また、イソシアネート基、エポキシ基等の親電子性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸エステル類あるいはアミド類と単官能又は多官能のアルコール類、アミン類、チオール類との付加反応物、更にハロゲン原子、トシルオキシ基等の脱離性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸エステル類あるいはアミド類と単官能又は多官能のアルコール類、アミン類、チオール類との置換反応物も好適である。また、別の例として、上記の不飽和カルボン酸を、不飽和ホスホン酸、スチレン、ビニルエーテル等に置き換えた化合物群を使用することもできる。これら化合物は、特表2006-508380号公報、特開2002-287344号公報、特開2008-256850号公報、特開2001-342222号公報、特開平9-179296号公報、特開平9-179297号公報、特開平9-179298号公報、特開2004-294935号公報、特開2006-243493号公報、特開2002-275129号公報、特開2003-64130号公報、特開2003-280187号公報、特開平10-333321号公報等に記載されている。 Examples of monomers include unsaturated carboxylic acids (eg, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid), esters thereof, and amides. Preferably, esters of unsaturated carboxylic acid and polyhydric alcohol compound, and amides of unsaturated carboxylic acid and polyhydric amine compound are used. In addition, addition reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having a nucleophilic substituent such as hydroxy group, amino group and mercapto group with monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanates or epoxies, and monofunctional or monofunctional Dehydration condensation products with polyfunctional carboxylic acids and the like are also suitably used. In addition, unsaturated carboxylic acid esters having an electrophilic substituent such as an isocyanate group and an epoxy group, or an addition reaction product of an amide with a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, an amine or a thiol, and a halogen atom, Also suitable are substitution products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having a leaving substituent such as tosyloxy group, and amides with monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, and thiols. As another example, a compound group in which the above-mentioned unsaturated carboxylic acid is replaced by unsaturated phosphonic acid, styrene, vinyl ether and the like can also be used. These compounds are disclosed in JP-A-2006-508380, JP-A-2002-287344, JP-A-2008-256850, JP-A-2001-342222, JP-A-9-179296 and JP-A-9-179297. Patent Publication Nos. 9-179298, 2004-294935, 2006-243493, 2002-275129, 2003-64130, 2003-280187, It is described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-333321 and the like.
 多価アルコール化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのエステルのモノマーの具体例としては、アクリル酸エステルとして、エチレングリコールジアクリレート、1,3-ブタンジオールジアクリレート、テトラメチレングリコールジアクリレート、プロピレングリコールジアクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート、ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート、テトラエチレングリコールジアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート、ソルビトールトリアクリレート、イソシアヌル酸エチレンオキシド(EO)変性トリアクリレート、ポリエステルアクリレートオリゴマー等がある。メタクリル酸エステルとして、テトラメチレングリコールジメタクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジメタクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリメタクリレート、エチレングリコールジメタクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリメタクリレート、ビス〔p-(3-メタクリルオキシ-2-ヒドロキシプロポキシ)フェニル〕ジメチルメタン、ビス〔p-(メタクリルオキシエトキシ)フェニル〕ジメチルメタン等がある。また、多価アミン化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのアミドのモノマーの具体例としては、メチレンビスアクリルアミド、メチレンビスメタクリルアミド、1,6-ヘキサメチレンビスアクリルアミド、1,6-ヘキサメチレンビスメタクリルアミド、ジエチレントリアミントリスアクリルアミド、キシリレンビスアクリルアミド、キシリレンビスメタクリルアミド等がある。 Specific examples of monomers of esters of polyhydric alcohol compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids include, as acrylic acid esters, ethylene glycol diacrylate, 1,3-butanediol diacrylate, tetramethylene glycol diacrylate, propylene glycol diacrylate, and the like. Examples thereof include trimethylolpropane triacrylate, hexanediol diacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, sorbitol triacrylate, ethylene oxide (EO) isocyanurate modified triacrylate, and polyester acrylate oligomer. As methacrylic acid ester, tetramethylene glycol dimethacrylate, neopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate, ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, pentaerythritol trimethacrylate, bis [p- (3-methacryloxy-2-hydroxypropoxy) phenyl] Dimethylmethane, bis [p- (methacryloxyethoxy) phenyl] dimethylmethane and the like. Further, specific examples of monomers of amides of a polyvalent amine compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid include methylenebisacrylamide, methylenebismethacrylamide, 1,6-hexamethylenebisacrylamide, 1,6-hexamethylenebismethacrylamide, There are diethylene triamine tris acrylamide, xylylene bis acrylamide, xylylene bis methacrylamide and the like.
 また、イソシアネートとヒドロキシ基の付加反応を用いて製造されるウレタン系付加重合性化合物も好適であり、その具体例としては、例えば、特公昭48-41708号公報に記載されている、1分子に2個以上のイソシアネート基を有するポリイソシアネート化合物に下記式(M)で表されるヒドロキシ基を含有するビニルモノマーを付加させて得られる1分子中に2個以上の重合性ビニル基を含有するビニルウレタン化合物等が挙げられる。
 CH=C(RM4)COOCHCH(RM5)OH    (M)
 式(M)中、RM4及びRM5はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。
Further, urethane addition polymerization compounds produced by using an addition reaction of an isocyanate and a hydroxy group are also suitable, and specific examples thereof include, for example, one molecule described in JP-B-48-41708. Vinyl containing two or more polymerizable vinyl groups in one molecule obtained by adding a hydroxyl group-containing vinyl monomer represented by the following formula (M) to a polyisocyanate compound having two or more isocyanate groups Urethane compounds and the like can be mentioned.
CH 2 = C (R M4 ) COOCH 2 CH (R M5 ) OH (M)
In formula (M), R M4 and R M5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 また、特開昭51-37193号公報、特公平2-32293号公報、特公平2-16765号公報、特開2003-344997号公報、特開2006-65210号公報に記載のウレタンアクリレート類、特公昭58-49860号公報、特公昭56-17654号公報、特公昭62-39417号公報、特公昭62-39418号公報、特開2000-250211号公報、特開2007-94138号公報に記載のエチレンオキシド系骨格を有するウレタン化合物類、米国特許第7153632号明細書、特表平8-505958号公報、特開2007-293221号公報、特開2007-293223号公報に記載の親水基を有するウレタン化合物類も好適である。 Also, urethane acrylates described in JP-A-51-37193, JP-B-2-32293, JP-B 2-16765, JP-A 2003-344997, JP-A 2006-65210, JP-B-58-49860, JP-B-56-17654, JP-B-62-39417, JP-B-62-39418, JP-A-2000-250211, JP-A-2007-94138. Urethane Compounds Having a Water-Based Skeleton, U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,153,632, JP-A-8-505,958, JP-A-2007-293221, JP-A-2007-293223, and Urethane Compounds Having a Hydrophilic Group Is also suitable.
 重合性化合物の含有量は、画像記録層の全質量に対して、好ましくは5質量%~75質量%、より好ましくは10質量%~70質量%、特に好ましくは15質量%~60質量%である。 The content of the polymerizable compound is preferably 5% by mass to 75% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass to 70% by mass, particularly preferably 15% by mass to 60% by mass, based on the total mass of the image recording layer. is there.
〔ポリマー粒子〕
 上記画像記録層は、ポリマー粒子を含むことが好ましい。
 ポリマー粒子は、熱可塑性ポリマー粒子、熱反応性ポリマー粒子、重合性基を有するポリマー粒子、疎水性化合物を内包しているマイクロカプセル、及び、ミクロゲル(架橋ポリマー粒子)よりなる群から選ばれることが好ましい。中でも、重合性基を有するポリマー粒子又はミクロゲルが好ましい。特に好ましい実施形態では、ポリマー粒子は少なくとも1つのエチレン性不飽和重合性基を含む。このようなポリマー粒子の存在により、露光部の耐刷性及び未露光部の機上現像性を高める効果が得られる。
 また、ポリマー粒子は、熱可塑性ポリマー粒子であることが好ましく、疎水性熱可塑性ポリマー粒子であることがより好ましい。
[Polymer particles]
The image recording layer preferably contains polymer particles.
The polymer particles may be selected from the group consisting of thermoplastic polymer particles, heat-reactive polymer particles, polymer particles having a polymerizable group, microcapsules containing a hydrophobic compound, and microgels (crosslinked polymer particles). preferable. Among them, polymer particles or microgels having a polymerizable group are preferable. In a particularly preferred embodiment, the polymer particles comprise at least one ethylenically unsaturated polymerizable group. The presence of such polymer particles has the effect of enhancing the printing durability of the exposed area and the on-press developability of the unexposed area.
The polymer particles are preferably thermoplastic polymer particles, and more preferably hydrophobic thermoplastic polymer particles.
 熱可塑性ポリマー粒子としては、1992年1月のResearch Disclosure No.33303、特開平9-123387号公報、同9-131850号公報、同9-171249号公報、同9-171250号公報及び欧州特許第931647号明細書などに記載の熱可塑性ポリマー粒子が好ましい。
 熱可塑性ポリマー粒子を構成するポリマーの具体例としては、エチレン、スチレン、塩化ビニル、アクリル酸メチル、アクリル酸エチル、メタクリル酸メチル、メタクリル酸エチル、塩化ビニリデン、アクリロニトリル、ビニルカルバゾール、ポリアルキレン構造を有するアクリレート又はメタクリレートなどのモノマーのホモポリマー若しくはコポリマー又はそれらの混合物を挙げることができる。好ましくは、ポリスチレン、スチレン及びアクリロニトリルを含む共重合体、又は、ポリメタクリル酸メチルを挙げることができる。熱可塑性ポリマー粒子の平均粒径は0.01μm~3.0μmが好ましい。
As thermoplastic polymer particles, for example, Research Disclosure No. 1 of January 1992. The thermoplastic polymer particles described in 33303, JP-A-9-123387, JP-A-9-131850, JP-A-9-171249, JP-A-9-171250, European Patent 931647, and the like are preferable.
Specific examples of the polymer constituting the thermoplastic polymer particles include ethylene, styrene, vinyl chloride, methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, vinylidene chloride, acrylonitrile, vinyl carbazole, and polyalkylene structure. Mention may be made of homopolymers or copolymers of monomers such as acrylates or methacrylates or mixtures thereof. Preferably, polystyrene, a copolymer containing styrene and acrylonitrile, or polymethyl methacrylate can be mentioned. The average particle size of the thermoplastic polymer particles is preferably 0.01 μm to 3.0 μm.
 熱反応性ポリマー粒子としては、熱反応性基を有するポリマー粒子が挙げられる。熱反応性ポリマー粒子は熱反応による架橋及びその際の官能基変化により疎水化領域を形成する。 The thermally reactive polymer particles include polymer particles having a thermally reactive group. The thermally reactive polymer particles form a hydrophobized region by crosslinking due to thermal reaction and functional group change at that time.
 熱反応性基を有するポリマー粒子における熱反応性基としては、化学結合が形成されるならば、どのような反応を行う官能基でもよいが、重合性基であることが好ましく、その例として、ラジカル重合反応を行うエチレン性不飽和基(例えば、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基、ビニル基、アリル基など)、カチオン重合性基(例えば、ビニル基、ビニルオキシ基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基など)、付加反応を行うイソシアナート基又はそのブロック体、エポキシ基、ビニルオキシ基及びこれらの反応相手である活性水素原子を有する官能基(例えば、アミノ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基など)、縮合反応を行うカルボキシ基及び反応相手であるヒドロキシ基又はアミノ基、開環付加反応を行う酸無水物及び反応相手であるアミノ基又はヒドロキシ基などが好ましく挙げられる。 The thermally reactive group in the polymer particle having a thermally reactive group may be any functional group that carries out any reaction, as long as a chemical bond is formed, but is preferably a polymerizable group, for example, Ethylenically unsaturated group (for example, acryloyl group, methacryloyl group, vinyl group, allyl group etc.) which performs radical polymerization reaction, cationically polymerizable group (for example, vinyl group, vinyloxy group, epoxy group, oxetanyl group etc.), addition reaction Group having an active hydrogen atom (eg, an amino group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, etc.) which is an active hydrogen atom which is a reaction partner thereof, a carboxy group which performs a condensation reaction, and Hydroxy group or amino group that is a reaction partner, acid anhydride that performs ring-opening addition reaction, and amino acid that is a reaction partner And a group or hydroxy group are preferably exemplified.
 マイクロカプセルとしては、例えば、特開2001-277740号公報、特開2001-277742号公報に記載のごとく、画像記録層の構成成分の少なくとも一部をマイクロカプセルに内包させたものである。画像記録層の構成成分は、マイクロカプセル外にも含有させることもできる。マイクロカプセルを含有する画像記録層は、疎水性の構成成分をマイクロカプセルに内包し、親水性の構成成分をマイクロカプセル外に含有する構成が好ましい態様である。 As the microcapsules, for example, as described in JP-A-2001-277740 and JP-A-2001-277742, at least a part of the components of the image recording layer is encapsulated in the microcapsule. The components of the image recording layer can also be contained outside the microcapsules. The image recording layer containing microcapsules is a preferred embodiment in which the hydrophobic component is encapsulated in the microcapsule and the hydrophilic component is contained outside the microcapsule.
 ミクロゲル(架橋ポリマー粒子)は、その表面又は内部の少なくとも一方に、画像記録層の構成成分の一部を含有することができる。特に、ラジカル重合性基をその表面に有する反応性ミクロゲルは、画像形成感度及び耐刷性の観点から好ましい。 The microgel (crosslinked polymer particles) can contain part of the components of the image recording layer on at least one of its surface or inside. In particular, a reactive microgel having a radically polymerizable group on its surface is preferred from the viewpoint of image forming sensitivity and printing durability.
 画像記録層の構成成分をマイクロカプセル化又はミクロゲル化するには、公知の方法が適用できる。 Known methods can be applied to microencapsulate or microgelate the components of the image recording layer.
 また、ポリマー粒子としては、耐刷性、耐汚れ性及び保存安定性の観点から、分子中に2個以上のヒドロキシ基を有する多価フェノール化合物とイソホロンジイソシアネートとの付加物である多価イソシアネート化合物、及び、活性水素を有する化合物の反応により得られるものが好ましい。
 上記多価フェノール化合物としては、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基を有するベンゼン環を複数有している化合物が好ましい。
 上記活性水素を有する化合物としては、ポリオール化合物、又は、ポリアミン化合物が好ましく、ポリオール化合物がより好ましく、プロピレングリコール、グリセリン及びトリメチロールプロパンよりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の化合物が更に好ましい。
 分子中に2個以上のヒドロキシ基を有する多価フェノール化合物とイソホロンジイソシアネートとの付加物である多価イソシアネート化合物、及び、活性水素を有する化合物の反応により得られる樹脂の粒子としては、特開2012-206495号公報の段落0032~0095に記載のポリマー粒子が好ましく挙げられる。
Further, as polymer particles, from the viewpoint of printing durability, stain resistance and storage stability, a polyvalent isocyanate compound which is an adduct of a polyhydric phenol compound having two or more hydroxy groups in the molecule and isophorone diisocyanate. And those obtained by the reaction of a compound having active hydrogen are preferable.
As said polyhydric phenol compound, the compound which has two or more benzene rings which have a phenolic hydroxyl group is preferable.
The compound having active hydrogen is preferably a polyol compound or a polyamine compound, more preferably a polyol compound, and still more preferably at least one compound selected from the group consisting of propylene glycol, glycerin and trimethylolpropane.
Examples of particles of resins obtained by the reaction of a polyhydric isocyanate compound which is an adduct of a polyhydric phenol compound having two or more hydroxy groups in a molecule and isophorone diisocyanate and a compound having an active hydrogen are disclosed in JP-A 2012 Preferred are polymer particles described in paragraphs 0032 to 0095 of JP-206495.
 更に、ポリマー粒子としては、耐刷性及び耐溶剤性の観点から、疎水性主鎖を有し、i)上記疎水性主鎖に直接的に結合されたペンダントシアノ基を有する構成ユニット、及び、ii)親水性ポリアルキレンオキシドセグメントを含むペンダント基を有する構成ユニットの両方を含むことが好ましい。
 上記疎水性主鎖としては、アクリル樹脂鎖が好ましく挙げられる。
 上記ペンダントシアノ基の例としては、-[CHCH(C≡N)-]又は-[CHC(CH)(C≡N)-]が好ましく挙げられる。
 また、上記ペンダントシアノ基を有する構成ユニットは、エチレン系不飽和型モノマー、例えば、アクリロニトリル又はメタクリロニトリルから、又は、これらの組み合わせから容易に誘導することができる。
 また、上記親水性ポリアルキレンオキシドセグメントにおけるアルキレンオキシドとしては、エチレンオキシド又はプロピレンオキシドが好ましく、エチレンオキシドがより好ましい。
 上記親水性ポリアルキレンオキシドセグメントにおけるアルキレンオキシド構造の繰り返し数は、10~100であることが好ましく、25~75であることがより好ましく、40~50であることが更に好ましい。
 疎水性主鎖を有し、i)上記疎水性主鎖に直接的に結合されたペンダントシアノ基を有する構成ユニット、及び、ii)親水性ポリアルキレンオキシドセグメントを含むペンダント基を有する構成ユニットの両方を含む樹脂の粒子としては、特表2008-503365号公報の段落0039~0068に記載のものが好ましく挙げられる。
Furthermore, the polymer particle has a hydrophobic main chain from the viewpoint of printing durability and solvent resistance, and i) a constituent unit having a pendant cyano group directly bonded to the hydrophobic main chain, ii) It is preferable to include both of the constituent units having a pendant group containing a hydrophilic polyalkylene oxide segment.
An acrylic resin chain is preferably mentioned as the above-mentioned hydrophobic main chain.
Preferred examples of the pendant cyano group include — [CH 2 CH (C≡N) —] or — [CH 2 C (CH 3 ) (C≡N) —].
Also, the constituent units having the pendant cyano group can be easily derived from an ethylenically unsaturated monomer such as acrylonitrile or methacrylonitrile, or a combination thereof.
Moreover, as an alkylene oxide in the said hydrophilic polyalkylene oxide segment, ethylene oxide or a propylene oxide is preferable and ethylene oxide is more preferable.
The repeating number of the alkylene oxide structure in the hydrophilic polyalkylene oxide segment is preferably 10 to 100, more preferably 25 to 75, and still more preferably 40 to 50.
Both a constituent unit having a hydrophobic main chain and i) having a pendant cyano group directly bonded to the hydrophobic main chain, and ii) a constituent unit having a pendant group including a hydrophilic polyalkylene oxide segment Preferred examples of the resin particles containing at least one of those described in JP-A-2008-503365, paragraphs 0039 to 0068.
 ポリマー粒子の平均粒径は、0.01μm~3.0μmが好ましく、0.03μm~2.0μmがより好ましく、0.10μm~1.0μmが更に好ましい。この範囲で良好な解像度と経時安定性が得られる。
 本開示における上記各粒子の平均一次粒径は、光散乱法により測定するか、又は、粒子の電子顕微鏡写真を撮影し、写真上で粒子の粒径を総計で5,000個測定し、平均値を算出するものとする。なお、非球形粒子については写真上の粒子面積と同一の粒子面積を持つ球形粒子の粒径値を粒径とする。
 また、本開示における平均粒径は、特に断りのない限り、体積平均粒径であるものとする。
 ポリマー粒子の含有量は、画像記録層の全質量に対し、5質量%~90質量%が好ましい。
The average particle diameter of the polymer particles is preferably 0.01 μm to 3.0 μm, more preferably 0.03 μm to 2.0 μm, and still more preferably 0.10 μm to 1.0 μm. Within this range, good resolution and stability over time can be obtained.
The average primary particle size of each particle in the present disclosure is measured by light scattering, or an electron micrograph of the particle is taken, and a total of 5,000 particle sizes of the particle are measured on the photograph, and an average is obtained. The value shall be calculated. For non-spherical particles, the particle size value of spherical particles having the same particle area as the particle area on the photograph is taken as the particle size.
Moreover, the average particle diameter in this indication shall be a volume average particle diameter unless there is particular notice.
The content of the polymer particles is preferably 5% by mass to 90% by mass with respect to the total mass of the image recording layer.
〔電子供与型重合開始剤〕
 本開示において用いられる画像記録層は、電子供与型重合開始剤を含有することが好ましい。電子供与型重合開始剤は、平版印刷版における耐刷性の向上に寄与する。電子供与型重合開始剤としては、例えば、以下の5種類が挙げられる。
(i)アルキル又はアリールアート錯体:酸化的に炭素-ヘテロ結合が解裂し、活性ラジカルを生成すると考えられる。具体的には、ボレート化合物等が挙げられる。
(ii)アミノ酢酸化合物:酸化により窒素に隣接した炭素上のC-X結合が解裂し、活性ラジカルを生成するものと考えられる。Xとしては、水素原子、カルボキシ基、トリメチルシリル基又はベンジル基が好ましい。具体的には、N-フェニルグリシン類(フェニル基に置換基を有していてもよい。)、N-フェニルイミノジ酢酸(フェニル基に置換基を有していてもよい。)等が挙げられる。
(iii)含硫黄化合物:上述のアミノ酢酸化合物の窒素原子を硫黄原子に置き換えたものが、同様の作用により活性ラジカルを生成し得る。具体的には、フェニルチオ酢酸(フェニル基に置換基を有していてもよい。)等が挙げられる。
(iv)含錫化合物:上述のアミノ酢酸化合物の窒素原子を錫原子に置き換えたものが、同様の作用により活性ラジカルを生成し得る。
(v)スルフィン酸塩類:酸化により活性ラジカルを生成し得る。具体的は、アリールスルフィン駿ナトリウム等が挙げられる。
[Electron donated polymerization initiator]
The image recording layer used in the present disclosure preferably contains an electron donating polymerization initiator. The electron donating polymerization initiator contributes to the improvement of printing durability in a lithographic printing plate. As an electron donor type polymerization initiator, the following five types are mentioned, for example.
(I) Alkyl or arylate complex: It is thought that a carbon-hetero bond is oxidatively cleaved to generate an active radical. Specifically, borate compounds and the like can be mentioned.
(Ii) Aminoacetic acid compound: It is believed that oxidation breaks up the C—X bond on the carbon adjacent to nitrogen to generate an active radical. As X, a hydrogen atom, a carboxy group, a trimethylsilyl group or a benzyl group is preferable. Specifically, N-phenylglycines (a phenyl group may have a substituent), N-phenyliminodiacetic acid (a phenyl group may have a substituent), etc. are mentioned. Be
(Iii) Sulfur-containing compounds: Those in which the nitrogen atom of the above-mentioned aminoacetic acid compound is replaced by a sulfur atom can generate an active radical by the same action. Specific examples thereof include phenylthioacetic acid (which may have a substituent on the phenyl group) and the like.
(Iv) Tin-containing compounds: those in which the nitrogen atom of the above-mentioned aminoacetic acid compound is replaced by a tin atom can generate active radicals by the same action.
(V) Sulfinates: Oxidation can generate active radicals. Specifically, sodium arylsulfine and the like can be mentioned.
 これら電子供与型重合開始剤の中でも、画像記録層は、ボレート化合物を含有することが好ましい。ボレート化合物としては、テトラアリールボレート化合物又はモノアルキルトリアリールボレート化合物が好ましく、化合物の安定性の観点から、テトラアリールボレート化合物がより好ましく、テトラフェニルボレート化合物が特に好ましい。
 また、ボレート化合物としては、少なくとも1つの電子求引性基を有するテトラアリールボレート化合物が好ましく、少なくとも1つの電子求引性基を有するテトラフェニルボレート化合物がより好ましい。
 電子求引性基としては、ハメット則のσ値が正である基が好ましく、ハメット則のσ値が0~1.2である基がより好ましい。ハメットのσ値(σp値及びσm値)については、Hansch,C.;Leo,A.;Taft,R.W.,Chem.Rev.,1991,91,165-195に詳しく記載されている。
 電子求引性基としては、ハロゲン原子、トリフルオロメチル基又はシアノ基が好ましく、フッ素原子、塩素原子、トリフルオロメチル基又はシアノ基がより好ましい。
 ボレート化合物が有する対カチオンとしては、アルカリ金属イオン又はテトラアルキルアンモニウムイオンが好ましく、ナトリウムイオン、カリウムイオン又はテトラブチルアンモニウムイオンがより好ましい。
Among these electron donating polymerization initiators, the image recording layer preferably contains a borate compound. As the borate compound, a tetraaryl borate compound or a monoalkyl triaryl borate compound is preferable, from the viewpoint of the stability of the compound, a tetraaryl borate compound is more preferable, and a tetraphenyl borate compound is particularly preferable.
Moreover, as the borate compound, a tetraaryl borate compound having at least one electron withdrawing group is preferable, and a tetraphenyl borate compound having at least one electron withdrawing group is more preferable.
As the electron withdrawing group, a group having a positive Hammett's σ value is preferable, and a group having a Hammett's σ value of 0 to 1.2 is more preferable. For Hammett's σ values (σp and σm values), see Hansch, C., et al. Leo, A .; Taft, R .; W. Chem. Rev. 1991, 91, 165-195.
As an electron withdrawing group, a halogen atom, a trifluoromethyl group or a cyano group is preferable, and a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a trifluoromethyl group or a cyano group is more preferable.
As a counter cation which a borate compound has, an alkali metal ion or a tetraalkyl ammonium ion is preferable, and a sodium ion, a potassium ion, or a tetrabutyl ammonium ion is more preferable.
 ボレート化合物として具体的には、以下に示す化合物が挙げられる。ここで、X は一価のカチオンを表し、アルカリ金属イオン又はテトラアルキルアンモニウムイオンが好ましく、アルカリ金属イオン又はテトラブチルアンモニウムイオンがより好ましい。また、Buはn-ブチル基を表す。 Specific examples of the borate compound include the following compounds. Here, X c + represents a monovalent cation, and is preferably an alkali metal ion or a tetraalkylammonium ion, and more preferably an alkali metal ion or a tetrabutylammonium ion. In addition, Bu represents an n-butyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016

 
 電子供与型重合開始剤は、1種のみを添加しても、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 電子供与型重合開始剤の含有量は、画像記録層の全質量に対し、0.01質量%~30質量%が好ましく、0.05質量%~25質量%がより好ましく、0.1質量%~20質量%が更に好ましい。
The electron donating polymerization initiator may be added alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the electron donating polymerization initiator is preferably 0.01% by mass to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.05% by mass to 25% by mass, based on the total mass of the image recording layer, and 0.1% by mass It is more preferable that the content be up to 20% by mass.
〔バインダーポリマー〕
 本開示において用いられる画像記録層は、バインダーポリマーを含有することが好ましい。バインダーポリマーとしては、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、ポリビニルアセタール樹脂、ポリウレタン樹脂が好ましい。本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリル」とは、「アクリル」及び「メタクリル」を包含する。
[Binder polymer]
The image recording layer used in the present disclosure preferably contains a binder polymer. As a binder polymer, (meth) acrylic resin, polyvinyl acetal resin, and a polyurethane resin are preferable. As used herein, "(meth) acrylic" includes "acrylic" and "methacrylic".
 中でも、バインダーポリマーは平版印刷版原版の画像記録層に用いられる公知のバインダーポリマーを好適に使用することができる。一例として、機上現像型の平版印刷版原版に用いられるバインダーポリマー(以下、機上現像用バインダーポリマーともいう)について、詳細に記載する。
 機上現像用バインダーポリマーとしては、アルキレンオキシド鎖を有するバインダーポリマーが好ましい。アルキレンオキシド鎖を有するバインダーポリマーは、ポリ(アルキレンオキシド)部位を主鎖に有していても側鎖に有していてもよい。また、ポリ(アルキレンオキシド)を側鎖に有するグラフトポリマーでも、ポリ(アルキレンオキシド)含有構成単位で構成されるブロックとポリ(アルキレンオキシド)非含有構成単位で構成されるブロックとのブロックコポリマーでもよい。
 ポリ(アルキレンオキシド)部位を主鎖に有する場合は、ポリウレタン樹脂が好ましい。ポリ(アルキレンオキシド)部位を側鎖に有する場合の主鎖のポリマーとしては、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、ポリビニルアセタール樹脂、ポリウレタン樹脂、ポリウレア樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、ポリスチレン樹脂、ノボラック型フェノール樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、合成ゴム、天然ゴムが挙げられ、特に(メタ)アクリル樹脂が好ましい。
Among them, as the binder polymer, known binder polymers used in the image recording layer of a lithographic printing plate precursor can be suitably used. As an example, a binder polymer (hereinafter, also referred to as a binder polymer for on-press development) used for an on-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor will be described in detail.
As a binder polymer for on-press development, a binder polymer having an alkylene oxide chain is preferable. The binder polymer having an alkylene oxide chain may have a poly (alkylene oxide) moiety in the main chain or in the side chain. Also, it may be a graft polymer having poly (alkylene oxide) in the side chain, or a block copolymer of a block composed of poly (alkylene oxide) -containing constitutional units and a block composed of poly (alkylene oxide) -free constitutional units. .
When it has a poly (alkylene oxide) site in the main chain, a polyurethane resin is preferred. The polymer of the main chain in the case of having a poly (alkylene oxide) moiety in the side chain includes (meth) acrylic resin, polyvinyl acetal resin, polyurethane resin, polyurea resin, polyimide resin, polyamide resin, epoxy resin, polystyrene resin, novolac type Phenol resins, polyester resins, synthetic rubbers and natural rubbers may be mentioned, and (meth) acrylic resins are particularly preferred.
 アルキレンオキシドとしては炭素数が2~6のアルキレンオキシドが好ましく、エチレンオキシド又はプロピレンオキシドが特に好ましい。
 ポリ(アルキレンオキシド)部位におけるアルキレンオキシドの繰返し数は2~120が好ましく、2~70がより好ましく、2~50が更に好ましい。
 アルキレンオキシドの繰返し数が120以下であれば、摩耗による耐刷性、インキ受容性による耐刷性の両方の低下が抑制されるため好ましい。
As the alkylene oxide, an alkylene oxide having 2 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable, and ethylene oxide or propylene oxide is particularly preferable.
The repeating number of the alkylene oxide in the poly (alkylene oxide) portion is preferably 2 to 120, more preferably 2 to 70, and still more preferably 2 to 50.
If the number of repetitions of the alkylene oxide is 120 or less, it is preferable because deterioration in both printing durability due to abrasion and printing durability due to ink receptivity is suppressed.
 ポリ(アルキレンオキシド)部位は、バインダーポリマーの側鎖として、下記式(AO)で表される構造で含有されることが好ましく、(メタ)アクリル樹脂の側鎖として、下記式(AO)で表される構造で含有されることがより好ましい。 The poly (alkylene oxide) moiety is preferably contained as a side chain of the binder polymer in a structure represented by the following formula (AO), and as a side chain of the (meth) acrylic resin, it is represented by the following formula (AO) More preferably, it is contained in the following structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017

 
 式(AO)中、yは2~120を表し、Rは水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、Rは水素原子又は一価の有機基を表す。
 一価の有機基としては、炭素数1~6のアルキル基が好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、イソブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、イソヘキシル基、1,1-ジメチルブチル基、2,2-ジメチルブチル基、シクロペンチル基及びシクロヘキシル基が挙げられる。
 式(AO)において、yは2~70が好ましく、2~50がより好ましい。Rは水素原子又はメチル基が好ましく、水素原子が特に好ましい。Rは水素原子又はメチル基が特に好ましい。
In formula (AO), y represents 2 to 120, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and R 2 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
The monovalent organic group is preferably an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 6, and is methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, isobutyl group, tert-butyl group And n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, n-hexyl, isohexyl, 1,1-dimethylbutyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl.
In the formula (AO), y is preferably 2 to 70, and more preferably 2 to 50. R 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom. R 2 is particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 バインダーポリマーは、画像部の皮膜強度を向上するために、架橋性を有していてもよい。ポリマーに架橋性を持たせるためには、エチレン性不飽和結合などの架橋性官能基を高分子の主鎖中又は側鎖中に導入すればよい。架橋性官能基は、共重合により導入してもよいし、高分子反応により導入してもよい。
 分子の主鎖中にエチレン性不飽和結合を有するポリマーの例としては、ポリ-1,4-ブタジエン、ポリ-1,4-イソプレンなどが挙げられる。
 分子の側鎖中にエチレン性不飽和結合を有するポリマーの例としては、アクリル酸又はメタクリル酸のエステル又はアミドのポリマーであって、エステル又はアミドの残基(-COOR又は-CONHRのR)がエチレン性不飽和結合を有するポリマーを挙げることができる。
The binder polymer may have crosslinkability in order to improve the film strength of the image area. In order to give the polymer crosslinkability, a crosslinkable functional group such as an ethylenically unsaturated bond may be introduced into the main chain or side chain of the polymer. The crosslinkable functional group may be introduced by copolymerization or may be introduced by a polymer reaction.
Examples of polymers having an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the main chain of the molecule include poly-1,4-butadiene, poly-1,4-isoprene and the like.
An example of a polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the side chain of the molecule is a polymer of an ester or amide of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, and the residue of ester or amide (R of -COOR or -CONHR) is Mention may be made of polymers having ethylenically unsaturated bonds.
 エチレン性不飽和結合を有する残基(上記R)の例としては、-(CHCR1A=CR2A3A、-(CHO)CHCR1A=CR2A3A、-(CHCHO)CHCR1A=CR2A3A、-(CHNH-CO-O-CHCR1A=CR2A3A、-(CH-O-CO-CR1A=CR2A3A及び-(CHCHO)-X(式中、R1A~R3Aはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基又はアリールオキシ基を表し、R1AとR2A又はR3Aとは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。nは、1~10の整数を表す。Xは、ジシクロペンタジエニル残基を表す。)を挙げることができる。 As an example of the residue having the ethylenically unsaturated bond (the above R),-(CH 2 ) n CR 1A = CR 2 AR 3 -A ,-(CH 2 O) n CH 2 CR 1 A = CR 2 AR 3 A ,- (CH 2 CH 2 O) n CH 2 CR 1A = CR 2A R 3A, - (CH 2) n NH-CO-O-CH 2 CR 1A = CR 2A R 3A, - (CH 2) n -O-CO -CR 1A = CR 2A R 3A and-(CH 2 CH 2 O) 2 -X (wherein, R 1A to R 3A are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group R 1A and R 2A or R 3A may combine with each other to form a ring, n represents an integer of 1 to 10, and X represents a dicyclopentan. Represents a dienyl residue)) Rukoto can.
 エステル残基の具体例としては、-CHCH=CH、-CHCHO-CHCH=CH、-CHC(CH)=CH、-CHCH=CH-C、-CHCHOCOCH=CH-C、-CHCH-NHCOO-CHCH=CH及び-CHCHO-X(式中、Xはジシクロペンタジエニル残基を表す。)が挙げられる。
 アミド残基の具体例としては、-CHCH=CH、-CHCH-Y(式中、Yはシクロヘキセン残基を表す。)及び-CHCH-OCO-CH=CHが挙げられる。
Specific examples of the ester residue include —CH 2 CH = CH 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 O—CH 2 CH = CH 2 , —CH 2 C (CH 3 ) = CH 2 and —CH 2 CH = CH— C 6 H 5 , —CH 2 CH 2 OCOCH = CH—C 6 H 5 , —CH 2 CH 2 —NHCOO—CH 2 CH = CH 2 and —CH 2 CH 2 O—X, wherein X is a dicyclo And a pentadienyl residue).
Specific examples of the amide residue include —CH 2 CH = CH 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 —Y (wherein Y represents a cyclohexene residue) and —CH 2 CH 2 —OCO—CH = CH 2 Can be mentioned.
 架橋性を有するバインダーポリマーは、例えば、その架橋性官能基にフリーラジカル(重合開始ラジカル又は重合性化合物の重合過程の生長ラジカル)が付加し、ポリマー間で直接に又は重合性化合物の重合連鎖を介して付加重合して、ポリマー分子間に架橋が形成されて硬化する。又は、ポリマー中の原子(例えば、官能性架橋基に隣接する炭素原子上の水素原子)がフリーラジカルにより引き抜かれてポリマーラジカルが生成し、それが互いに結合することによって、ポリマー分子間に架橋が形成されて硬化する。 In the binder polymer having crosslinkability, for example, free radicals (polymerization initiating radicals or propagating radicals in the polymerization process of the polymerizable compound) are added to the crosslinkable functional group to directly or interpolymerize the polymerization chain of the polymerizable compound. Addition polymerization is performed to form crosslinks between polymer molecules and cure. Alternatively, an atom in the polymer (for example, a hydrogen atom on a carbon atom adjacent to a functional crosslinking group) is extracted by a free radical to generate a polymer radical, which combines with one another to form a crosslink between polymer molecules. It forms and cures.
 バインダーポリマー中の架橋性基の含有量(ヨウ素滴定によるラジカル重合可能な不飽和二重結合の含有量)は、良好な感度と良好な保存安定性の観点から、バインダーポリマー1g当たり、好ましくは0.1mmol~10.0mmol、より好ましくは1.0mmol~7.0mmol、特に好ましくは2.0mmol~5.5mmolである。 The content of the crosslinkable group in the binder polymer (content of the radically polymerizable unsaturated double bond by iodine titration) is preferably 0 per gram of the binder polymer from the viewpoint of good sensitivity and good storage stability. 1 mmol to 10.0 mmol, more preferably 1.0 mmol to 7.0 mmol, particularly preferably 2.0 mmol to 5.5 mmol.
 以下に機上現像用バインダーポリマーの具体例1~11を示すが、本開示はこれらに限定されるものではない。下記例示化合物中、各構成単位に併記される数値(主鎖構成単位に併記される数値)は、上記構成単位のモル百分率を表す。側鎖の構成単位に併記される数値は、上記構成単位の繰返し数を示す。また、Meはメチル基を表し、Etはエチル基を表し、Phはフェニル基を表す。 Specific examples 1 to 11 of the binder polymer for on-press development are shown below, but the present disclosure is not limited thereto. In the following exemplified compounds, the numerical values (numerical values indicated simultaneously with the main chain constituent units) indicated in parallel with the constituent units represent the molar percentage of the above-mentioned constituent units. The numerical value added to the constituent unit of the side chain indicates the number of repetition of the above constituent unit. Also, Me represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019

 
 また、バインダーポリマーの他の好ましい例として、6官能以上10官能以下の多官能チオールを核として、この核に対しスルフィド結合により結合したポリマー鎖を有し、当該ポリマー鎖が重合性基を有する高分子化合物(以下、星型高分子化合物ともいう。)が挙げられる。星型高分子化合物としては、例えば、特開2012-148555号公報に記載の化合物を好ましく用いることができる。 In addition, as another preferable example of the binder polymer, a polymer chain having a sulphide bond with a nucleus via a core having a polyfunctional thiol having 6 to 10 functional groups as a nucleus, and the polymer chain having a polymerizable group is high Molecular compounds (hereinafter, also referred to as star polymer compounds) can be mentioned. As the star polymer compound, for example, compounds described in JP-A-2012-148555 can be preferably used.
 星型高分子化合物は、特開2008-195018号公報に記載のような画像部の皮膜強度を向上するためのエチレン性不飽和結合等の重合性基を、主鎖又は側鎖、好ましくは側鎖に有しているものが挙げられる。重合性基によってポリマー分子間に架橋が形成され、硬化が促進する。
 重合性基としては、(メタ)アクリル基、ビニル基、アリル基、スチリル基などのエチレン性不飽和基、エポキシ基等が好ましく、(メタ)アクリル基、ビニル基、スチリル基が重合反応性の観点でより好ましく、(メタ)アクリル基が特に好ましい。これらの基は高分子反応又は共重合によってポリマーに導入することができる。例えば、カルボキシ基を側鎖に有するポリマーとグリシジルメタクリレートとの反応、あるいはエポキシ基を有するポリマーとメタクリル酸などのエチレン性不飽和基含有カルボン酸との反応を利用できる。これらの基は併用してもよい。
The star polymer compound has a polymerizable group such as an ethylenically unsaturated bond for improving the film strength of the image area as described in JP-A-2008-195018, which is a main chain or a side chain, preferably a side. What has in the chain is mentioned. The polymerizable groups form crosslinks between polymer molecules to accelerate curing.
The polymerizable group is preferably an ethylenically unsaturated group such as (meth) acrylic group, vinyl group, allyl group or styryl group, an epoxy group or the like, and the (meth) acrylic group, vinyl group or styryl group is polymerizable. It is more preferable from the viewpoint, and (meth) acrylic group is particularly preferable. These groups can be introduced into the polymer by polymer reaction or copolymerization. For example, reaction of a polymer having a carboxy group in a side chain with glycidyl methacrylate, or reaction of a polymer having an epoxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid such as methacrylic acid can be used. These groups may be used in combination.
 バインダーポリマーの分子量は、GPC法によるポリスチレン換算値として重量平均分子量(Mw)が、2,000以上であることが好ましく、5,000以上であることがより好ましく、10,000~300,000であることが更に好ましい。 The binder polymer preferably has a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 2,000 or more, more preferably 5,000 or more, and 10,000 to 300,000 as the polystyrene conversion value by GPC method. It is further preferred that
 必要に応じて、特開2008-195018号公報に記載のポリアクリル酸、ポリビニルアルコールなどの親水性ポリマーを併用することができる。また、親油的なポリマーと親水的なポリマーとを併用することもできる。 If necessary, hydrophilic polymers such as polyacrylic acid and polyvinyl alcohol described in JP-A-2008-195018 can be used in combination. Also, lipophilic polymers and hydrophilic polymers can be used in combination.
 上記バインダーポリマーは、画像記録層中で、各成分のバインダーとして機能するポリマーとして存在してもよいし、粒子の形状で存在してもよい。粒子の形状で存在する場合には、平均一次粒子径は、好ましくは10nm~1,000nmであり、より好ましくは20nm~300nmであり、更に好ましくは30nm~120nmである。
 なお、上述のポリマー粒子に該当する化合物は、バインダーポリマーには該当しないものとする。
The binder polymer may be present in the image recording layer as a polymer that functions as a binder for each component, or may be present in the form of particles. When present in the form of particles, the average primary particle size is preferably 10 nm to 1,000 nm, more preferably 20 nm to 300 nm, still more preferably 30 nm to 120 nm.
In addition, the compound applicable to the above-mentioned polymer particle shall not apply to a binder polymer.
 本開示において用いられる画像記録層においては、バインダーポリマーを1種単独で使用しても、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 バインダーポリマーは、画像記録層中に任意の量で含有させることができる。バインダーポリマーの含有量は、画像記録層の用途などにより適宜選択できるが、画像記録層の全質量に対して、1質量%~90質量%が好ましく、5質量%~80質量%がより好ましい。
In the image recording layer used in the present disclosure, one binder polymer may be used alone, or two or more binder polymers may be used in combination.
The binder polymer can be contained in any amount in the image recording layer. The content of the binder polymer can be appropriately selected depending on the application of the image recording layer and the like, but is preferably 1% by mass to 90% by mass, and more preferably 5% by mass to 80% by mass with respect to the total mass of the image recording layer.
〔連鎖移動剤〕
 本開示において用いられる画像記録層は、連鎖移動剤を含有してもよい。連鎖移動剤は、平版印刷版における耐刷性の向上に寄与する。
 連鎖移動剤としては、チオール化合物が好ましく、沸点(揮発し難さ)の観点で炭素数7以上のチオールがより好ましく、芳香環上にメルカプト基を有する化合物(芳香族チオール化合物)が更に好ましい。上記チオール化合物は単官能チオール化合物であることが好ましい。
[Chain transfer agent]
The image recording layer used in the present disclosure may contain a chain transfer agent. The chain transfer agent contributes to the improvement of printing durability in a lithographic printing plate.
The chain transfer agent is preferably a thiol compound, more preferably a thiol having a carbon number of 7 or more from the viewpoint of boiling point (poor volatility), and still more preferably a compound having a mercapto group on an aromatic ring (aromatic thiol compound). The thiol compound is preferably a monofunctional thiol compound.
 連鎖移動剤として具体的には、下記の化合物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the chain transfer agent include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023

 
 連鎖移動剤は、1種のみを添加しても、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 連鎖移動剤の含有量は、画像記録層の全質量に対し、0.01質量%~50質量%が好ましく、0.05質量%~40質量%がより好ましく、0.1質量%~30質量%が更に好ましい。
The chain transfer agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the chain transfer agent is preferably 0.01% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 0.05% by mass to 40% by mass, and still more preferably 0.1% by mass to 30% by mass with respect to the total mass of the image recording layer. % Is more preferred.
〔低分子親水性化合物〕
 画像記録層は、耐刷性の低下を抑制させつつ機上現像性を向上させるために、低分子親水性化合物を含有してもよい。低分子親水性化合物は、分子量1,000未満の化合物が好ましく、分子量800未満の化合物がより好ましく、分子量500未満の化合物が更に好ましい。
 低分子親水性化合物としては、例えば、水溶性有機化合物が挙げられる。水溶性有機化合物としては、例えば、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ジプロピレングリコール、トリプロピレングリコール等のグリコール類及びそのエーテル又はエステル誘導体類、グリセリン、ペンタエリスリトール、トリス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)イソシアヌレート等のポリオール類、トリエタノールアミン、ジエタノールアミン、モノエタノールアミン等の有機アミン類及びその塩、アルキルスルホン酸、トルエンスルホン酸、ベンゼンスルホン酸等の有機スルホン酸類及びその塩、アルキルスルファミン酸等の有機スルファミン酸類及びその塩、アルキル硫酸、アルキルエーテル硫酸等の有機硫酸類及びその塩、フェニルホスホン酸等の有機ホスホン酸類及びその塩、酒石酸、シュウ酸、クエン酸、リンゴ酸、乳酸、グルコン酸、アミノ酸類等の有機カルボン酸類及びその塩、ベタイン類等が挙げられる。
[Low molecular weight hydrophilic compound]
The image recording layer may contain a low molecular weight hydrophilic compound in order to improve the on-press developability while suppressing the deterioration of the printing durability. The low molecular weight hydrophilic compound is preferably a compound having a molecular weight of less than 1,000, more preferably a compound having a molecular weight of less than 800, and still more preferably a compound having a molecular weight of less than 500.
Examples of low molecular weight hydrophilic compounds include water-soluble organic compounds. Examples of water-soluble organic compounds include glycols such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, tripropylene glycol and their ether or ester derivatives, glycerin, pentaerythritol, tris (2-hydroxy) Ethyl) polyols such as isocyanurate, organic amines such as triethanolamine, diethanolamine, monoethanolamine and their salts, organic sulfonic acids such as alkylsulfonic acid, toluenesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid and their salts, alkylsulfamic acid Organic sulfamic acids and their salts, organic sulfuric acids such as alkyl sulfuric acid and alkyl ether sulfuric acid and their salts, organic phosphonic acids such as phenyl phosphonic acid and the like , Tartaric acid, oxalic acid, citric acid, malic acid, lactic acid, gluconic acid, organic carboxylic acids and salts thereof such as amino acids, betaines, and the like.
 低分子親水性化合物としては、ポリオール類、有機硫酸塩類、有機スルホン酸塩類及びベタイン類から選ばれる少なくとも1つを含有させることが好ましい。 The low molecular weight hydrophilic compound preferably contains at least one selected from polyols, organic sulfates, organic sulfonates and betaines.
 有機スルホン酸塩類の具体例としては、n-ブチルスルホン酸ナトリウム、n-ヘキシルスルホン酸ナトリウム、2-エチルヘキシルスルホン酸ナトリウム、シクロヘキシルスルホン酸ナトリウム、n-オクチルスルホン酸ナトリウムなどのアルキルスルホン酸塩;5,8,11-トリオキサペンタデカン-1-スルホン酸ナトリウム、5,8,11-トリオキサヘプタデカン-1-スルホン酸ナトリウム、13-エチル-5,8,11-トリオキサヘプタデカン-1-スルホン酸ナトリウム、5,8,11,14-テトラオキサテトラコサン-1-スルホン酸ナトリウムなどのエチレンオキシド鎖を含むアルキルスルホン酸塩;ベンゼンスルホン酸ナトリウム、p-トルエンスルホン酸ナトリウム、p-ヒドロキシベンゼンスルホン酸ナトリウム、p-スチレンスルホン酸ナトリウム、イソフタル酸ジメチル-5-スルホン酸ナトリウム、1-ナフチルスルホン酸ナトリウム、4-ヒドロキシナフチルスルホン酸ナトリウム、1,5-ナフタレンジスルホン酸ジナトリウム、1,3,6-ナフタレントリスルホン酸トリナトリウムなどのアリールスルホン酸塩、特開2007-276454号公報の段落0026~0031及び特開2009-154525号公報の段落0020~0047に記載の化合物等が挙げられる。塩は、カリウム塩、リチウム塩でもよい。 Specific examples of organic sulfonates include alkyl sulfonates such as sodium n-butyl sulfonate, sodium n-hexyl sulfonate, sodium 2-ethylhexyl sulfonate, sodium cyclohexyl sulfonate, sodium n-octyl sulfonate; , 8,11-Trioxapentadecane-1-sulfonic acid sodium, 5,8,11-trioxaheptadecane-1-sulfonic acid sodium, 13-ethyl-5,8,11-trioxaheptadecane-1-sulfone Alkyl sulfonates containing ethylene oxide chains such as sodium acid sodium and sodium 5,8,11,14-tetraoxatetracosan-1-sulphonate; sodium benzene sulphonate, sodium p-toluene sulphonate, p-hydroxy benzene sulphonic acid The Sodium, sodium p-styrenesulfonate, sodium dimethyl-5-sulfonate isophthalate, sodium 1-naphthylsulfonate, sodium 4-hydroxynaphthylsulfonate, disodium 1,5-naphthalenedisulfonate, 1,3,6- And arylsulfonic acid salts such as trisodium naphthalene trisulfonate, compounds described in paragraphs 0026 to 0031 of JP 2007-276454 A and paragraphs 0020 to 0047 of JP 2009-154525 A, and the like. The salt may be a potassium salt or a lithium salt.
 有機硫酸塩類としては、ポリエチレンオキシドのアルキル、アルケニル、アルキニル、アリール又は複素環モノエーテルの硫酸塩が挙げられる。エチレンオキシド単位の数は1~4が好ましく、塩はナトリウム塩、カリウム塩又はリチウム塩が好ましい。具体例としては、特開2007-276454号公報の段落0034~0038に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Organic sulfates include sulfates of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl or heterocyclic monoethers of polyethylene oxide. The number of ethylene oxide units is preferably 1 to 4, and the salt is preferably a sodium salt, potassium salt or lithium salt. Specific examples thereof include the compounds described in paragraphs 0034 to 0038 of JP-A-2007-276454.
 ベタイン類としては、窒素原子への炭化水素置換基の炭素数が1~5である化合物が好ましく、具体例としては、トリメチルアンモニウムアセタート、ジメチルプロピルアンモニウムアセタート、3-ヒドロキシ-4-トリメチルアンモニオブチラート、4-(1-ピリジニオ)ブチラート、1-ヒドロキシエチル-1-イミダゾリオアセタート、トリメチルアンモニウムメタンスルホナート、ジメチルプロピルアンモニウムメタンスルホナート、3-トリメチルアンモニオ-1-プロパンスルホナート、3-(1-ピリジニオ)-1-プロパンスルホナート等が挙げられる。 Preferred betaines are compounds having 1 to 5 carbon atoms in the hydrocarbon substituent to the nitrogen atom, and specific examples thereof include trimethyl ammonium acetate, dimethyl propyl ammonium acetate, 3-hydroxy-4-trimethyl ammonium Obtilate, 4- (1-pyridinio) butyrate, 1-hydroxyethyl-1-imidazolioacetate, trimethylammonium methanesulfonate, dimethylpropylammonium methanesulfonate, 3-trimethylammonio-1-propanesulfonate, 3 And-(1-pyridinio) -1-propanesulfonate and the like.
 低分子親水性化合物は疎水性部分の構造が小さくて界面活性作用がほとんどないため、湿し水が画像記録層露光部(画像部)へ浸透して画像部の疎水性及び皮膜強度を低下させることがなく、画像記録層のインキ受容性及び耐刷性を良好に維持することができる。 The low molecular weight hydrophilic compound has a small hydrophobic part structure and hardly has a surfactant activity, and therefore the dampening water penetrates the exposed part (image part) of the image recording layer to reduce the hydrophobicity and the film strength of the image part. Therefore, the ink receptivity and printing durability of the image recording layer can be well maintained.
 低分子親水性化合物の含有量は、画像記録層の全質量に対して、0.5質量%~20質量%が好ましく、1質量%~15質量%がより好ましく、2質量%~10質量%が更に好ましい。この範囲で良好な機上現像性と耐刷性が得られる。
 低分子親水性化合物は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を混合して用いてもよい。
The content of the low molecular weight hydrophilic compound is preferably 0.5% by mass to 20% by mass, more preferably 1% by mass to 15% by mass, and more preferably 2% by mass to 10% by mass with respect to the total mass of the image recording layer. Is more preferred. In this range, good on-press developability and press life can be obtained.
The low molecular weight hydrophilic compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
〔感脂化剤〕
 画像記録層は、着肉性を向上させるために、ホスホニウム化合物、含窒素低分子化合物、アンモニウム基含有ポリマー等の感脂化剤を含有してもよい。特に、保護層に無機層状化合物を含有させる場合、これらの化合物は、無機層状化合物の表面被覆剤として機能し、無機層状化合物による印刷途中の着肉性低下を抑制することができる。
 感脂化剤としては、ホスホニウム化合物と、含窒素低分子化合物と、アンモニウム基含有ポリマーとを併用することが好ましく、ホスホニウム化合物と、第四級アンモニウム塩類と、アンモニウム基含有ポリマーとを併用することがより好ましい。
[Sepetic agent]
The image recording layer may contain a sensitizing agent such as a phosphonium compound, a nitrogen-containing low molecular weight compound, or an ammonium group-containing polymer in order to improve the receptivity. In particular, when an inorganic stratiform compound is contained in the protective layer, these compounds function as a surface coating agent for the inorganic stratiform compound and can suppress the decrease in the receptivity during printing by the inorganic stratiform compound.
As a sensitizing agent, it is preferable to use a phosphonium compound, a nitrogen-containing low molecular weight compound, and an ammonium group-containing polymer in combination, and to use a phosphonium compound, a quaternary ammonium salt, and an ammonium group-containing polymer in combination. Is more preferred.
 ホスホニウム化合物としては、特開2006-297907号公報及び特開2007-50660号公報に記載のホスホニウム化合物が挙げられる。具体例としては、テトラブチルホスホニウムヨージド、ブチルトリフェニルホスホニウムブロミド、テトラフェニルホスホニウムブロミド、1,4-ビス(トリフェニルホスホニオ)ブタン=ジ(ヘキサフルオロホスファート)、1,7-ビス(トリフェニルホスホニオ)ヘプタン=スルファート、1,9-ビス(トリフェニルホスホニオ)ノナン=ナフタレン-2,7-ジスルホナート等が挙げられる。 Examples of phosphonium compounds include phosphonium compounds described in JP-A-2006-297907 and JP-A-2007-50660. Specific examples thereof include tetrabutylphosphonium iodide, butyltriphenylphosphonium bromide, tetraphenylphosphonium bromide, 1,4-bis (triphenylphosphonio) butane di (hexafluorophosphate), and 1,7-bis (trihydrophosphate). And phenylphosphonio) heptane = sulfate, 1,9-bis (triphenylphosphonio) nonane = naphthalene-2,7-disulfonate and the like.
 含窒素低分子化合物としては、アミン塩類、第四級アンモニウム塩類が挙げられる。また、イミダゾリニウム塩類、ベンゾイミダゾリニウム塩類、ピリジニウム塩類、キノリニウム塩類も挙げられる。中でも、第四級アンモニウム塩類及びピリジニウム塩類が好ましい。具体例としては、テトラメチルアンモニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、テトラブチルアンモニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、ドデシルトリメチルアンモニウム=p-トルエンスルホナート、ベンジルトリエチルアンモニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、ベンジルジメチルオクチルアンモニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、ベンジルジメチルドデシルアンモニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、特開2008-284858号公報の段落0021~0037、特開2009-90645号公報の段落0030~0057に記載の化合物等が挙げられる。 The nitrogen-containing low molecular weight compounds include amine salts and quaternary ammonium salts. Also, imidazolinium salts, benzimidazolinium salts, pyridinium salts, quinolinium salts can be mentioned. Among them, quaternary ammonium salts and pyridinium salts are preferred. Specific examples include tetramethylammonium = hexafluorophosphate, tetrabutylammonium = hexafluorophosphate, dodecyltrimethylammonium = p-toluenesulfonate, benzyltriethylammonium = hexafluorophosphate, benzyldimethyloctylammonium = hexafluorophos And the compounds described in paragraphs 0021 to 0037 of JP-A 2008-284858 and paragraphs 0030 to 0057 of JP-A 2009-90645, and the like.
 アンモニウム基含有ポリマーとしては、その構造中にアンモニウム基を有すればよく、側鎖にアンモニウム基を有する(メタ)アクリレートを共重合成分として5モル%~80モル%含有するポリマーが好ましい。具体例としては、特開2009-208458号公報の段落0089~0105に記載のポリマーが挙げられる。 The ammonium group-containing polymer may have an ammonium group in its structure, and is preferably a polymer containing 5 mol% to 80 mol% of a (meth) acrylate having an ammonium group in a side chain as a copolymerization component. Specific examples include the polymers described in paragraphs 0089 to 0105 of JP-A-2009-208458.
 アンモニウム塩含有ポリマーは、特開2009-208458号公報に記載の測定方法に従って求められる還元比粘度(単位:ml/g)の値が、5~120の範囲のものが好ましく、10~110の範囲のものがより好ましく、15~100の範囲のものが特に好ましい。上記還元比粘度を質量平均分子量(Mw)に換算した場合、10,000~150,0000が好ましく、17,000~140,000がより好ましく、20,000~130,000が特に好ましい。 The ammonium salt-containing polymer preferably has a reduced specific viscosity (unit: ml / g) value of 5 to 120, preferably 10 to 110, which is determined according to the measurement method described in JP-A 2009-208458. Are more preferred, and those in the range of 15 to 100 are particularly preferred. When the reduced specific viscosity is converted to a weight average molecular weight (Mw), 10,000 to 150,000 are preferable, 17,000 to 140,000 are more preferable, and 20,000 to 130,000 are particularly preferable.
 以下に、アンモニウム基含有ポリマーの具体例を示す。
(1)2-(トリメチルアンモニオ)エチルメタクリレート=p-トルエンスルホナート/3,6-ジオキサヘプチルメタクリレート共重合体(モル比10/90、Mw4.5万)
(2)2-(トリメチルアンモニオ)エチルメタクリレート=ヘキサフルオロホスファート/3,6-ジオキサヘプチルメタクリレート共重合体(モル比20/80、Mw6.0万)
(3)2-(エチルジメチルアンモニオ)エチルメタクリレート=p-トルエンスルホナート/ヘキシルメタクリレート共重合体(モル比30/70、Mw4.5万)
(4)2-(トリメチルアンモニオ)エチルメタクリレート=ヘキサフルオロホスファート/2-エチルヘキシルメタクリレート共重合体(モル比20/80、Mw6.0万)
(5)2-(トリメチルアンモニオ)エチルメタクリレート=メチルスルファート/ヘキシルメタクリレート共重合体(モル比40/60、Mw7.0万)
(6)2-(ブチルジメチルアンモニオ)エチルメタクリレート=ヘキサフルオロホスファート/3,6-ジオキサヘプチルメタクリレート共重合体(モル比25/75、Mw6.5万)
(7)2-(ブチルジメチルアンモニオ)エチルアクリレート=ヘキサフルオロホスファート/3,6-ジオキサヘプチルメタクリレート共重合体(モル比20/80、Mw6.5万)
(8)2-(ブチルジメチルアンモニオ)エチルメタクリレート=13-エチル-5,8,11-トリオキサ-1-ヘプタデカンスルホナート/3,6-ジオキサヘプチルメタクリレート共重合体(モル比20/80、Mw7.5万)
(9)2-(ブチルジメチルアンモニオ)エチルメタクリレート=ヘキサフルオロホスファート/3,6-ジオキサヘプチルメタクリレート/2-ヒドロキシ-3-メタクリロイルオキシプロピルメタクリレート共重合体(モル比15/80/5、Mw6.5万)
Below, the specific example of an ammonium group containing polymer is shown.
(1) 2- (trimethylammonio) ethyl methacrylate = p-toluenesulfonate / 3,6-dioxaheptyl methacrylate copolymer (molar ratio 10/90, Mw 45,000)
(2) 2- (trimethylammonio) ethyl methacrylate = hexafluorophosphate / 3,6-dioxaheptyl methacrylate copolymer (molar ratio 20/80, Mw 60,000)
(3) 2- (ethyldimethylammonio) ethyl methacrylate = p-toluenesulfonate / hexyl methacrylate copolymer (molar ratio 30/70, Mw 45,000)
(4) 2- (trimethylammonio) ethyl methacrylate = hexafluorophosphate / 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate copolymer (molar ratio 20/80, Mw 60000)
(5) 2- (trimethylammonio) ethyl methacrylate = methyl sulfate / hexyl methacrylate copolymer (molar ratio 40/60, Mw 70000)
(6) 2- (Butyldimethylammonio) ethyl methacrylate = hexafluorophosphate / 3,6-dioxaheptyl methacrylate copolymer (molar ratio 25/75, Mw 65,000)
(7) 2- (butyldimethylammonio) ethyl acrylate = hexafluorophosphate / 3,6-dioxaheptyl methacrylate copolymer (molar ratio 20/80, Mw 65,000)
(8) 2- (butyldimethylammonio) ethyl methacrylate = 13-ethyl-5,8,11-trioxa-1-heptadecanesulfonate / 3,6-dioxaheptyl methacrylate copolymer (molar ratio 20/80 , Mw 75,000)
(9) 2- (butyldimethylammonio) ethyl methacrylate = hexafluorophosphate / 3,6-dioxaheptyl methacrylate / 2-hydroxy-3-methacryloyloxypropyl methacrylate copolymer (molar ratio 15/80/5, Mw 65,000)
 感脂化剤の含有量は、画像記録層の全質量に対して、0.01質量%~30.0質量%が好ましく、0.1質量%~15.0質量%がより好ましく、1質量%~10質量%が更に好ましい。 The content of the sensitizing agent is preferably 0.01% by mass to 30.0% by mass, and more preferably 0.1% by mass to 15.0% by mass, with respect to the total mass of the image recording layer. % To 10% by mass is more preferable.
〔酸発色剤〕
 本開示において用いられる画像記録層は、酸発色剤を含むことが好ましい。
 本開示で用いられる「酸発色剤」とは、電子受容性化合物(例えば酸等のプロトン)を受容した状態で加熱することにより、発色する性質を有する化合物を意味する。酸発色剤としては、特に、ラクトン、ラクタム、サルトン、スピロピラン、エステル、アミド等の部分骨格を有し、電子受容性化合物と接触した時に、速やかにこれらの部分骨格が開環若しくは開裂する無色の化合物が好ましい。
[Acid color developing agent]
The image recording layer used in the present disclosure preferably contains an acid color former.
The “acid color former” used in the present disclosure means a compound having a property of developing a color by heating in a state where an electron accepting compound (for example, a proton such as an acid) is received. As an acid color developing agent, particularly, it has a partial skeleton such as lactone, lactam, sultone, spiropyran, ester, amide and the like, and is a colorless which rapidly opens or cleaves the partial skeleton when contacted with an electron accepting compound. Compounds are preferred.
 このような酸発色剤の例としては、3,3-ビス(4-ジメチルアミノフェニル)-6-ジメチルアミノフタリド(”クリスタルバイオレットラクトン”と称される)、3,3-ビス(4-ジメチルアミノフェニル)フタリド、3-(4-ジメチルアミノフェニル)-3-(4-ジエチルアミノ-2-メチルフェニル)-6-ジメチルアミノフタリド、3-(4-ジメチルアミノフェニル)-3-(1,2-ジメチルインドール-3-イル)フタリド、3-(4-ジメチルアミノフェニル)-3-(2-メチルインドール-3-イル)フタリド、3,3-ビス(1,2-ジメチルインドール-3-イル)-5-ジメチルアミノフタリド、3,3-ビス(1,2-ジメチルインドール-3-イル)-6-ジメチルアミノフタリド、3,3-ビス(9-エチルカルバゾール-3-イル)-6-ジメチルアミノフタリド、3,3-ビス(2-フェニルインドール-3-イル)-6-ジメチルアミノフタリド、3-(4-ジメチルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-メチルピロール-3-イル)-6-ジメチルアミノフタリド、 Examples of such acid-coloring agents include: 3,3-bis (4-dimethylaminophenyl) -6-dimethylaminophthalide (referred to as "crystal violet lactone"), 3,3-bis (4- Dimethylaminophenyl) phthalide, 3- (4-dimethylaminophenyl) -3- (4-diethylamino-2-methylphenyl) -6-dimethylaminophthalide, 3- (4-dimethylaminophenyl) -3- (1 , 2-Dimethylindol-3-yl) phthalide, 3- (4-dimethylaminophenyl) -3- (2-methylindol-3-yl) phthalide, 3,3-bis (1,2-dimethylindole-3) -Yl) -5-dimethylaminophthalide, 3,3-bis (1,2-dimethylindol-3-yl) -6-dimethylaminophthalide, 3,3-biphenyl (9-Ethylcarbazol-3-yl) -6-dimethylaminophthalide, 3,3-bis (2-phenylindol-3-yl) -6-dimethylaminophthalide, 3- (4-dimethylaminophenyl) -3- (1-methylpyrrol-3-yl) -6-dimethylaminophthalide,
 3,3-ビス〔1,1-ビス(4-ジメチルアミノフェニル)エチレン-2-イル〕-4,5,6,7-テトラクロロフタリド、3,3-ビス〔1,1-ビス(4-ピロリジノフェニル)エチレン-2-イル〕-4,5,6,7-テトラブロモフタリド、3,3-ビス〔1-(4-ジメチルアミノフェニル)-1-(4-メトキシフェニル)エチレン-2-イル〕-4,5,6,7-テトラクロロフタリド、3,3-ビス〔1-(4-ピロリジノフェニル)-1-(4-メトキシフェニル)エチレン-2-イル〕-4,5,6,7-テトラクロロフタリド、3-〔1,1-ジ(1-エチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)エチレン-2-イル〕-3-(4-ジエチルアミノフェニル)フタリド、3-〔1,1-ジ(1-エチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)エチレン-2-イル〕-3-(4-N-エチル-N-フェニルアミノフェニル)フタリド、3-(2-エトキシ-4-ジエチルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-n-オクチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-フタリド、3,3-ビス(1-n-オクチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-フタリド、3-(2-メチル-4-ジエチルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-n-オクチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-フタリド等のフタリド類、 3,3-bis [1,1-bis (4-dimethylaminophenyl) ethylene-2-yl] -4,5,6,7-tetrachlorophthalide, 3,3-bis [1,1-bis ( 4-Pyrrolidinophenyl) ethylene-2-yl] -4,5,6,7-tetrabromophthalide, 3,3-bis [1- (4-dimethylaminophenyl) -1- (4-methoxyphenyl) Ethylene-2-yl] -4,5,6,7-tetrachlorophthalide, 3,3-bis [1- (4-pyrrolidinophenyl) -1- (4-methoxyphenyl) ethylene-2-yl] -4,5,6,7-tetrachlorophthalide, 3- [1,1-di (1-ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl) ethylene-2-yl] -3- (4-diethylaminophenyl) ) Phthalide, 3- [1,1-di (1-ethyl-2-methyl) Leindol-3-yl) ethylene-2-yl] -3- (4-N-ethyl-N-phenylaminophenyl) phthalide, 3- (2-ethoxy-4-diethylaminophenyl) -3- (1-n) -Octyl-2-methylindol-3-yl) -phthalide, 3,3-bis (1-n-octyl-2-methylindol-3-yl) -phthalide, 3- (2-methyl-4-diethylaminophenyl) Phthalides such as 3- (1-n-octyl-2-methylindol-3-yl) -phthalide;
 4,4-ビス-ジメチルアミノベンズヒドリンベンジルエーテル、N-ハロフェニル-ロイコオーラミン、N-2,4,5-トリクロロフェニルロイコオーラミン、ローダミン-B-アニリノラクタム、ローダミン-(4-ニトロアニリノ)ラクタム、ローダミン-B-(4-クロロアニリノ)ラクタム、3,7-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)-10-ベンゾイルフェノオキサジン、ベンゾイルロイコメチレンブルー、4ーニトロベンゾイルメチレンブルー、 4,4-Bis-dimethylaminobenzhydrin benzyl ether, N-halophenyl-leucoauramine, N-2,4,5-trichlorophenyl leucoauramine, rhodamine-B-anilinolactam, rhodamine- (4-nitroanilino ) Lactam, rhodamine-B- (4-chloroanilino) lactam, 3,7-bis (diethylamino) -10-benzoylphenoxazine, benzoyl leuco methylene blue, 4-nitrobenzoyl methylene blue,
 3,6-ジメトキシフルオラン、3-ジメチルアミノ-7-メトキシフルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-6-メトキシフルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-7-メトキシフルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-7-クロロフルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-クロロフルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-6,7-ジメチルフルオラン、3-N-シクロヘキシル-N-n-ブチルアミノ-7-メチルフルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-7-ジベンジルアミノフルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-7-オクチルアミノフルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-7-ジ-n-ヘキシルアミノフルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-7-(2’-フルオロフェニルアミノ)フルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-7-(2’-クロロフェニルアミノ)フルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-7-(3’-クロロフェニルアミノ)フルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-7-(2’,3’-ジクロロフェニルアミノ)フルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-7-(3’-トリフルオロメチルフェニルアミノ)フルオラン、3-ジ-n-ブチルアミノ-7-(2’-フルオロフェニルアミノ)フルオラン、3-ジ-n-ブチルアミノ-7-(2’-クロロフェニルアミノ)フルオラン、3-N-イソペンチル-N-エチルアミノ-7-(2’-クロロフェニルアミノ)フルオラン、 3,6-Dimethoxyfluoran, 3-dimethylamino-7-methoxyfluoran, 3-diethylamino-6-methoxyfluoran, 3-diethylamino-7-methoxyfluoran, 3-diethylamino-7-chlorofluoran, 3 -Diethylamino-6-methyl-7-chlorofluoran, 3-diethylamino-6,7-dimethylfluoran, 3-N-cyclohexyl-N-n-butylamino-7-methylfluoran, 3-diethylamino-7- Dibenzylaminofluoran, 3-diethylamino-7-octylaminofluoran, 3-diethylamino-7-di-n-hexylaminofluoran, 3-diethylamino-7-anilinofluoran, 3-diethylamino-7- ( 2'-Fluorophenylamino) fluorane, 3-diethylamino 7- (2'-chlorophenylamino) fluoran, 3-diethylamino-7- (3'-chlorophenylamino) fluoran, 3-diethylamino-7- (2 ', 3'-dichlorophenylamino) fluoran, 3-diethylamino-7- (3′-trifluoromethylphenylamino) fluoran, 3-di-n-butylamino-7- (2′-fluorophenylamino) fluoran, 3-di-n-butylamino-7- (2′-chlorophenylamino ) Fluoran, 3-N-isopentyl-N-ethylamino-7- (2'-chlorophenylamino) fluoran,
 3-N-n-ヘキシル-N-エチルアミノ-7-(2’-クロロフェニルアミノ)フルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-6-クロロ-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-ジ-n-ブチルアミノ-6-クロロ-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-6-メトキシ-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-ジ-n-ブチルアミノ-6-エトキシ-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-ピロリジノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-ピペリジノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-モルホリノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-ジメチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-ジ-n-ブチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-ジ-n-ペンチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-エチル-N-メチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-Nn-プロピル-N-メチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-n-プロピル-N-エチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-n-ブチル-N-メチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-n-ブチル-N-エチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-イソブチル-N-メチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-イソブチル-N-エチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-イソペンチル-N-エチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-n-ヘキシル-N-メチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-シクロヘキシル-N-エチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-シクロヘキシル-N-n-プロピルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-シクロヘキシル-N-n-ブチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-シクロヘキシル-N-n-ヘキシルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-シクロヘキシル-N-n-オクチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、 3-N-n-Hexyl-N-ethylamino-7- (2'-chlorophenylamino) fluorane, 3-diethylamino-6-chloro-7-anilinofluorane, 3-di-n-butylamino-6- Chloro-7-anilinofluorane, 3-diethylamino-6-methoxy-7-anilinofluorane, 3-di-n-butylamino-6-ethoxy-7-anilinofluorane, 3-pyrrolidino-6- 6 Methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-piperidino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-morpholino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-dimethylamino-6-methyl-7- Anilinofluorane, 3-diethylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-di-n-butylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-di- -Pentylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-N-ethyl-N-methylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-Nn-propyl-N-methylamino-6- Methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-N-n-propyl-N-ethylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-N-n-butyl-N-methylamino-6-methyl- 7-anilinofluorane, 3-N-n-butyl-N-ethylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-N-isobutyl-N-methylamino-6-methyl-7-anilino Fluoran, 3-N-Isobutyl-N-ethylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-N-isopentyl-N-ethylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-N -N-hexi -N-Methylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-N-cyclohexyl-N-ethylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-N-cyclohexyl-N-n-propyl Amino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-N-cyclohexyl-Nn-butylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-N-cyclohexyl-Nn-hexylamino- 6-Methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-N-cyclohexyl-Nn-octylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane,
 3-N-(2’-メトキシエチル)-N-メチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-(2’-メトキシエチル)-N-エチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-(2’-メトキシエチル)-N-イソブチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-(2’-エトキシエチル)-N-メチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-(2’-エトキシエチル)-N-エチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-(3’-メトキシプロピル)-N-メチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-(3’-メトキシプロピル)-N-エチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-(3’-エトキシプロピル)-N-メチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-(3’-エトキシプロピル)-N-エチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-(2’-テトラヒドロフルフリル)-N-エチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-N-(4’-メチルフェニル)-N-エチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-6-エチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-(3’-メチルフェニルアミノ)フルオラン、3-ジエチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-(2’,6’-ジメチルフェニルアミノ)フルオラン、3-ジ-n-ブチルアミノ-6-メチル-7-(2’,6’-ジメチルフェニルアミノ)フルオラン、3-ジ-n-ブチルアミノ-7-(2’,6’-ジメチルフェニルアミノ)フルオラン、2,2-ビス〔4’-(3-N-シクロヘキシル-N-メチルアミノ-6-メチルフルオラン)-7-イルアミノフェニル〕プロパン、3-〔4’-(4-フェニルアミノフェニル)アミノフェニル〕アミノ-6-メチル-7-クロロフルオラン、3-〔4’-(ジメチルアミノフェニル)〕アミノ-5,7-ジメチルフルオラン等のフルオラン類、 3-N- (2'-Methoxyethyl) -N-methylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-N- (2'-methoxyethyl) -N-ethylamino-6-methyl-7 -Anilinofluorane, 3-N- (2'-methoxyethyl) -N-isobutylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-N- (2'-ethoxyethyl) -N-methylamino -6-Methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-N- (2'-ethoxyethyl) -N-ethylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-N- (3'-methoxypropyl) ) -N-Methylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-N- (3'-methoxypropyl) -N-ethylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-N- (3'-Ethoxypropyl) -N- Tylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-N- (3'-ethoxypropyl) -N-ethylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-N- (2'-tetrahydrofuran Furfuryl) -N-ethylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-N- (4'-methylphenyl) -N-ethylamino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3- Diethylamino-6-ethyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-diethylamino-6-methyl-7- (3'-methylphenylamino) fluoran, 3-diethylamino-6-methyl-7- (2 ', 6'-) Dimethylphenylamino) fluoran, 3-di-n-butylamino-6-methyl-7- (2 ′, 6′-dimethylphenylamino) fluoran, 3-di-n-butylamino-7- 2 ′, 6′-Dimethylphenylamino) fluoran, 2,2-bis [4 ′-(3-N-cyclohexyl-N-methylamino-6-methylfluoran) -7-ylaminophenyl] propane, 3- [4 ′-(4-phenylaminophenyl) aminophenyl] amino-6-methyl-7-chlorofluorane, 3- [4 ′-(dimethylaminophenyl)] amino-5,7-dimethylfluoran, and the like fluorans Kind,
 3-(2-メチル-4-ジエチルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-エチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-4-アザフタリド、3-(2-n-プロポキシカルボニルアミノ-4-ジ-n-プロピルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-エチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-4-アザフタリド、3-(2-メチルアミノ-4-ジ-n-プロピルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-エチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-4-アザフタリド、3-(2-メチル-4-ジn-ヘキシルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-n-オクチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-4,7-ジアザフタリド、3,3-ビス(2-エトキシ-4-ジエチルアミノフェニル)-4-アザフタリド、3,3-ビス(1-n-オクチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-4-アザフタリド、3-(2-エトキシ-4-ジエチルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-エチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-4-アザフタリド、3-(2-エトキシ-4-ジエチルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-オクチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-4又は7-アザフタリド、3-(2-エトキシ-4-ジエチルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-エチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-4又は7-アザフタリド、3-(2-ヘキシルオキシ-4-ジエチルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-エチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-4又は7-アザフタリド、3-(2-エトキシ-4-ジエチルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-エチル-2-フェニルインドール-3-イル)-4又は7-アザフタリド、3-(2-ブトキシ-4-ジエチルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-エチル-2-フェニルインドール-3-イル)-4又は7-アザフタリド3-メチルスピロジナフトピラン、3-エチルスピロジナフトピラン、3-フェニルスピロジナフトピラン、3-ベンジルスピロジナフトピラン、3-メチルナフト(3-メトキシベンゾ)スピロピラン、3-プロピルスピロジベンゾピラン-3,6-ビス(ジメチルアミノ)フルオレン-9-スピロ-3’-(6’-ジメチルアミノ)フタリド、3,6-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)フルオレン-9-スピロ-3’-(6’-ジメチルアミノ)フタリド等のフタリド類、 3- (2-Methyl-4-diethylaminophenyl) -3- (1-ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl) -4-azaphthalide, 3- (2-n-propoxycarbonylamino-4-di-n -Propylaminophenyl) -3- (1-ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl) -4-azaphthalide, 3- (2-methylamino-4-di-n-propylaminophenyl) -3- (1 -Ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl) -4-azaphthalide, 3- (2-methyl-4-din-hexylaminophenyl) -3- (1-n-octyl-2-methylindole-3-) Yl) -4,7-diazaphthalide, 3,3-bis (2-ethoxy-4-diethylaminophenyl) -4-azaphthalide, 3,3-bis (1-n-octyl-2-methylindole 3-yl) -4-azaphthalide, 3- (2-ethoxy-4-diethylaminophenyl) -3- (1-ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl) -4-azaphthalide, 3- (2-ethoxy-) 4-diethylaminophenyl) -3- (1-octyl-2-methylindol-3-yl) -4 or 7-azaphthalide, 3- (2-ethoxy-4-diethylaminophenyl) -3- (1-ethyl-2) -Methylindol-3-yl) -4 or 7-azaphthalide, 3- (2-hexyloxy-4-diethylaminophenyl) -3- (1-ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl) -4 or 7- Azaphthalide, 3- (2-ethoxy-4-diethylaminophenyl) -3- (1-ethyl-2-phenylindol-3-yl) -4 or 7-azaphthalide, -(2-butoxy-4-diethylaminophenyl) -3- (1-ethyl-2-phenylindol-3-yl) -4 or 7-azaphthalide 3-methylspirodinaphthopyran, 3-ethylspirodinaphthopyran, 3-phenylspirodinaphthopyran, 3-benzylspirodinaphthopyran, 3-methylnaphtho (3-methoxybenzo) spiropyran, 3-propylspirodibenzopyran-3,6-bis (dimethylamino) fluorene-9-spiro-3 Phthalides such as '-(6'-dimethylamino) phthalide, 3,6-bis (diethylamino) fluoren-9-spiro-3'-(6'-dimethylamino) phthalide,
 その他、2’-アニリノ-6’-(N-エチル-N-イソペンチル)アミノ-3’-メチルスピロ[イソベンゾフラン-1(3H),9’-(9H)キサンテン-3-オン、2’-アニリノ-6’-(N-エチル-N-(4-メチルフェニル))アミノ-3’-メチルスピロ[イソベンゾフラン-1(3H),9’-(9H)キサンテン]-3-オン、3’-N,N-ジベンジルアミノ-6’-N,N-ジエチルアミノスピロ[イソベンゾフラン-1(3H),9’-(9H)キサンテン]-3-オン、2’-(N-メチル-N-フェニル)アミノ-6’-(N-エチル-N-(4-メチルフェニル))アミノスピロ[イソベンゾフラン-1(3H),9’-(9H)キサンテン]-3-オンなどが挙げられる。 In addition, 2′-anilino-6 ′-(N-ethyl-N-isopentyl) amino-3′-methylspiro [isobenzofuran-1 (3H), 9 ′-(9H) xanthen-3-one, 2′-anilino -6 '-(N-ethyl-N- (4-methylphenyl)) amino-3'-methylspiro [isobenzofuran-1 (3H), 9'-(9H) xanthene] -3-one, 3'-N , N-Dibenzylamino-6'-N, N-diethylamino spiro [isobenzofuran-1 (3H), 9 '-(9H) xanthene] -3-one, 2'-(N-methyl-N-phenyl) Amino-6 ′-(N-ethyl-N- (4-methylphenyl)) aminospiro [isobenzofuran-1 (3H), 9 ′-(9H) xanthene] -3-one and the like.
 上記の中でも、本開示に用いられる酸発色剤は、スピロピラン化合物、スピロオキサジン化合物、スピロラクトン化合物、スピロラクタム化合物よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の化合物であることが好ましい。
 発色後の色素の色相としては、可視性の観点から、緑、青又は黒であることが好ましい。
Among the above, the acid color former used in the present disclosure is preferably at least one compound selected from the group consisting of spiropyran compounds, spirooxazine compounds, spirolactone compounds and spirolactam compounds.
The hue of the dye after color development is preferably green, blue or black from the viewpoint of visibility.
 酸発色剤としては上市されている製品を使用することも可能であり、ETAC、RED500、RED520、CVL、S-205、BLACK305、BLACK400、BLACK100、BLACK500、H-7001、GREEN300、NIRBLACK78、BLUE220、H-3035、BLUE203、ATP、H-1046、H-2114(以上、福井山田化学工業(株)製)、ORANGE-DCF、Vermilion-DCF、PINK-DCF、RED-DCF、BLMB、CVL、GREEN-DCF、TH-107(以上、保土ヶ谷化学(株)製)、ODB、ODB-2、ODB-4、ODB-250、ODB-BlackXV、Blue-63、Blue-502、GN-169、GN-2、Green-118、Red-40、Red-8(以上、山本化成(株)製)、クリスタルバイオレットラクトン(東京化成工業(株)製)等が挙げられる。これらの市販品の中でも、ETAC、S-205、BLACK305、BLACK400、BLACK100、BLACK500、H-7001、GREEN300、NIRBLACK78、H-3035、ATP、H-1046、H-2114、GREEN-DCF、Blue-63、GN-169、クリスタルバイオレットラクトンが、形成される膜の可視光吸収率が良好のため好ましい。 It is also possible to use a commercially available product as an acid color developing agent, such as ETAC, RED 500, RED 520, CVL, S-205, BLACK 305, BLACK 400, BLACK 100, BLACK 500, H-7001, GREEN 300, NIRBLACK 78, BLUE 220, H. -3035, BLUE 203, ATP, H-1046, H-2114 (above, Fukui Yamada Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), ORANGE-DCF, Vermilion-DCF, PINK-DCF, RED-DCF, BLMB, CVL, GREEN-DCF , TH-107 (manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.), ODB, ODB-2, ODB-4, ODB-250, ODB-Black XV, Blue-63, Blue-502, GN-169, GN-2, Gre n-118, Red-40, Red-8 (manufactured by Yamamoto Chemicals Co., Ltd.), crystal violet lactone (manufactured by Tokyo Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.), and the like. Among these commercially available products, ETAC, S-205, BLACK 305, BLACK 400, BLACK 100, BLACK 500, H-7001, GREEN 300, NIRBLACK 78, H-3035, ATP, H-1046, H-2114, GREEN-DCF, Blue-63. GN-169 and crystal violet lactone are preferable because the visible light absorptivity of the formed film is good.
 これらの酸発色剤は、1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種類以上の成分を組み合わせて使用することもできる。 These acid color formers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
〔着色剤〕
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版の画像記録層は、可視光域に大きな吸収を持つ染料を画像の着色剤として含有することができる。具体的には、オイルイエロー#101、オイルイエロー#103、オイルピンク#312、オイルグリーンBG、オイルブルーBOS、オイルブルー#603、オイルブラックBY、オイルブラックBS、オイルブラックT-505(以上オリエント化学工業(株)製)、ビクトリアピュアブルー、クリスタルバイオレット(CI42555)、メチルバイオレット(CI42535)、エチルバイオレット、エチルバイオレット6HNAPS、ローダミンB(CI145170B)、マラカイトグリーン(CI42000)、メチレンブルー(CI52015)及び特開昭62-293247号公報に記載されている染料を挙げることができる。また、フタロシアニン系顔料、アゾ系顔料、カーボンブラック、酸化チタン等の顔料も好適に用いることができる。着色剤を含有させることにより、画像形成後の画像部と非画像部との区別がつきやすくなるので、含有させることが好ましい。
 着色剤の添加量は、画像記録層の全質量に対して、0.005質量%~10質量%が好ましい。
[Colorant]
The image recording layer of the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure can contain a dye having large absorption in the visible light region as a colorant for an image. Specifically, Oil Yellow # 101, Oil Yellow # 103, Oil Pink # 312, Oil Green BG, Oil Blue BOS, Oil Blue # 603, Oil Black BY, Oil Black BS, Oil Black T-505 (Oriental Chemical Industrial Co., Ltd.) Victoria Pure Blue, Crystal Violet (CI 42 555), Methyl Violet (CI 4 2535), Ethyl Violet, Ethyl Violet 6 HNAPS, Rhodamine B (CI 145 170 B), Malachite Green (CI 4 2000), Methylene Blue (CI 5 2015) Mention may be made of the dyes described in JP-A-62-293247. In addition, pigments such as phthalocyanine pigments, azo pigments, carbon black and titanium oxide can also be suitably used. It is preferable to contain a coloring agent, because the image area after image formation and the non-image area can be easily distinguished.
The addition amount of the colorant is preferably 0.005% by mass to 10% by mass with respect to the total mass of the image recording layer.
〔その他の成分〕
 画像記録層には、その他の成分として、界面活性剤、重合禁止剤、高級脂肪酸誘導体、可塑剤、無機粒子、無機層状化合物等を含有することができる。具体的には、特開2008-284817号公報の段落0114~0159の記載を参照することができる。
[Other ingredients]
The image recording layer may contain, as other components, surfactants, polymerization inhibitors, higher fatty acid derivatives, plasticizers, inorganic particles, inorganic layered compounds, and the like. Specifically, the description in paragraphs [0114] to [0159] of JP-A-2008-284817 can be referred to.
〔画像記録層の形成〕
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版における画像記録層は、例えば、特開2008-195018号公報の段落0142~0143に記載のように、必要な上記各成分を公知の溶剤に分散又は溶解して塗布液を調製し、塗布液を支持体上にバーコーター塗布など公知の方法で塗布し、乾燥することにより形成することができる。塗布、乾燥後における画像記録層の塗布量(固形分)は、用途によって異なるが、0.3g/m~3.0g/mが好ましい。この範囲で、良好な感度と画像記録層の良好な皮膜特性が得られる。
[Formation of image recording layer]
The image recording layer in the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure is, for example, dispersed or dissolved in a known solvent and applied as described in paragraphs 0142 to 0143 of JP-A-2008-195018. The solution can be prepared, coated on a support by a known method such as bar coating, and dried. The coating amount (solid content) of the image recording layer after coating and drying varies depending on the use, but 0.3 g / m 2 to 3.0 g / m 2 is preferable. Within this range, good sensitivity and good film properties of the image recording layer can be obtained.
<下塗り層>
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、画像記録層と支持体との間に下塗り層(中間層と呼ばれることもある。)を有することが好ましい。下塗り層は、露光部においては支持体と画像記録層との密着を強化し、未露光部においては画像記録層の支持体からのはく離を生じやすくさせるため、耐刷性を損なわずに現像性を向上させることに寄与する。また、赤外線レーザー露光の場合に、下塗り層が断熱層として機能することにより、露光により発生した熱が支持体に拡散して感度が低下するのを防ぐ効果も有する。
<Subbing layer>
The lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure preferably has a subbing layer (sometimes referred to as an intermediate layer) between the image recording layer and the support. The undercoat layer strengthens the adhesion between the support and the image recording layer in the exposed area and facilitates the peeling of the image recording layer from the support in the unexposed area. Contribute to improving In addition, in the case of infrared laser exposure, the undercoat layer functions as a heat insulating layer, which also has an effect of preventing the heat generated by the exposure from being diffused to the support to reduce the sensitivity.
 下塗り層に用いられる化合物としては、支持体表面に吸着可能な吸着性基及び親水性基を有するポリマーが挙げられる。画像記録層との密着性を向上させるために吸着性基及び親水性基を有し、更に架橋性基を有するポリマーが好ましい。下塗り層に用いられる化合物は、低分子化合物でもポリマーであってもよい。下塗り層に用いられる化合物は、必要に応じて、2種以上を混合して使用してもよい。 Examples of the compound used for the undercoat layer include polymers having an adsorptive group capable of adsorbing to the surface of the support and a hydrophilic group. In order to improve the adhesion to the image recording layer, polymers having an adsorptive group and a hydrophilic group, and further having a crosslinkable group are preferred. The compound used for the undercoat layer may be a low molecular weight compound or a polymer. The compounds used in the undercoat layer may be used as a mixture of two or more, if necessary.
 下塗り層に用いられる化合物がポリマーである場合、吸着性基を有するモノマー、親水性基を有するモノマー及び架橋性基を有するモノマーの共重合体が好ましい。
 支持体表面に吸着可能な吸着性基としては、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、-PO、-OPO、-CONHSO-、-SONHSO-、-COCHCOCHが好ましい。親水性基としては、スルホ基又はその塩、カルボキシ基の塩が好ましい。架橋性基としては、アクリル基、メタクリル基、アクリルアミド基、メタクリルアミド基、アリル基などが好ましい。
 ポリマーは、ポリマーの極性置換基と、上記極性置換基と対荷電を有する置換基及びエチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物との塩形成で導入された架橋性基を有してもよいし、上記以外のモノマー、好ましくは親水性モノマーが更に共重合されていてもよい。
When the compound used for the undercoat layer is a polymer, a copolymer of a monomer having an adsorptive group, a monomer having a hydrophilic group and a monomer having a crosslinkable group is preferred.
Examples of adsorptive groups capable of adsorbing to the surface of a support include phenolic hydroxy group, carboxy group, -PO 3 H 2 , -OPO 3 H 2 , -CONHSO 2- , -SO 2 NHSO 2- , -COCH 2 COCH 3 Is preferred. The hydrophilic group is preferably a sulfo group or a salt thereof, or a salt of a carboxy group. As the crosslinkable group, an acryl group, a methacryl group, an acrylamide group, a methacrylamide group, an allyl group and the like are preferable.
The polymer may have a crosslinkable group introduced by salt formation of a polar substituent of the polymer and a compound having a pair charge with the polar substituent and a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, or Other monomers, preferably hydrophilic monomers, may be further copolymerized.
 具体的には、特開平10-282679号公報に記載されている付加重合可能なエチレン性二重結合反応基を有しているシランカップリング剤、特開平2-304441号公報記載のエチレン性二重結合反応基を有しているリン化合物が好適に挙げられる。特開2005-238816号、特開2005-125749号、特開2006-239867号、特開2006-215263号の各公報に記載の架橋性基(好ましくは、エチレン性不飽和結合基)、支持体表面と相互作用する官能基及び親水性基を有する低分子又は高分子化合物も好ましく用いられる。
 より好ましいものとして、特開2005-125749号及び特開2006-188038号公報に記載の支持体表面に吸着可能な吸着性基、親水性基及び架橋性基を有する高分子ポリマーが挙げられる。
Specifically, a silane coupling agent having an addition-polymerizable ethylenic double bond reactive group described in JP-A-10-282679, and an ethylene-based two coupling agent described in JP-A-2-304441. The phosphorus compound which has a heavy bond reactive group is mentioned suitably. Crosslinkable groups (preferably, ethylenically unsaturated bond groups) described in JP 2005-238816, JP 2005-125749, JP 2006-239867, and JP 2006-215263, and a support Low molecular weight or high molecular weight compounds having a functional group that interacts with the surface and a hydrophilic group are also preferably used.
More preferable examples include polymer polymers having an adsorptive group, a hydrophilic group and a crosslinkable group which can be adsorbed on the surface of a support as described in JP-A-2005-125749 and JP-A-2006-188038.
 下塗り層に用いられるポリマー中のエチレン性不飽和結合基の含有量は、ポリマー1g当たり、好ましくは0.1mmol~10.0mmol、より好ましくは0.2mmol~5.5mmolである。
 下塗り層に用いられるポリマーの重量平均分子量(Mw)は、5,000以上が好ましく、1万~30万がより好ましい。
The content of the ethylenically unsaturated bonding group in the polymer used for the undercoat layer is preferably 0.1 mmol to 10.0 mmol, more preferably 0.2 mmol to 5.5 mmol, per 1 g of the polymer.
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer used for the undercoat layer is preferably 5,000 or more, and more preferably 10,000 to 300,000.
 下塗り層は、上記下塗り層用化合物の他に、経時による汚れ防止のため、キレート剤、第二級又は第三級アミン、重合禁止剤、アミノ基又は重合禁止能を有する官能基と支持体表面に対して相互作用する基とを有する化合物(例えば、1,4-ジアザビシクロ[2.2.2]オクタン(DABCO)、2,3,5,6-テトラヒドロキシ-p-キノン、クロラニル、スルホフタル酸、ヒドロキシエチルエチレンジアミン三酢酸、ジヒドロキシエチルエチレンジアミン二酢酸、ヒドロキシエチルイミノ二酢酸など)等を含有してもよい。 In addition to the above-mentioned compounds for the undercoat layer, the undercoat layer has a chelating agent, a secondary or tertiary amine, a polymerization inhibitor, an amino group or a functional group having a polymerization inhibiting ability and a support surface in order to prevent soiling over time. Compounds having a group that interacts with (eg, 1,4-diazabicyclo [2.2.2] octane (DABCO), 2,3,5,6-tetrahydroxy-p-quinone, chloranil, sulfophthalic acid And hydroxyethylethylenediaminetriacetic acid, dihydroxyethylethylenediaminediacetic acid, hydroxyethyliminodiacetic acid, and the like.
 下塗り層は、公知の方法で塗布される。下塗り層の塗布量(固形分)は、0.1mg/m~100mg/mが好ましく、1mg/m~30mg/mがより好ましい。 The subbing layer is applied in a known manner. The coating amount (solid content) of the undercoat layer is preferably 0.1 mg / m 2 to 100 mg / m 2, and more preferably 1 mg / m 2 to 30 mg / m 2 .
<保護層>
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、画像記録層の上に保護層(オーバーコート層と呼ばれることもある。)を有することが好ましい。保護層は酸素遮断により画像形成阻害反応を抑制する機能の他、画像記録層における傷の発生防止及び高照度レーザー露光時のアブレーション防止の機能を有する。
<Protective layer>
The lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure preferably has a protective layer (sometimes referred to as an overcoat layer) on the image recording layer. The protective layer has a function of preventing the generation of a scratch in the image recording layer and a function of preventing ablation during high-intensity laser exposure, in addition to the function of suppressing the image formation inhibition reaction by oxygen blocking.
 このような特性の保護層については、例えば、米国特許第3,458,311号明細書及び特公昭55-49729号公報に記載されている。保護層に用いられる酸素低透過性のポリマーとしては、水溶性ポリマー、水不溶性ポリマーのいずれをも適宜選択して使用することができ、必要に応じて2種類以上を混合して使用することもできる。具体的には、例えば、ポリビニルアルコール、変性ポリビニルアルコール、ポリビニルピロリドン、水溶性セルロース誘導体、ポリ(メタ)アクリロニトリル等が挙げられる。
 変性ポリビニルアルコールとしてはカルボキシ基又はスルホ基を有する酸変性ポリビニルアルコールが好ましく用いられる。具体的には、特開2005-250216号公報及び特開2006-259137号公報に記載の変性ポリビニルアルコールが挙げられる。
The protective layer having such properties is described, for example, in US Pat. No. 3,458,311 and JP-B-55-49729. As the low oxygen permeability polymer to be used for the protective layer, either a water-soluble polymer or a water-insoluble polymer can be appropriately selected and used, and two or more types can be mixed and used as needed. it can. Specifically, for example, polyvinyl alcohol, modified polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, a water-soluble cellulose derivative, poly (meth) acrylonitrile and the like can be mentioned.
As the modified polyvinyl alcohol, an acid modified polyvinyl alcohol having a carboxy group or a sulfo group is preferably used. Specifically, modified polyvinyl alcohols described in JP-A-2005-250216 and JP-A-2006-259137 can be mentioned.
 保護層は、酸素遮断性を高めるために無機層状化合物を含有することが好ましい。無機層状化合物は、薄い平板状の形状を有する粒子であり、例えば、天然雲母、合成雲母等の雲母群、式:3MgO・4SiO・HOで表されるタルク、テニオライト、モンモリロナイト、サポナイト、ヘクトライト、リン酸ジルコニウム等が挙げられる。
 好ましく用いられる無機層状化合物は雲母化合物である。雲母化合物としては、例えば、式:A(B,C)2-510(OH,F,O)〔ただし、Aは、K、Na、Caのいずれか、B及びCは、Fe(II)、Fe(III)、Mn、Al、Mg、Vのいずれかであり、Dは、Si又はAlである。〕で表される天然雲母、合成雲母等の雲母群が挙げられる。
The protective layer preferably contains an inorganic stratiform compound to enhance the oxygen barrier property. The inorganic stratiform compound is a particle having a thin tabular shape, and, for example, a mica group such as natural mica and synthetic mica, talc represented by the formula: 3MgO.4SiO.H 2 O, teniolite, montmorillonite, saponite, hekto Light, zirconium phosphate and the like can be mentioned.
The inorganic layered compound preferably used is a mica compound. As a mica compound, for example, the formula: A (B, C) 2-5 D 4 O 10 (OH, F, O) 2 [wherein, A is any of K, Na and Ca, and B and C are It is any of Fe (II), Fe (III), Mn, Al, Mg and V, and D is Si or Al. And micas such as natural micas and synthetic micas.
 雲母群においては、天然雲母としては白雲母、ソーダ雲母、金雲母、黒雲母及び鱗雲母が挙げられる。合成雲母としてはフッ素金雲母KMg(AlSi10)F、カリ四ケイ素雲母KMg2.5Si10)F等の非膨潤性雲母、及び、NaテトラシリリックマイカNaMg2.5(Si10)F、Na又はLiテニオライト(Na,Li)MgLi(Si10)F、モンモリロナイト系のNa又はLiヘクトライト(Na,Li)1/8Mg2/5Li1/8(Si10)F等の膨潤性雲母等が挙げられる。更に合成スメクタイトも有用である。 In the mica group, natural micas include muscovite, soda mica, phlogopite, biotite and phlogopite. Non-swelling micas such as fluorine phlogopite KMg 3 (AlSi 3 O 10 ) F 2 and potassium tetrasilicon mica KMg 2.5 Si 4 O 10 ) F 2 as synthetic micas, and Na tetrasilylic mica NaMg 2. 5 (Si 4 O 10 ) F 2 , Na or Li teniolite (Na, Li) Mg 2 Li (Si 4 O 10 ) F 2 , montmorillonite Na or Li hectorite (Na, Li) 1/8 Mg 2 / 5 Swellable mica such as 5 Li 1/8 (Si 4 O 10 ) F 2 etc. may be mentioned. Furthermore, synthetic smectites are also useful.
 上記の雲母化合物の中でも、フッ素系の膨潤性雲母が特に有用である。すなわち、膨潤性合成雲母は、10Å~15Å(1Å=0.1nm)程度の厚さの単位結晶格子層からなる積層構造を有し、格子内金属原子置換が他の粘土鉱物より著しく大きい。その結果、格子層は正電荷不足を生じ、それを補償するために層間にLi、Na、Ca2+、Mg2+等の陽イオンを吸着している。これらの層間に介在している陽イオンは交換性陽イオンと呼ばれ、いろいろな陽イオンと交換し得る。特に、層間の陽イオンがLi、Naの場合、イオン半径が小さいため層状結晶格子間の結合が弱く、水により大きく膨潤する。その状態でシェアーをかけると容易に劈開し、水中で安定したゾルを形成する。膨潤性合成雲母はこの傾向が強く、特に好ましく用いられる。 Among the above-mentioned mica compounds, fluorine-based swellable mica is particularly useful. That is, the swellable synthetic mica has a laminated structure composed of unit crystal lattice layers having a thickness of about 10 Å to 15 Å (1 Å = 0.1 nm), and metal atom substitution in lattice is significantly larger than that of other clay minerals. As a result, the lattice layer lacks positive charge, and in order to compensate for it, cations such as Li + , Na + , Ca 2+ and Mg 2+ are adsorbed between the layers. The cations intervening between these layers are called exchangeable cations and can be exchanged with various cations. In particular, in the case where the cation between the layers is Li + or Na + , the bond between the layered crystal lattices is weak because the ion radius is small, and the layer swells significantly with water. In this state, shearing readily cleaves to form a stable sol in water. Swellable synthetic mica is strong in this tendency and is particularly preferably used.
 雲母化合物の形状としては、拡散制御の観点からは、厚さは薄ければ薄いほどよく、平面サイズは塗布面の平滑性及び活性光線の透過性を阻害しない限りにおいて大きい程よい。従って、アスペクト比は、好ましくは20以上であり、より好ましくは100以上、特に好ましくは200以上である。アスペクト比は粒子の厚さに対する長径の比であり、例えば、粒子の顕微鏡写真による投影図から測定することができる。アスペクト比が大きい程、得られる効果が大きい。アスペクト比の上限値は、制限されず、例えば、1000以下とすることができる。 As for the shape of the mica compound, from the viewpoint of diffusion control, the thinner the thickness, the better, and the flat size is better as long as it does not impair the smoothness of the coated surface and the transparency of the actinic light. Therefore, the aspect ratio is preferably 20 or more, more preferably 100 or more, and particularly preferably 200 or more. The aspect ratio is the ratio of the major axis to the thickness of the particle, and can be measured, for example, from a projection of the particle by a micrograph. The larger the aspect ratio, the greater the effect obtained. The upper limit value of the aspect ratio is not limited, and can be, for example, 1000 or less.
 雲母化合物の粒子径は、その平均長径が、好ましくは0.3μm~20μm、より好ましくは0.5μm~10μm、特に好ましくは1μm~5μmである。粒子の平均の厚さは、好ましくは0.1μm以下、より好ましくは0.05μm以下、特に好ましくは0.01μm以下である。具体的には、例えば、代表的化合物である膨潤性合成雲母の場合、好ましい態様としては、厚さが1nm~50nm程度、面サイズ(長径)が1μm~20μm程度である。 The average major axis of the particle diameter of the mica compound is preferably 0.3 μm to 20 μm, more preferably 0.5 μm to 10 μm, and particularly preferably 1 μm to 5 μm. The average thickness of the particles is preferably 0.1 μm or less, more preferably 0.05 μm or less, and particularly preferably 0.01 μm or less. Specifically, for example, in the case of a swellable synthetic mica which is a representative compound, as a preferred embodiment, the thickness is about 1 nm to 50 nm, and the surface size (long diameter) is about 1 μm to 20 μm.
 無機層状化合物の含有量は、保護層の全固形分に対して、0質量%~60質量%が好ましく、3質量%~50質量%がより好ましい。複数種の無機層状化合物を併用する場合でも、無機層状化合物の合計量が上記の含有量であることが好ましい。上記範囲で酸素遮断性が向上し、良好な感度が得られる。また、着肉性の低下を防止できる。 The content of the inorganic stratiform compound is preferably 0% by mass to 60% by mass, and more preferably 3% by mass to 50% by mass, with respect to the total solid content of the protective layer. Even when using a plurality of types of inorganic stratiform compounds in combination, it is preferable that the total amount of the inorganic stratiform compounds has the above content. Within the above range, the oxygen barrier property is improved, and good sensitivity can be obtained. In addition, it is possible to prevent the deterioration of the inking property.
 保護層は可撓性付与のための可塑剤、塗布性を向上させための界面活性剤、表面の滑り性を制御するための無機粒子など公知の添加物を含有してもよい。また、画像記録層において記載した感脂化剤を保護層に含有させてもよい。 The protective layer may contain known additives such as a plasticizer for imparting flexibility, a surfactant for improving the coatability, and inorganic particles for controlling the slipperiness of the surface. Further, the oil-receptive agent described in the image recording layer may be contained in the protective layer.
 保護層は公知の方法で塗布される。保護層の塗布量(固形分)は、0.01g/m~10g/mが好ましく、0.02g/m~3g/mがより好ましく、0.02g/m~1g/mが特に好ましい。 The protective layer is applied in a known manner. The coating amount of the protective layer (solid content) is preferably from 0.01g / m 2 ~ 10g / m 2, more preferably 0.02g / m 2 ~ 3g / m 2, 0.02g / m 2 ~ 1g / m 2 is particularly preferred.
(平版印刷版の作製方法)
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版を画像露光して現像処理を行うことで平版印刷版を作製することができる。
 本開示に係る平版印刷版の作製方法の一実施態様は、本開示に係る平版印刷版原版を画像露光する工程(以下、「露光工程」ともいう。)、及び、印刷インキ及び湿し水の少なくとも一方により、画像記録層の未露光部を除去する工程(以下、「機上現像工程」ともいう。)をこの順で含む。
 また、本開示に係る平版印刷版の作製方法の他の一実施態様は、本開示に係る平版印刷版原版を画像露光し、露光部と未露光部とを形成する露光工程、及び、pHが2以上11以下の現像液を供給して上記未露光部を除去する工程(以下、「現像工程」ともいう。)をこの順で含む。
 以下、本開示に係る平版印刷版の作製方法、及び、本開示に係る平版印刷方法について、各工程の好ましい態様を順に説明する。なお、本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、現像液によっても現像可能である。
(Method of preparing a lithographic printing plate)
A lithographic printing plate can be produced by imagewise exposing the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure and performing development processing.
One embodiment of a method of preparing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure comprises a step of imagewise exposing the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure (hereinafter also referred to as “exposure step”), and printing ink and dampening water A step of removing the unexposed area of the image recording layer (hereinafter, also referred to as an "on-machine development step") is included in this order by at least one side.
Further, another embodiment of the method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure is an exposure step of imagewise exposing the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure to form an exposed portion and an unexposed portion; A step (hereinafter, also referred to as a “developing step”) of removing the unexposed area by supplying a developer solution of 2 or more and 11 or less is included in this order.
Hereinafter, the preferable aspect of each process is demonstrated in order about the preparation methods of the lithographic printing plate concerning this indication, and the lithographic printing method concerning this indication. The lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure can also be developed by a developer.
<露光工程>
 本開示に係る平版印刷版の作製方法は、本開示に係る平版印刷版原版を画像露光する露光工程を含むことが好ましい。上記露光工程により、平版印刷版において露光部と未露光部とが形成される。本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、線画像、網点画像等を有する透明原画を通してレーザー露光するかデジタルデータによるレーザー光走査等で画像様に露光されることが好ましい。
 光源の波長は750nm~1,400nmが好ましく用いられる。750nm~1,400nmの光源としては、赤外線を放射する固体レーザー及び半導体レーザーが好適である。赤外線レーザーに関しては、出力は100mW以上であることが好ましく、1画素当たりの露光時間は20マイクロ秒以内であるのが好ましく、また照射エネルギー量は10mJ/cm~300mJ/cmであるのが好ましい。また、露光時間を短縮するためマルチビームレーザーデバイスを用いることが好ましい。露光機構は、内面ドラム方式、外面ドラム方式、及びフラットベッド方式等のいずれでもよい。
 画像露光は、プレートセッターなどを用いて常法により行うことができる。機上現像の場合には、平版印刷版原版を印刷機に装着した後、印刷機上で画像露光を行ってもよい。
<Exposure process>
The method of preparing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure preferably includes an exposure step of imagewise exposing the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure. By the exposure step, an exposed area and an unexposed area are formed on the lithographic printing plate. The lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure is preferably imagewise exposed by laser exposure through a transparent original having a line image, halftone dot image or the like or by laser light scanning with digital data.
The wavelength of the light source is preferably 750 nm to 1,400 nm. As a light source of 750 nm to 1,400 nm, a solid state laser and a semiconductor laser emitting infrared rays are preferable. For an infrared laser, the output is preferably 100 mW or more, the exposure time per pixel is preferably within 20 microseconds, and the amount of irradiation energy is 10 mJ / cm 2 to 300 mJ / cm 2. preferable. Moreover, in order to shorten the exposure time, it is preferable to use a multi-beam laser device. The exposure mechanism may be any of an inner drum system, an outer drum system, and a flat bed system.
Image exposure can be performed by a conventional method using a platesetter or the like. In the case of on-press development, the lithographic printing plate precursor may be mounted on a printing press and then imagewise exposed on the printing press.
<機上現像工程、及び、現像工程>
 本開示に係る平版印刷版の作製方法は、印刷インキ及び湿し水の少なくとも一方を供給して上記未露光部を除去する機上現像工程を含むことが好ましい。
 また、本開示に係る平版印刷版の作製方法は、現像液にて現像する方法(現像液処理方式)で行ってもよい。
 例えば、本開示に係る平版印刷版の作製方法は、pHが2以上11以下の現像液を供給して上記未露光部を除去する現像工程が挙げられる。
 以下に、機上現像方式について説明する。
<On-machine development process and development process>
The method of preparing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure preferably includes an on-press development step of supplying at least one of printing ink and dampening water to remove the unexposed area.
In addition, the method of preparing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure may be performed by a method of developing with a developer (developer processing method).
For example, the method of preparing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure includes a developing step of supplying a developer having a pH of 2 or more and 11 or less to remove the unexposed area.
The on-press development method will be described below.
〔機上現像方式〕
 機上現像方式においては、画像露光された平版印刷版原版は、印刷機上で油性インキと水性成分とを供給し、非画像部の画像記録層が除去されて平版印刷版が作製されることが好ましい。
 すなわち、平版印刷版原版を画像露光後、なんらの現像処理を施すことなくそのまま印刷機に装着するか、あるいは、平版印刷版原版を印刷機に装着した後、印刷機上で画像露光し、ついで、油性インキと水性成分とを供給して印刷すると、印刷途上の初期の段階で、非画像部においては、供給された油性インキ及び水性成分のいずれか又は両方によって、未硬化の画像記録層が溶解又は分散して除去され、その部分に親水性の表面が露出する。一方、露光部においては、露光により硬化した画像記録層が、親油性表面を有する油性インキ受容部を形成する。最初に版面に供給されるのは、油性インキでもよく、水性成分でもよいが、水性成分が除去された画像記録層の成分によって汚染されることを防止する点で、最初に油性インキを供給することが好ましい。このようにして、平版印刷版原版は印刷機上で機上現像され、そのまま多数枚の印刷に用いられる。油性インキ及び水性成分としては、通常の平版印刷用の印刷インキ及び湿し水が好適に用いられる。
[On-press development method]
In the on-press development method, an imagewise exposed lithographic printing plate precursor is supplied with an oil-based ink and an aqueous component on a printing press, and the image recording layer in the non-image area is removed to prepare a lithographic printing plate Is preferred.
That is, the lithographic printing plate precursor is imagewise exposed and then mounted as it is without any development processing, or the lithographic printing plate precursor is mounted on a printing machine and then imagewise exposed on the printing press and then When an oil-based ink and an aqueous component are supplied and printed, an uncured image recording layer is formed by the supplied oil ink and / or the aqueous component in the non-image area at an early stage of printing. It dissolves or disperses away, and the hydrophilic surface is exposed in that part. On the other hand, in the exposed portion, the image recording layer cured by the exposure forms an oil-based ink receiving portion having a lipophilic surface. An oil-based ink or an aqueous component may be supplied first to the printing plate, but the oil-based ink is first supplied in that the aqueous component is prevented from being contaminated by the removed components of the image recording layer. Is preferred. Thus, the lithographic printing plate precursor is developed on the press on a printing press and used as it is for printing a large number of sheets. As an oil-based ink and an aqueous component, the printing ink and dampening water for normal lithographic printing are used suitably.
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版を画像露光するレーザーとしては、光源の波長は300nm~450nm又は750nm~1,400nmが好ましく用いられる。300nm~450nmの光源の場合は、この波長領域に吸収極大を有する増感色素を画像記録層に含有する平版印刷版原版が好ましく用いられ、750~1,400nmの光源は上述したものが好ましく用いられる。300nm~450nmの光源としては、半導体レーザーが好適である。 As a laser for imagewise exposing the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure, the wavelength of the light source is preferably 300 nm to 450 nm or 750 nm to 1,400 nm. In the case of a light source of 300 nm to 450 nm, a lithographic printing plate precursor containing a sensitizing dye having an absorption maximum in this wavelength region in the image recording layer is preferably used, and the light source of 750 to 1,400 nm is preferably the one described above. Be A semiconductor laser is preferable as a light source of 300 nm to 450 nm.
〔現像液処理方式〕
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、画像記録層の構成成分であるバインダーポリマー等を適宜選択することにより、現像液を用いる現像処理によっても平版印刷版を作製することができる。現像液を用いる現像処理は、界面活性剤及び水溶性高分子化合物よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の化合物を含有してもよいpH2~11の現像液を用いる態様(簡易現像処理ともいう)を含む。
[Developer processing method]
The lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure can also produce a lithographic printing plate by development processing using a developer by appropriately selecting a binder polymer and the like which are constituent components of the image recording layer. An embodiment using a developer having a pH of 2 to 11 which may contain at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a surfactant and a water-soluble polymer compound (also referred to as a simple development treatment) )including.
 現像液中に、必要に応じて、水溶性高分子化合物を含有させる等の方法により、現像及びガム液処理工程を同時に行うこともできる。
 従って後水洗工程は特に必要とせず、1液1工程で現像とガム液処理を行ったのち、乾燥工程を行うこともできる。それ故、現像液を用いる現像処理としては、画像露光後の平版印刷版原版をpHが2~11の現像液により現像処理する工程を含む平版印刷版の作製方法が好ましい。現像処理の後、スクイズローラーを用いて余剰の現像液を除去してから乾燥を行うことが好ましい。
The development and the gum solution processing step can also be carried out simultaneously by a method of containing a water-soluble polymer compound, if necessary, in the developer.
Therefore, the post-water washing step is not particularly required, and the drying step can be carried out after development and gum solution treatment are carried out in one-component and one-step steps. Therefore, as a development process using a developing solution, a method of preparing a lithographic printing plate including a process of developing the planographic printing plate precursor after image exposure with a developing solution having a pH of 2 to 11 is preferable. It is preferable to dry after removing an excess developing solution using a squeeze roller after development processing.
 すなわち、本開示に係る平版印刷版の作製方法の現像工程においては、1液1工程で現像処理とガム液処理とを行うことが好ましい。
 1液1工程で現像とガム液処理を行うとは、現像処理と、ガム液処理とを別々の工程として行うのではなく、1液により、現像処理とガム液処理とを1工程において行うことを意味する。
That is, in the development step of the method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure, it is preferable to perform development processing and gum solution processing in one step for one solution.
In order to carry out development and gum solution treatment in one solution one step, not to carry out development treatment and gum solution treatment as separate steps, but to carry out development treatment and gum solution treatment in one step with one solution. Means
 現像処理は、現像液の供給手段及び擦り部材を備えた自動現像処理機により好適に実施することができる。擦り部材として、回転ブラシロールを用いる自動現像処理機が特に好ましい。
 回転ブラシロールは2本以上が好ましい。更に自動現像処理機は現像処理手段の後に、スクイズローラー等の余剰の現像液を除去する手段、温風装置等の乾燥手段を備えていることが好ましい。また、自動現像処理機は現像処理手段の前に、画像露光後の平版印刷版原版を加熱処理するための前加熱手段を備えていてもよい。
 このような自動現像処理機での処理は、いわゆる機上現像処理の場合に生ずる画像記録層(及び、平版印刷版原版が保護層を有する場合には保護層)に由来の現像カスへの対応から開放されるという利点がある。
The development process can be suitably carried out by an automatic development processor equipped with a developer supply means and a rubbing member. Particularly preferred is an automatic development processor using a rotating brush roll as the rubbing member.
Two or more rotating brush rolls are preferable. Furthermore, it is preferable that the automatic development processor comprises means for removing excess developer such as a squeeze roller, and drying means such as a hot air device after the development processing means. In addition, the automatic development processor may be provided with preheating means for heat-processing the lithographic printing plate precursor after image exposure, prior to the development processing means.
The processing with such an automatic development processor corresponds to the development residue derived from the image recording layer (and the protective layer if the lithographic printing plate precursor has a protective layer) which occurs in the case of so-called on-press development processing. It has the advantage of being released from
 現像工程において、手処理の場合、現像処理方法としては、例えば、スポンジ、脱脂綿等に水溶液を含ませ、版面全体を擦りながら処理し、処理終了後に乾燥する方法が好適に挙げられる。浸漬処理の場合は、例えば、平版印刷版原版を水溶液の入ったバット、深タンク等に約60秒浸して撹拌した後、脱脂綿、スポンジなどで擦りながら乾燥する方法が好適に挙げられる。 In the developing step, in the case of manual processing, as a developing processing method, for example, a method in which an aqueous solution is contained in a sponge, cotton wool or the like, processing while rubbing the entire plate surface, and drying after processing is preferable. In the case of the immersion treatment, for example, a method of dipping the lithographic printing plate precursor in a vat containing an aqueous solution, a deep tank or the like for about 60 seconds and stirring, and drying while rubbing with absorbent cotton, a sponge or the like is preferable.
 現像処理には、構造の簡素化、工程を簡略化した装置が用いられることが好ましい。
 アルカリ現像処理においては、前水洗工程により保護層を除去し、次いで高pHのアルカリ性現像液により現像を行い、その後、後水洗工程でアルカリを除去し、ガム引き工程でガム処理を行い、乾燥工程で乾燥する。簡易現像処理においては、現像及びガム引きを1液で同時に行うことができる。従って、後水洗工程及びガム処理工程は省略することが可能となり、1液で現像とガム引き(ガム液処理)とを行った後、必要に応じて乾燥工程を行うことが好ましい。
 更に、前水洗工程も行うことなく、保護層の除去、現像及びガム引きを1液で同時に行うことが好ましい。また、現像及びガム引きの後に、スクイズローラーを用いて余剰の現像液を除去した後、乾燥を行うことが好ましい。
It is preferable that an apparatus having a simplified structure and a simplified process be used for the development processing.
In alkali development, the protective layer is removed by a pre-water washing step, followed by development with a high pH alkaline developer, after which the alkali is removed in a post-water washing step, gum treatment is performed in the gumming step, and drying step To dry. In the simple development process, development and gumming can be performed simultaneously with one solution. Therefore, it is possible to omit the post-water washing step and the gum treatment step, and it is preferable to carry out the drying step as necessary after performing development and gumming (gum solution treatment) with one solution.
Furthermore, it is preferable to simultaneously perform removal of the protective layer, development and gumming in one solution without performing a pre-water washing step. Moreover, after developing and gumming, it is preferable to dry after removing an excess developing solution using a squeeze roller.
 上記現像工程においては、平版印刷版原版を現像液に1回浸漬する方法であってもよいし、2回以上浸漬する方法であってもよい。中でも、平版印刷版原版を上記現像液に1回又は2回浸漬する方法が好ましい。
 浸漬は、現像液が溜まった現像液槽中に露光済みの平版印刷版原版をくぐらせてもよいし、露光済みの平版印刷版原版の版面上にスプレーなどから現像液を吹き付けてもよい。
 なお、現像液に2回以上浸漬する場合であっても、同じ現像液、又は、現像液と現像処理により画像記録層の成分の溶解又は分散した現像液(疲労液)とを用いて2回以上浸漬する場合は、1液での現像処理(1液処理)という。
In the development step, the lithographic printing plate precursor may be immersed in the developing solution once, or may be immersed twice or more. Among them, a method of immersing the lithographic printing plate precursor in the developer solution once or twice is preferable.
In the immersion, the exposed lithographic printing plate precursor may be dipped in a developer tank containing the developer, or the developer may be sprayed from a spray or the like onto the plate surface of the exposed lithographic printing plate precursor.
Even in the case of immersing in the developer twice or more, the same developer, or a developer (fatigue solution) in which the components of the image recording layer are dissolved or dispersed by the developing process and the developer are used twice. In the case of the above immersion, it is referred to as development treatment with one solution (one solution treatment).
 現像処理では、擦り部材を用いることが好ましく、画像記録層の非画像部を除去する現像浴には、ブラシ等の擦り部材が設置されることが好ましい。
 現像処理は、常法に従って、好ましくは0℃~60℃、より好ましくは15℃~40℃の温度で、例えば、露光処理した平版印刷版原版を現像液に浸漬してブラシで擦る、又は、外部のタンクに仕込んだ処理液をポンプで汲み上げてスプレーノズルから吹き付けてブラシで擦る等により行うことができる。これらの現像処理は、複数回続けて行うこともできる。例えば、外部のタンクに仕込んだ現像液をポンプで汲み上げてスプレーノズルから吹き付けてブラシで擦った後に、再度スプレーノズルから現像液を吹き付けてブラシで擦る等により行うことができる。自動現像機を用いて現像処理を行う場合、処理量の増大により現像液が疲労してくるので、補充液又は新鮮な現像液を用いて処理能力を回復させることが好ましい。
In the development processing, it is preferable to use a rubbing member, and it is preferable that a rubbing member such as a brush be installed in the developing bath for removing the non-image portion of the image recording layer.
In the development process, the exposed lithographic printing plate precursor is dipped in a developer and rubbed with a brush, for example, at a temperature of preferably 0 ° C. to 60 ° C., more preferably 15 ° C. to 40 ° C. The treatment liquid charged in the external tank can be pumped up, sprayed from a spray nozzle, and rubbed with a brush. These development processes can also be performed several times in succession. For example, after the developer charged in an external tank is pumped up and sprayed from a spray nozzle and rubbed with a brush, the developer can be sprayed again from a spray nozzle and rubbed with a brush. When development is carried out using an automatic developing machine, it is preferable to recover the processing ability using a replenisher or a fresh developer because the developer becomes fatigued due to the increase of the processing amount.
 現像処理には、従来、PS版(Presensitized Plate)及びCTP(Computer to Plate)用に知られているガムコーター、自動現像機も用いることができる。自動現像機を用いる場合、例えば、現像槽に仕込んだ現像液、又は、外部のタンクに仕込んだ現像液をポンプで汲み上げてスプレーノズルから吹き付けて処理する方式、現像液が満たされた槽中に液中ガイドロールなどによって印刷版を浸漬搬送させて処理する方式、実質的に未使用の現像液を一版毎に必要な分だけ供給して処理するいわゆる使い捨て処理方式のいずれの方式も適用できる。いずれの方式においても、ブラシ、モルトンなどによるこすり機構があるものがより好ましい。例えば、市販の自動現像機(例えば、Clean Out Unit C85/C125、Clean-Out Unit+ C85/120、FCF 85V、FCF 125V、FCF News(Glunz & Jensen社製)、Azura CX85、Azura CX125、Azura CX150(AGFA GRAPHICS社製)を利用することができる。また、レーザー露光部と自動現像機部分とが一体に組み込まれた装置を利用することもできる。 For the development processing, a gum coater and an automatic developing machine which are conventionally known for a PS plate (Presitized Plate) and a CTP (Computer to Plate) can also be used. In the case of using an automatic developing machine, for example, a method in which a developer charged in a developer tank or a developer charged in an external tank is pumped up and treated by spraying from a spray nozzle, or in a tank filled with developer. Either a method in which the printing plate is conveyed by immersion in a submerged guide roll or the like for processing can be applied, or a so-called disposable processing method in which a substantially unused developer can be supplied and processed only for each plate can be applied. . In either method, one having a rubbing mechanism by a brush, molton, etc. is more preferable. For example, commercially available automatic developing machines (for example, Clean Out Unit C85 / C125, Clean-Out Unit + C85 / 120, FCF 85 V, FCF 125 V, FCF News (manufactured by Glunz & Jensen), Azura CX85, Azura CX125, Azura CX150 AGFA GRAPHICS Co., Ltd.), or an apparatus in which a laser exposure unit and an automatic processor unit are integrated.
 現像工程において用いられる現像液の成分等の詳細を以下に説明する。 The details of the components and the like of the developer used in the developing step are described below.
-pH-
 現像液のpHは、2~11が好ましく、5~9がより好ましく、7~9が更に好ましい。現像性及び画像記録層の分散性の観点から言えば、pHの値を高めに設定するほうが有利であるが、印刷性、とりわけ汚れの抑制に関しては、pHの値を低めに設定するほうが有効である。
 ここで、pHはpHメーター(型番:HM-31、東亜ディーケーケー(株)製)を用いて25℃で測定される値である。
-PH-
The pH of the developer is preferably 2 to 11, more preferably 5 to 9, and still more preferably 7 to 9. From the viewpoint of developability and dispersibility of the image recording layer, it is more advantageous to set the pH value higher, but it is more effective to set the pH value lower for printability, particularly for the suppression of stains. is there.
Here, pH is a value measured at 25 ° C. using a pH meter (model number: HM-31, manufactured by Toa DK K. K.).
-界面活性剤-
 現像液には、アニオン性界面活性剤、ノニオン性界面活性剤、カチオン性界面活性剤、両性界面活性剤などの界面活性剤を含有することができる。
 上記現像液は、ブラン汚れ性の観点から、アニオン性界面活性剤及び両性界面活性剤よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましい。
 また、上記現像液は、ノニオン性界面活性剤を含むことが好ましく、ノニオン性界面活性剤と、アニオン性界面活性剤及び両性界面活性剤よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種と、を含むことがより好ましい。
-Surfactant-
The developer may contain a surfactant such as an anionic surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, or an amphoteric surfactant.
The developer preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of anionic surfactants and amphoteric surfactants, from the viewpoint of blanching.
Further, the developer preferably contains a nonionic surfactant, and contains a nonionic surfactant and at least one selected from the group consisting of an anionic surfactant and an amphoteric surfactant. Is more preferred.
 アニオン性界面活性剤として、下記式(I)で表される化合物が好ましく挙げられる。
  R-Y-X  (I)
 式(I)中、Rは置換基を有していてもよい、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アラルキル基又はアリール基を表す。
 アルキル基としては、例えば、炭素数1~20のアルキル基が好ましく、具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、ヘキシル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、オクチル基、デシル基、ドデシル基、ヘキサデシル基、ステアリル基等を好ましく挙げることができる。
 シクロアルキル基としては、単環型でもよく、多環型でもよい。単環型としては、炭素数3~8の単環型シクロアルキル基であることが好ましく、シクロプロピル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基又はシクロオクチル基であることがより好ましい。多環型としては例えば、アダマンチル基、ノルボルニル基、イソボロニル基、カンファニル基、ジシクロペンチル基、α-ピネル基、トリシクロデカニル基等を好ましく挙げることができる。
 アルケニル基としては、例えば、炭素数2~20のアルケニル基であることが好ましく、具体的には、ビニル基、アリル基、ブテニル基、シクロヘキセニル基等を好ましく挙げることができる。
 アラルキル基としては、例えば、炭素数7~12のアラルキル基であることが好ましく、具体的には、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、ナフチルメチル基等を好ましく挙げることができる。
 アリール基としては、例えば、炭素数6~15のアリール基であることが好ましく、具体的には、フェニル基、トリル基、ジメチルフェニル基、2,4,6-トリメチルフェニル基、ナフチル基、アントリル基、9,10-ジメトキシアントリル基等を好ましく挙げることができる。
As an anionic surfactant, the compound represented by following formula (I) is mentioned preferably.
R 1 -Y 1 -X 1 (I)
In formula (I), R 1 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aralkyl group or an aryl group which may have a substituent.
As the alkyl group, for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and specifically, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, hexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, Preferred examples include octyl group, decyl group, dodecyl group, hexadecyl group and stearyl group.
The cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The monocyclic type is preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 8, and more preferably a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group or a cyclooctyl group. Preferred examples of the polycyclic group include an adamantyl group, a norbornyl group, an isoboronyl group, a camphanyl group, a dicyclopentyl group, an α-pinel group and a tricyclodecanyl group.
The alkenyl group is preferably, for example, an alkenyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, and specific examples thereof preferably include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a butenyl group and a cyclohexenyl group.
The aralkyl group is preferably, for example, an aralkyl group having a carbon number of 7 to 12, and specific examples thereof preferably include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group and a naphthylmethyl group.
The aryl group is preferably, for example, an aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 15, and specific examples thereof include a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a dimethylphenyl group, a 2,4,6-trimethylphenyl group, a naphthyl group and an anthryl group. Groups and 9,10-dimethoxyanthryl group etc. can be preferably mentioned.
 置換基としては、水素原子を除く一価の非金属原子団が用いられ、好ましい例としては、ハロゲン原子(F、Cl、Br又はI)、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アシル基、アミド基、エステル基、アシロキシ基、カルボキシ基、カルボン酸アニオン基、スルホン酸アニオン基等が挙げられる。 As a substituent, a monovalent nonmetal atomic group other than a hydrogen atom is used, and preferred examples include a halogen atom (F, Cl, Br or I), a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an acyl group, Amide groups, ester groups, acyloxy groups, carboxy groups, carboxylic acid anion groups, sulfonic acid anion groups and the like can be mentioned.
 置換基におけるアルコキシ基の具体例としては、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロピルオキシ基、イソプロピルオキシ基、ブチルオキシ基、ペンチルオキシ基、ヘキシルオキシ基、ドデシルオキシ基、ステアリルオキシ基、メトキシエトキシ基、ポリ(エチレンオキシ)基、ポリ(プロピレンオキシ)基等の好ましくは炭素数1~40、より好ましくは炭素数1~20のものが挙げられる。アリールオキシ基としては、フェノキシ基、トリルオキシ基、キシリルオキシ基、メシチルオキシ基、クメニルオキシ基、メトキシフェニルオキシ基、エトキシフェニルオキシ基、クロロフェニルオキシ基、ブロモフェニルオキシ基、ナフチルオキシ基等の炭素数6~18のものが挙げられる。アシル基としては、アセチル基、プロパノイル基、ブタノイル基、ベンゾイル基、ナフトイル基等の炭素数2~24のものが挙げられる。アミド基としては、アセトアミド基、プロピオン酸アミド基、ドデカン酸アミド基、パルチミン酸アミド基、ステアリン酸アミド基、安息香酸アミド基、ナフトイック酸アミド基等の炭素数2~24のものが挙げられる。アシロキシ基としては、アセトキシ基、プロパノイルオキシ基、ベンゾイルオキシ基、ナフトイルオキシ基等の炭素数2~20のものが挙げられる。エステル基としては、メチルエステル基、エチルエステル基、プロピルエステル基、ヘキシルエステル基、オクチルエステル基、ドデシルエステル基、ステアリルエステル基等の炭素数1~24のものが挙げられる。置換基は、上記置換基の2以上の組み合わせからなるものであってもよい。 Specific examples of the alkoxy group in the substituent include methoxy group, ethoxy group, propyloxy group, isopropyloxy group, butyloxy group, pentyloxy group, hexyloxy group, dodecyloxy group, stearyloxy group, methoxyethoxy group, poly ( Those having preferably 1 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as ethyleneoxy) group, poly (propyleneoxy) group and the like can be mentioned. The aryloxy group has 6 to 18 carbon atoms, such as phenoxy, tolyloxy, xylyloxy, mesityloxy, cumenyloxy, methoxyphenyloxy, ethoxyphenyloxy, chlorophenyloxy, bromophenyloxy, naphthyloxy and the like The ones of Examples of the acyl group include those having 2 to 24 carbon atoms such as acetyl group, propanoyl group, butanoyl group, benzoyl group and naphthoyl group. Examples of the amide group include those having 2 to 24 carbon atoms such as an acetamide group, a propionic acid amide group, a dodecanoic acid amide group, a palmitic acid amide group, a stearic acid amide group, a benzoic acid amide group and a naphthoic acid amide group. As the acyloxy group, those having 2 to 20 carbon atoms such as acetoxy group, propanoyloxy group, benzoyloxy group, naphthoyloxy group and the like can be mentioned. Examples of the ester group include those having 1 to 24 carbon atoms such as methyl ester group, ethyl ester group, propyl ester group, hexyl ester group, octyl ester group, dodecyl ester group and stearyl ester group. The substituent may consist of a combination of two or more of the above substituents.
 Xは、スルホン酸塩基、硫酸モノエステル塩基、カルボン酸塩基又は燐酸塩基を表す。
 Yは、単結合、-C2n-、-Cn-m2(n-m)OC2m-、-O-(CHCHO)-、-O-(CHCHCHO)-、-CO-NH-、又は、これらの2以上の組み合わせからなる2価の連結基を表し、n≧1及びn≧m≧0を満たす。
X 1 represents a sulfonate group, a sulfate monoester base, a carboxylate group or a phosphate group.
Y 1 is a single bond, -C n H 2n- , -C n -m H 2 (n-m) OC m H 2m- , -O- (CH 2 CH 2 O) n- , -O- (CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O) n- , -CO-NH-, or a divalent linking group consisting of a combination of two or more of these, and n 1 1 and n m m 0 0 are satisfied.
 式(I)で表される化合物の中で、下記式(I-A)又は式(I-B)で表される化合物が、耐キズ汚れ性の観点から、好ましい。 Among the compounds represented by the formula (I), a compound represented by the following formula (IA) or the formula (IB) is preferable from the viewpoint of scratch resistance.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024

 
 式(I-A)及び式(I-B)中、RA1~RA10はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、nAは1~3の整数を表し、XA1及びXA2はそれぞれ独立に、スルホン酸塩基、硫酸モノエステル塩基、カルボン酸塩基又は燐酸塩基を表し、YA1及びYA2はそれぞれ独立に、単結合、-C2n-、-Cn-m2(n-m)OC2m-、-O-(CHCHO)-、-O-(CHCHCHO)-、-CO-NH-、又は、これらを2以上組み合わせた2価の連結基を表し、n≧1及びn≧m≧0を満たし、RA1~RA5又はRA6~RA10中、及び、YA1又はYA2中の炭素数の総和は3以上である。 In formulas (IA) and (IB), each of R A1 to R A10 independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, nA represents an integer of 1 to 3, and X A1 and X A2 each represent Independently, it represents a sulfonate group, a sulfate monoester base, a carboxylate group or a phosphate group, and Y A1 and Y A2 each independently represent a single bond, —C n H 2 n —, —C n -m H 2 (n -m) OC m H 2m -, - O- (CH 2 CH 2 O) n -, - O- (CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O) n -, - CO-NH-, or combining two or more And n ≧ 1 and n ≧ m ≧ 0, and the total number of carbons in R A1 to R A5 or R A6 to R A10 and in Y A1 or Y A2 is 3 or more. It is.
 上記式(I-A)又は式(I-B)で表される化合物における、RA1~RA5及びY1A、又は、RA6~RA10及びYA2の総炭素数は、25以下であることが好ましく、4~20であることがより好ましい。上述したアルキル基の構造は、直鎖であってもよく、分枝であってもよい。
 式(I-A)又は式(I-B)で表される化合物におけるXA1及びXA2は、スルホン酸塩基、又は、カルボン酸塩基であることが好ましい。また、XA1及びXA2における塩構造は、アルカリ金属塩が特に水系溶媒への溶解性が良好であり好ましい。中でも、ナトリウム塩、又は、カリウム塩が特に好ましい。
 上記式(I-A)又は式(I-B)で表される化合物としては、特開2007-206348号公報の段落0019~0037の記載を参照することができる。
 アニオン性界面活性剤としては、特開2006-65321号公報の段落0023~0028に記載の化合物も好適に用いることができる。
The total carbon number of R A1 to R A5 and Y 1A , or R A6 to R A10 and Y A2 in the compound represented by the above formula (I-A) or formula (I-B) is 25 or less Is preferable, and 4 to 20 is more preferable. The structure of the alkyl group described above may be linear or branched.
X A1 and X A2 in the compound represented by the formula (IA) or the formula (IB) are preferably a sulfonate group or a carboxylate group. Further, the salt structure of X A1 and X A2 is preferably an alkali metal salt, because the solubility in an aqueous solvent is particularly good. Among them, sodium salts or potassium salts are particularly preferred.
As the compound represented by the above formula (IA) or formula (IB), the description in paragraphs [0019] to [0037] of JP-A-2007-206348 can be referred to.
As the anionic surfactant, compounds described in paragraphs 0023 to 0028 of JP-A-2006-65321 can also be suitably used.
 現像液に用いられる両性界面活性剤は、特に限定されないが、アルキルジメチルアミンオキシドなどのアミンオキシド系、アルキルベタイン、脂肪酸アミドプロピルベタイン、アルキルイミダゾールなどのベタイン系、アルキルアミノ脂肪酸ナトリウムなどのアミノ酸系が挙げられる。 The amphoteric surfactant to be used in the developer is not particularly limited, and amine oxides such as alkyldimethylamine oxide, alkylbetaines, fatty acid amidopropyl betaines, betaines such as alkylimidazole, amino acids such as sodium alkylamino fatty acid It can be mentioned.
 特に、置換基を有してもよいアルキルジメチルアミンオキシド、置換基を有してもよいアルキルカルボキシベタイン、置換基を有してもよいアルキルスルホベタインが好ましく用いられる。これらの具体例としては、特開2008-203359号公報の段落0256の式(2)で示される化合物、特開2008-276166号公報の段落0028の式(I)、式(II)、式(VI)で示される化合物、特開2009-47927号公報の段落0022~0029に記載の化合物を挙げることができる。 In particular, alkyldimethylamine oxide which may have a substituent, alkyl carboxy betaine which may have a substituent, and alkyl sulfo betaine which may have a substituent are preferably used. Specific examples thereof include a compound represented by the formula (2) in paragraph 0256 of JP-A-2008-203359, a formula (I), a formula (II) and a formula (II) in paragraph 0028 of JP-A-2008-276166. Examples thereof include compounds represented by VI) and compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0029 of JP-A-2009-47927.
 現像液に用いられる両性界面活性剤としては、下記式(1)で表される化合物又は式(2)で表される化合物が好ましい。 As the amphoteric surfactant used in the developer, a compound represented by the following formula (1) or a compound represented by the formula (2) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025

 
 式(1)及び(2)中、R及びR11はそれぞれ独立に、炭素数8~20のアルキル基又は総炭素数8~20の連結基を有するアルキル基を表す。
 R、R、R12及びR13はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基又はエチレンオキサイド構造を含有する基を表す。
 R及びR14はそれぞれ独立に、単結合又はアルキレン基を表す。
 また、R、R、R及びRのうち2つの基は互いに結合して環構造を形成してもよく、R11、R12、R13及びR14のうち2つの基は互いに結合して環構造を形成してもよい。
In formulas (1) and (2), R 1 and R 11 each independently represent an alkyl group having 8 to 20 carbon atoms or a linking group having 8 to 20 carbon atoms in total.
R 2 , R 3 , R 12 and R 13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a group containing an ethylene oxide structure.
R 4 and R 14 each independently represent a single bond or an alkylene group.
Moreover, two groups among R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure, and two groups among R 11 , R 12 , R 13 and R 14 may be each other It may combine to form a ring structure.
 上記式(1)で表される化合物又は式(2)で表される化合物において、総炭素数値が大きくなると疎水部分が大きくなり、水系の現像液への溶解性が低下する。この場合、溶解を助けるアルコール等の有機溶剤を、溶解助剤として水に混合することにより、溶解性は良化するが、総炭素数値が大きくなりすぎた場合、適正混合範囲内で界面活性剤を溶解することはできない。従って、R~R又はR11~R14の炭素数の総和は好ましくは10~40、より好ましくは12~30である。 In the compound represented by the formula (1) or the compound represented by the formula (2), when the total carbon value becomes large, the hydrophobic portion becomes large, and the solubility in an aqueous developer decreases. In this case, the solubility is improved by mixing an organic solvent such as alcohol which helps dissolution with water as a solubilizing agent, but if the total carbon value becomes too large, a surfactant can be used within the proper mixing range. Can not be dissolved. Therefore, the total carbon number of R 1 to R 4 or R 11 to R 14 is preferably 10 to 40, more preferably 12 to 30.
 R又はR11で表される連結基を有するアルキル基は、アルキル基の間に連結基を有する構造を表す。すなわち、連結基が1つの場合は、「-アルキレン基-連結基-アルキル基」で表すことができる。連結基としては、例えば、エステル結合、カルボニル結合、アミド結合が挙げられる。連結基は2以上あってもよいが、1つであることが好ましく、アミド結合が特に好ましい。連結基と結合するアルキレン基の総炭素数は1~5であることが好ましい。このアルキレン基は直鎖であっても分岐であってもよいが、直鎖アルキレン基が好ましい。連結基と結合するアルキル基は炭素数が3~19であることが好ましく、直鎖であっても分岐であってもよいが、直鎖アルキルであることが好ましい。 The alkyl group having a linking group represented by R 1 or R 11 represents a structure having a linking group between the alkyl groups. That is, when there is one linking group, it can be represented by "-alkylene group-linking group-alkyl group". The linking group includes, for example, an ester bond, a carbonyl bond, and an amide bond. Although two or more linking groups may be present, one linking group is preferred, and an amide bond is particularly preferred. The total carbon number of the alkylene group to be bonded to the linking group is preferably 1 to 5. The alkylene group may be linear or branched, but a linear alkylene group is preferred. The alkyl group bonded to the linking group preferably has 3 to 19 carbon atoms, and may be linear or branched, but is preferably linear alkyl.
 R又はR12がアルキル基である場合、炭素数は1~5であることが好ましく、1~3であることが特に好ましい。直鎖、分岐のいずれでもよいが、直鎖アルキル基であることが好ましい。 When R 2 or R 12 is an alkyl group, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 5, and particularly preferably 1 to 3. It may be either linear or branched, but is preferably a linear alkyl group.
 R又はR13がアルキル基である場合、炭素数は1~5であることが好ましく、1~3であることが特に好ましい。直鎖、分岐のいずれでもよいが、直鎖アルキル基であることが好ましい。
 R又はR13で表されるエチレンオキサイド構造を含有する基としては、-R(CHCHO)で表される基を挙げることができる。ここで、Rは単結合、酸素原子又は2価の有機基(好ましくは炭素数10以下)を表し、Rは水素原子又は有機基(好ましくは炭素数10以下)を表し、nは1~10の整数を表す。
When R 3 or R 13 is an alkyl group, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 5, particularly preferably 1 to 3. It may be either linear or branched, but is preferably a linear alkyl group.
As a group containing an ethylene oxide structure represented by R 3 or R 13 , a group represented by —R a (CH 2 CH 2 O) n R b can be mentioned. Here, R a represents a single bond, an oxygen atom or a divalent organic group (preferably having a carbon number of 10 or less), R b represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group (preferably having a carbon number of 10 or less), and n is 1 Represents an integer of ~ 10.
 R及びR14がアルキレン基である場合、炭素数は1~5であることが好ましく、1~3であることが特に好ましい。直鎖、分岐のいずれでもよいが、直鎖アルキレン基であることが好ましい。
 式(1)で表される化合物又は式(2)で表される化合物は、アミド結合を有することが好ましく、R又はR11の連結基としてアミド結合を有することがより好ましい。
 式(1)で表される化合物又は式(2)で表される化合物の代表的な例を以下に示すが、本開示はこれらに限定されるものではない。
When R 4 and R 14 are an alkylene group, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 5, and particularly preferably 1 to 3. It may be either linear or branched, but is preferably a linear alkylene group.
Or a compound represented by the formula (2) represented by the formula (1) preferably has an amide bond, and more preferably has an amide bond as the linking group R 1 or R 11.
Representative examples of the compound represented by the formula (1) or the compound represented by the formula (2) are shown below, but the present disclosure is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028

 
 式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物は公知の方法に従って合成することができる。また、市販されているものを用いることも可能である。市販品として、式(1)で表される化合物は川研ファインケミカル(株)製のソフタゾリンLPB、ソフタゾリンLPB-R、ビスタMAP、竹本油脂(株)製のタケサーフC-157L等が挙げられる。式(2)で表される化合物は川研ファインケミカル(株)製のソフタゾリンLAO、第一工業製薬(株)製のアモーゲンAOL等があげられる。
 両性界面活性剤は現像液中に、1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種類以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。
The compounds represented by the formula (1) or (2) can be synthesized according to known methods. Moreover, it is also possible to use what is marketed. As commercially available products, examples of the compound represented by the formula (1) include Softazoline LPB manufactured by Kawaken Fine Chemicals Co., Ltd., Softazoline LPB-R, Vista MAP, Takesurf C-157L manufactured by Takemoto Yushi Co., Ltd., and the like. Examples of the compound represented by the formula (2) include softazoline LAO manufactured by Kawaken Fine Chemicals Co., Ltd., and Amogen AOL manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.
The amphoteric surfactant may be used alone in the developer or may be used in combination of two or more.
 ノニオン性界面活性剤としては、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル類、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルフェニルエーテル類、ポリオキシエチレンポリスチリルフェニルエーテル、グリセリン脂肪酸部分エステル類、ソルビタン脂肪酸部分エステル類、ペンタエリスリトール脂肪酸部分エステル類、プロピレングリコールモノ脂肪酸エステル、ショ糖脂肪酸部分エステル、ポリオキシエチレンソルビタン脂肪酸部分エステル類、ポリオキシエチレンソルビトール脂肪酸部分エステル類、ポリエチレングリコール脂肪酸エステル類、ポリグリセリン脂肪酸部分エステル類、ポリオキシエチレングリセリン脂肪酸部分エステル類、ポリオキシエチレンジグリセリン類、脂肪酸ジエタノールアミド類、N,N-ビス-2-ヒドロキシアルキルアミン類、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルアミン、トリエタノールアミン脂肪酸エステル、トリアルキルアミンオキシド、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルフェニルエーテル類、ポリオキシエチレン-ポリオキシプロピレンブロックコポリマー類等が挙げられる。
 また、アセチレングリコール系とアセチレンアルコール系のオキシエチレン付加物、フッ素系等の界面活性剤も同様に使用することができる。これら界面活性剤は2種以上併用することもできる。
Examples of nonionic surfactants include polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ethers, polyoxyethylene polystyryl phenyl ether, glycerin fatty acid partial esters, sorbitan fatty acid partial esters, pentaerythritol fatty acid partial esters, Propylene glycol mono fatty acid ester, sucrose fatty acid partial ester, polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid partial ester, polyoxyethylene sorbitol fatty acid partial ester, polyethylene glycol fatty acid ester, polyglycerin fatty acid partial ester, polyoxyethylene glycerin fatty acid partial ester , Polyoxyethylene diglycerins, fatty acid diethanolamides, N, N-bis-2-hydroxyalkylamine , Polyoxyethylene alkylamine, triethanolamine fatty acid esters, trialkylamine oxides, polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ethers, polyoxyethylene - polyoxypropylene block copolymers, and the like.
Further, acetylene glycol-based and acetylene alcohol-based oxyethylene adducts, fluorine-based surfactants and the like can also be used in the same manner. These surfactants can be used in combination of two or more.
 ノニオン性界面活性剤として特に好ましくは、下記式(N1)で示されるノニオン性芳香族エーテル系界面活性剤が挙げられる。
  X-Y-O-(AnB-(AmB-H   (N1)
 式中、Xは置換基を有していてもよい芳香族基を表し、Yは単結合又は炭素原子数1~10のアルキレン基を表し、A及びAは互いに異なる基であって、-CH2CH2O-又は-CH2CH(CH3)O-のいずれかを表し、nB及びmBはそれぞれ独立に、0~100の整数を表し、ただし、nBとmBとは同時に0ではなく、また、nB及びmBのいずれかが0である場合には、nB及びmBは1ではない。
 式中、Xの芳香族基としてフェニル基、ナフチル基、アントラニル基などが挙げられる。これらの芳香族基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、炭素数1~100の有機基が挙げられる。なお、式中、A及びBがともに存在するとき、ランダムでもブロックの共重合体でもよい。
The nonionic aromatic ether surfactant represented by the following formula (N1) is particularly preferable as the nonionic surfactant.
X N- Y N- O-(A 1 ) n B- (A 2 ) m B- H (N 1)
In the formula, X N represents an aromatic group which may have a substituent, Y N represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and A 1 and A 2 are groups different from each other And nB and mB each independently represent an integer of 0 to 100, provided that nB and mB simultaneously represent one of -CH 2 CH 2 O- or -CH 2 CH (CH 3 ) O- If non-zero and either nB or mB is zero, then nB and mB are not one.
In the formula, examples of the aromatic group of X N include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group and an anthranyl group. These aromatic groups may have a substituent. The substituent includes an organic group having 1 to 100 carbon atoms. In the formula, when both A and B are present, it may be a random or block copolymer.
 上記炭素数1~100の有機基の具体例としては、飽和でも不飽和でよく直鎖でも分岐鎖でもよい脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基、例えば、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、アラルキル基など、その他に、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、N-アルキルアミノ基、N,N-ジアルキルアミノ基、N-アリールアミノ基、N,N-ジアリールアミノ基、N-アルキル-N-アリールアミノ基、アシルオキシ基、カルバモイルオキシ基、N-アルキルカルバモイルオキシ基、N-アリールカルバモイルオキシ基、N,N-ジアルキルカルバモイルオキシ基、N,N-ジアリールカルバモイルオキシ基、N-アルキル-N-アリールカルバモイルオキシ基、アシルアミノ基、N-アルキルアシルアミノ基、N-アリールアシルアミノ基、アシル基、アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリーロキシカルボニル基、カルバモイル基、N-アルキルカルバモイル基、N,N-ジアルキルカルバモイル基、N-アリールカルバモイル基、N,N-ジアリールカルバモイル基、N-アルキル-N-アリールカルバモイル基、ポリオキシアルキレン鎖、ポリオキシアルキレン鎖が結合している上記の有機基などが挙げられる。上記アルキル基は、直鎖であっても、分岐鎖であってもよい。
 また、ノニオン性界面活性剤としては、特開2006-65321号公報の段落0030~0040に記載された化合物も好適に用いることができる。
Specific examples of the organic group having 1 to 100 carbon atoms include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may be saturated or unsaturated and may be linear or branched, an aromatic hydrocarbon group such as an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or an alkynyl group. , Aryl groups, aralkyl groups, etc. In addition, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, N-alkylamino group, N, N-dialkylamino group, N-arylamino group, N, N-diarylamino group, N-alkyl-N -Arylamino group, acyloxy group, carbamoyloxy group, N-alkylcarbamoyloxy group, N-arylcarbamoyloxy group, N, N-dialkylcarbamoyloxy group, N, N-diarylcarbamoyloxy group, N-alkyl-N- Arylcarbamoyloxy group, acylamino group, N-alkylacylamino group, N-ary Acylamino group, acyl group, alkoxycarbonylamino group, alkoxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, carbamoyl group, N-alkylcarbamoyl group, N, N-dialkylcarbamoyl group, N-arylcarbamoyl group, N, N-diarylcarbamoyl group And N-alkyl-N-arylcarbamoyl groups, polyoxyalkylene chains, the above-mentioned organic groups to which a polyoxyalkylene chain is bonded, and the like. The alkyl group may be linear or branched.
In addition, as the nonionic surfactant, compounds described in paragraphs 0030 to 0040 of JP-A-2006-65321 can also be suitably used.
 カチオン性界面活性剤としては、特に限定されず、従来公知のものを用いることができる。例えば、アルキルアミン塩類、第四級アンモニウム塩類、アルキルイミダゾリニウム塩、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルアミン塩類、ポリエチレンポリアミン誘導体等が挙げられる。 The cationic surfactant is not particularly limited, and conventionally known ones can be used. For example, alkylamine salts, quaternary ammonium salts, alkylimidazolinium salts, polyoxyethylene alkylamine salts, polyethylene polyamine derivatives and the like can be mentioned.
 界面活性剤は、1種単独で使用しても、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 界面活性剤の含有量は、現像液の全質量に対し、1質量%~25質量%が好ましく、2質量%~20質量%がより好ましく、3質量%~15質量%が更に好ましく、5質量%~10質量%が特に好ましい。上記範囲であると、耐キズ汚れ性により優れ、現像カスの分散性に優れ、また、得られる平版印刷版のインキ着肉性に優れる。
The surfactant may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the surfactant is preferably 1% by mass to 25% by mass, more preferably 2% by mass to 20% by mass, still more preferably 3% by mass to 15% by mass, with respect to the total mass of the developer. % To 10% by weight is particularly preferred. Within the above range, the scratch resistance is excellent, the dispersibility of development residue is excellent, and the ink receptivity of the obtained lithographic printing plate is excellent.
-水溶性高分子化合物-
 現像液は、現像液の粘度調整及び得られる平版印刷版の版面の保護の観点から、水溶性高分子化合物を含むことができる。
 水溶性高分子化合物としては、大豆多糖類、変性澱粉、アラビアガム、デキストリン、繊維素誘導体(例えば、カルボキシメチルセルロース、カルボキシエチルセルロース、メチルセルロース等)及びその変性体、プルラン、ポリビニルアルコール及びその誘導体、ポリビニルピロリドン、ポリアクリルアミド及びアクリルアミド共重合体、ビニルメチルエーテル/無水マレイン酸共重合体、酢酸ビニル/無水マレイン酸共重合体、スチレン/無水マレイン酸共重合体などの水溶性高分子化合物を含有することができる。
-Water soluble polymer compound-
The developer can contain a water-soluble polymer compound from the viewpoint of adjusting the viscosity of the developer and protecting the plate surface of the resulting lithographic printing plate.
Examples of water-soluble polymer compounds include soybean polysaccharides, modified starches, gum arabic, dextrin, fibrin derivatives (eg, carboxymethyl cellulose, carboxyethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose etc.) and modified products thereof, pullulan, polyvinyl alcohol and derivatives thereof, polyvinyl pyrrolidone And water-soluble polymer compounds such as polyacrylamide and acrylamide copolymer, vinyl methyl ether / maleic anhydride copolymer, vinyl acetate / maleic anhydride copolymer, styrene / maleic anhydride copolymer, etc. it can.
 上記大豆多糖類としては、従来知られているものが使用でき、例えば市販品として商品名ソヤファイブ(不二製油(株)製)があり、各種グレードのものを使用することができる。好ましく使用できるものは、10質量%水溶液の粘度が10mPa・s~100mPa・sの範囲にあるものである。 As the above-mentioned soybean polysaccharide, conventionally known ones can be used. For example, as a commercial product, there is trade name Soya Five (manufactured by Fuji Oil Co., Ltd.), and various grades can be used. Those which can be preferably used are those in which the viscosity of the 10% by mass aqueous solution is in the range of 10 mPa · s to 100 mPa · s.
 上記変性澱粉としては、下記式(III)で表される澱粉が好ましい。式(III)で表される澱粉としては、トウモロコシ、じゃがいも、タピオカ、米、小麦等のいずれの澱粉も使用できる。これらの澱粉の変性は、酸又は酵素等で1分子当たりグルコース残基数5~30の範囲で分解し、更にアルカリ中でオキシプロピレンを付加する方法等で行うことができる。 As said modified starch, the starch represented by following formula (III) is preferable. As the starch represented by the formula (III), any starch such as corn, potato, tapioca, rice, wheat and the like can be used. The modification of these starches can be performed by a method of decomposing in the range of 5 to 30 glucose residues per molecule with an acid or enzyme or the like and further adding oxypropylene in an alkali.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029

 
 式(III)中、エーテル化度(置換度)はグルコース単位当たり0.05~1.2の範囲であり、nは3~30の整数を表し、mは1~3の整数を表す。 In the formula (III), the degree of etherification (degree of substitution) is in the range of 0.05 to 1.2 per glucose unit, n represents an integer of 3 to 30, and m represents an integer of 1 to 3.
 水溶性高分子化合物の中でも特に好ましいものとしては、大豆多糖類、変性澱粉、アラビアガム、デキストリン、カルボキシメチルセルロース、ポリビニルアルコールなどが挙げられる。 Among the water-soluble polymer compounds, particularly preferred are soybean polysaccharides, modified starches, gum arabic, dextrin, carboxymethylcellulose, polyvinyl alcohol and the like.
 水溶性高分子化合物は、2種以上を併用することができる。
 現像液が水溶性高分子化合物を含む場合、水溶性高分子化合物の含有量は、現像液の全質量に対し、3質量%以下であることが好ましく、1質量%以下であることがより好ましい。上記態様であると、現像液の粘度が適度であり、自動現像機のローラー部材に現像カス等が堆積することを抑制することができる。
The water-soluble polymer compound can be used in combination of two or more.
When the developer contains a water-soluble polymer compound, the content of the water-soluble polymer compound is preferably 3% by mass or less, and more preferably 1% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the developer. . The viscosity of a developing solution is moderate as it is the said aspect, and it can suppress that development debris etc. accumulate on the roller member of an automatic developing machine.
-その他の添加剤-
 本開示に用いられる現像液は、上記の他に、湿潤剤、防腐剤、キレート化合物、消泡剤、有機酸、有機溶剤、無機酸、無機塩などを含有することができる。
-Other additives-
The developer used in the present disclosure may contain, in addition to the above, a wetting agent, a preservative, a chelating compound, an antifoaming agent, an organic acid, an organic solvent, an inorganic acid, an inorganic salt and the like.
 湿潤剤としては、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、ブチレングリコール、ヘキシレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、ジプロピレングリコール、グリセリン、トリメチロールプロパン、ジグリセリン等が好適に用いられる。湿潤剤は単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上併用してもよい。湿潤剤の含有量は、現像液の全質量に対し、0.1質量%~5質量%であることが好ましい。 As a wetting agent, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, triethylene glycol, butylene glycol, hexylene glycol, diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, glycerin, trimethylolpropane, diglycerin and the like are suitably used. The wetting agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The content of the wetting agent is preferably 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass with respect to the total mass of the developer.
 防腐剤としては、フェノール又はその誘導体、ホルマリン、イミダゾール誘導体、デヒドロ酢酸ナトリウム、4-イソチアゾリン-3-オン誘導体、ベンゾイソチアゾリン-3-オン、2-メチル-4-イソチアゾリン-3-オン、ベンズトリアゾール誘導体、アミジングアニジン誘導体、第四級アンモニウム塩類、ピリジン、キノリン、グアニジン等の誘導体、ダイアジン、トリアゾール誘導体、オキサゾール、オキサジン誘導体、ニトロブロモアルコール系の2-ブロモ-2-ニトロプロパン-1,3-ジオール、1,1-ジブロモ-1-ニトロ-2-エタノール、1,1-ジブロモ-1-ニトロ-2-プロパノール等が好ましく使用できる。
 防腐剤の添加量は、細菌、カビ、酵母等に対して、安定に効力を発揮する量であって、細菌、カビ、酵母の種類によっても異なるが、現像液の全質量に対し、0.01質量%~4質量%の範囲が好ましい。また、種々のカビ、殺菌に対して効力のあるように2種以上の防腐剤を併用することが好ましい。
As preservatives, phenol or derivatives thereof, formalin, imidazole derivative, sodium dehydroacetate, 4-isothiazolin-3-one derivative, benzisothiazolin-3-one, 2-methyl-4-isothiazolin-3-one, benztriazole derivative Amidine guanidine derivatives, quaternary ammonium salts, derivatives such as pyridine, quinoline, guanidine, etc., diazines, triazole derivatives, oxazoles, oxazine derivatives, 2-bromo-2-nitropropane-1,3-diol based on nitrobromo alcohol, 1,1-dibromo-1-nitro-2-ethanol, 1,1-dibromo-1-nitro-2-propanol and the like can be preferably used.
The amount of the preservative to be added is an amount that exerts a stable effect on bacteria, mold, yeast and the like, and varies depending on the type of bacteria, mold and yeast, but is 0. 0 to the total mass of the developer. The range of 01% by mass to 4% by mass is preferable. In addition, it is preferable to use two or more preservatives in combination so as to be effective against various molds and sterilization.
 キレート化合物としては、例えば、エチレンジアミンテトラ酢酸、そのカリウム塩、そのナトリウム塩;ジエチレントリアミンペンタ酢酸、そのカリウム塩、そのナトリウム塩;トリエチレンテトラミンヘキサ酢酸、そのカリウム塩、そのナトリウム塩、ヒドロキシエチルエチレンジアミントリ酢酸、そのカリウム塩、そのナトリウム塩;ニトリロトリ酢酸、そのナトリウム塩;1-ヒドロキシエタン-1,1-ジホスホン酸、そのカリウム塩、そのナトリウム塩;アミノトリ(メチレンホスホン酸)、そのカリウム塩、そのナトリウム塩などのような有機ホスホン酸類を挙げることができる。キレート剤のナトリウム塩、カリウム塩の代りに有機アミンの塩も有効である。
 キレート剤は、処理液組成中に安定に存在し、印刷性を阻害しないものであることが好ましい。キレート剤の含有量は、現像液の全質量に対し、0.001質量%~1.0質量%であることが好ましい。
As a chelate compound, for example, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, its potassium salt, its sodium salt; diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid, its potassium salt, its sodium salt; triethylenetetraminehexaacetic acid, its potassium salt, its sodium salt, hydroxyethylethylenediaminetriacetic acid , Its potassium salt, its sodium salt; nitrilotriacetic acid, its sodium salt; 1-hydroxyethane-1,1-diphosphonic acid, its potassium salt, its sodium salt; aminotri (methylenephosphonic acid), its potassium salt, its sodium salt And organic phosphonic acids. Instead of sodium and potassium salts of chelating agents, salts of organic amines are also effective.
The chelating agent is preferably one that is stably present in the treatment liquid composition and does not inhibit printability. The content of the chelating agent is preferably 0.001% by mass to 1.0% by mass with respect to the total mass of the developer.
 消泡剤としては、一般的なシリコーン系の自己乳化タイプ、乳化タイプ、ノニオン系のHLB(Hydrophilic-Lipophilic Balance)が5以下等の化合物を使用することができる。シリコーン消泡剤が好ましい。
 なお、シリコーン系界面活性剤は、消泡剤と見なすものとする。
 消泡剤の含有量は、現像液の全質量に対し、0.001質量%~1.0質量%の範囲が好適である。
As the antifoaming agent, a general silicone-based self-emulsification type, an emulsification type, or a compound having a nonionic HLB (Hydrophilic-Lipophilic Balance) of 5 or less can be used. Silicone antifoams are preferred.
In addition, silicone type surfactant shall be regarded as an antifoamer.
The content of the antifoaming agent is preferably in the range of 0.001% by mass to 1.0% by mass with respect to the total mass of the developer.
 有機酸としては、クエン酸、酢酸、蓚酸、マロン酸、サリチル酸、カプリル酸、酒石酸、リンゴ酸、乳酸、レブリン酸、p-トルエンスルホン酸、キシレンスルホン酸、フィチン酸、有機ホスホン酸などが挙げられる。有機酸は、そのアルカリ金属塩又はアンモニウム塩の形で用いることもできる。有機酸の含有量は、現像液の全質量に対し、0.01質量%~0.5質量%が好ましい。 Examples of the organic acid include citric acid, acetic acid, oxalic acid, malonic acid, salicylic acid, caprylic acid, tartaric acid, malic acid, lactic acid, levulinic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, xylenesulfonic acid, phytic acid, organic phosphonic acid and the like . The organic acids can also be used in the form of their alkali metal salts or ammonium salts. The content of the organic acid is preferably 0.01% by mass to 0.5% by mass with respect to the total mass of the developer.
 有機溶剤としては、例えば、脂肪族炭化水素類(ヘキサン、ヘプタン、“アイソパーE、H、G”(エッソ化学(株)製)等)、芳香族炭化水素類(トルエン、キシレン等)、ハロゲン化炭化水素(メチレンジクロライド、エチレンジクロライド、トリクレン、モノクロロベンゼン等)、極性溶剤等が挙げられる。 As the organic solvent, for example, aliphatic hydrocarbons (hexane, heptane, “Isopar E, H, G” (manufactured by Esso Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc.), aromatic hydrocarbons (toluene, xylene, etc.), halogenated Hydrocarbons (methylene dichloride, ethylene dichloride, trichlene, monochlorobenzene, etc.), polar solvents and the like can be mentioned.
 極性溶剤としては、アルコール類(メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、イソプロパノール、ベンジルアルコール、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、2-エトキシエタノール、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノヘキシルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ポリプロピレングリコール、テトラエチレングリコール、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノベンジルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノフェニルエーテル、メチルフェニルカルビノール、n-アミルアルコール、メチルアミルアルコール等)、ケトン類(アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、エチルブチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン等)、エステル類(酢酸エチル、酢酸プロピル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸アミル、酢酸ベンジル、乳酸メチル、乳酸ブチル、エチレングリコールモノブチルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールアセテート、ジエチルフタレート、レブリン酸ブチル等)、その他(トリエチルフォスフェート、トリクレジルフォスフェート、N-フェニルエタノールアミン、N-フェニルジエタノールアミン等)等が挙げられる。 As the polar solvent, alcohols (methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, benzyl alcohol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, 2-ethoxyethanol, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monohexyl ether, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether Propylene glycol monomethyl ether, polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, polypropylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobenzyl ether, ethylene glycol monophenyl ether, methylphenyl carbinol, n-amyl alcohol, methyl amyl alcohol etc.) , Tons (acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, ethyl butyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone etc.), esters (ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, butyl acetate, amyl acetate, benzyl acetate, methyl lactate, butyl lactate, ethylene glycol monobutyl acetate, propylene Examples thereof include glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol acetate, diethyl phthalate, butyl levulinate and the like, and others (triethyl phosphate, tricresyl phosphate, N-phenylethanolamine, N-phenyldiethanolamine and the like) and the like.
 上記有機溶剤が水に不溶な場合は、界面活性剤等を用いて水に可溶化して使用することも可能であり、現像液に、有機溶剤を含有する場合は、安全性、引火性の観点から、現像液における溶剤の濃度は、40質量%未満が好ましい。 When the above organic solvent is insoluble in water, it can be used by solubilizing it in water using a surfactant etc. When the developer contains an organic solvent, it is safe and flammable From the viewpoint, the concentration of the solvent in the developer is preferably less than 40% by mass.
 無機酸及び無機塩としては、リン酸、メタリン酸、第一リン酸アンモニウム、第二リン酸アンモニウム、第一リン酸ナトリウム、第二リン酸ナトリウム、第一リン酸カリウム、第二リン酸カリウム、トリポリリン酸ナトリウム、ピロリン酸カリウム、ヘキサメタリン酸ナトリウム、硝酸マグネシウム、硝酸ナトリウム、硝酸カリウム、硝酸アンモニウム、硫酸ナトリウム、硫酸カリウム、硫酸アンモニウム、亜硫酸ナトリウム、亜硫酸アンモニウム、硫酸水素ナトリウム、硫酸ニッケルなどが挙げられる。無機塩の含有量は、現像液の全質量に対し、0.01質量%~0.5質量%の量が好ましい。 As the inorganic acid and inorganic salt, phosphoric acid, metaphosphoric acid, ammonium monophosphate, ammonium diphosphate, sodium monophosphate, sodium diphosphate, potassium monophosphate, potassium diphosphate, Sodium tripolyphosphate, potassium pyrophosphate, sodium hexametaphosphate, magnesium nitrate, sodium nitrate, potassium nitrate, ammonium nitrate, sodium sulfate, potassium sulfate, potassium sulfate, ammonium sulfate, sodium sulfite, ammonium sulfite, sodium hydrogensulfate, nickel sulfate and the like can be mentioned. The content of the inorganic salt is preferably 0.01% by mass to 0.5% by mass with respect to the total mass of the developer.
 現像液は、必要に応じて、上記各成分を水に溶解又は分散することによって調製される。現像液の固形分濃度は、2質量%~25質量%であることが好ましい。現像液としては、濃縮液を作製しておき、使用時に水で希釈して用いることもできる。
 現像液は、水性の現像液であることが好ましい。
The developer is prepared, as required, by dissolving or dispersing the above-mentioned components in water. The solid content concentration of the developer is preferably 2% by mass to 25% by mass. As a developing solution, it is possible to prepare a concentrated solution and dilute it with water before use.
The developer is preferably an aqueous developer.
 現像液は、現像カスの分散性の観点から、アルコール化合物を含有することが好ましい。
 アルコール化合物としては、メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、イソプロパノール、ベンジルアルコール等が挙げられる。中でも、ベンジルアルコールが好ましい。
 アルコール化合物の含有量は、現像カスの分散性の観点から、現像液の全質量に対し、0.01質量%~5質量%が好ましく、0.1質量%~2質量%がより好ましく、0.2質量%~1質量%が特に好ましい。
The developer preferably contains an alcohol compound from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the development residue.
As the alcohol compound, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, benzyl alcohol and the like can be mentioned. Among them, benzyl alcohol is preferred.
The content of the alcohol compound is preferably 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass, and more preferably 0.1% by mass to 2% by mass, with respect to the total mass of the developer, from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the development residue. .2% by weight to 1% by weight is particularly preferred.
<印刷工程>
 本開示に係る平版印刷方法は、上記機上現像工程、又は、現像工程において現像された平版印刷版に印刷インキを供給して記録媒体を印刷する印刷工程を含む。
 印刷インキとしては、特に制限はなく、所望に応じ、種々の公知のインキを用いることができる。また、印刷インキとしては、油性インキ又は紫外線硬化型インキ(UVインキ)が好ましく挙げられ、UVインキがより好ましく挙げられる。
 また、上記印刷工程においては、必要に応じ、湿し水を供給してもよい。
 また、上記印刷工程は、印刷機を停止することなく、上記機上現像工程に連続して行われてもよい。
 記録媒体としては、特に制限はなく、所望に応じ、公知の記録媒体を用いることができる。
<Printing process>
The lithographic printing method according to the present disclosure includes a printing step of supplying a printing ink to the planographic printing plate developed in the on-press development step or the development step and printing a recording medium.
The printing ink is not particularly limited, and various known inks can be used as desired. Moreover, as a printing ink, oil-based ink or an ultraviolet curing ink (UV ink) is mentioned preferably, UV ink is mentioned more preferably.
In the printing step, dampening water may be supplied as necessary.
The printing process may be performed continuously to the on-press development process without stopping the printing machine.
There is no restriction | limiting in particular as a recording medium, If desired, a well-known recording medium can be used.
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版からの平版印刷版の作製方法、及び、本開示に係る平版印刷方法においては、必要に応じて、露光前、露光中、露光から現像までの間に、平版印刷版原版の全面を加熱してもよい。このような加熱により、画像記録層中の画像形成反応が促進され、感度、耐刷性の向上、感度の安定化等の利点が生じ得る。現像前の加熱は150℃以下の穏和な条件で行うことが好ましい。上記態様であると、非画像部が硬化してしまう等の問題を防ぐことができる。現像後の加熱には非常に強い条件を利用することが好ましく、100℃~500℃の範囲であることが好ましい。上記範囲であると、十分な画像強化作用が得られまた、支持体の劣化、画像部の熱分解といった問題を抑制することができる。 In the method of preparing a lithographic printing plate from the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure, and in the lithographic printing method according to the present disclosure, the lithographic printing is performed before exposure, during exposure, between exposure and development as necessary. The entire surface of the plate precursor may be heated. Such heating accelerates the image forming reaction in the image recording layer, and may bring about advantages such as improvement in sensitivity and printing durability and stabilization of sensitivity. Heating before development is preferably performed under mild conditions of 150 ° C. or less. According to the above aspect, it is possible to prevent problems such as curing of the non-image area. It is preferable to use very strong conditions for heating after development, and a range of 100 ° C. to 500 ° C. is preferable. Within the above range, a sufficient image enhancing action can be obtained, and problems such as deterioration of the support and thermal decomposition of the image portion can be suppressed.
 以下、実施例により本開示を詳細に説明するが、本開示はこれらに限定されるものではない。なお、本実施例において、「%」、「部」とは、特に断りのない限り、それぞれ「質量%」、「質量部」を意味する。なお、高分子化合物において、特別に規定したもの以外は、分子量は重量平均分子量(Mw)であり、構成繰り返し単位の比率はモル百分率である。また、重量平均分子量(Mw)は、ゲル浸透クロマトグラフィー(GPC)法によるポリスチレン換算値として測定した値である。 Hereinafter, the present disclosure will be described in detail by way of examples, but the present disclosure is not limited thereto. In the examples, “%” and “parts” mean “% by mass” and “parts by mass” unless otherwise noted. In the polymer compound, the molecular weight is a weight average molecular weight (Mw), and the ratio of the constituent repeating units is a molar percentage, except as specially specified. Moreover, a weight average molecular weight (Mw) is a value measured as a polystyrene conversion value by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method.
<支持体1の作製>
 厚さ0.3mmのアルミニウム板(材質JIS A 1050)の表面の圧延油を除去するため、10質量%アルミン酸ソーダ水溶液を用いて50℃で30秒間脱脂処理を施した後、毛径0.3mmの束植ナイロンブラシ3本とメジアン径25μmのパミス-水懸濁液(比重1.1g/cm)を用いアルミニウム板表面を砂目立てし、水でよく洗浄した。アルミニウム板を45℃の25質量%水酸化ナトリウム水溶液に9秒間浸漬してエッチングを行い、水洗後、更に60℃で20質量%硝酸水溶液に20秒間浸漬し、水洗した。砂目立て表面のエッチング量は約3g/mであった。
<Preparation of Support 1>
In order to remove rolling oil on the surface of an aluminum plate (material JIS A 1050) with a thickness of 0.3 mm, a degreasing treatment is carried out at 50 ° C. for 30 seconds using a 10 mass% sodium aluminate aqueous solution. The surface of the aluminum plate was grained using three 3 mm bundle planting nylon brushes and a pumice-water suspension (specific gravity: 1.1 g / cm 3 ) having a median diameter of 25 μm, and thoroughly washed with water. The aluminum plate was etched by immersing it in a 25% by mass aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide at 45 ° C. for 9 seconds, washed with water, and further immersed in a 20% by mass aqueous solution of nitric acid at 60 ° C. for 20 seconds and washed with water. The etching amount of the grained surface was about 3 g / m 2 .
 次に、60Hzの交流電圧を用いて連続的に電気化学的な粗面化処理を行った。電解液は硝酸1質量%水溶液(アルミニウムイオンを0.5質量%含む。)、液温は50℃であった。交流電源波形は、電流値がゼロからピークに達するまでの時間TPが0.8ms、duty比1:1、台形の矩形波交流を用いて、カーボン電極を対極として電気化学的な粗面化処理を行った。補助アノードにはフェライトを用いた。電流密度は電流のピーク値で30A/dm、補助陽極には電源から流れる電流の5%を分流させた。硝酸電解における電気量はアルミニウム板が陽極時の電気量175C/dmであった。その後、スプレーによる水洗を行った。 Next, electrochemical surface-roughening treatment was continuously performed using an alternating voltage of 60 Hz. The electrolytic solution was a 1% by mass aqueous nitric acid solution (containing 0.5% by mass of aluminum ion), and the solution temperature was 50 ° C. The AC power supply waveform is electrochemically roughened with a carbon electrode as a counter electrode, using a trapezoidal rectangular wave AC with a time TP of 0.8 ms for the current value to reach a peak and a duty ratio of 1: 1. Did. Ferrite was used for the auxiliary anode. The current density was 30 A / dm 2 at the peak value of the current, and 5% of the current flowing from the power supply was diverted to the auxiliary anode. The amount of electricity in nitric acid electrolysis was 175 C / dm 2 when the aluminum plate was an anode. After that, it was rinsed with a spray.
 続いて、塩酸0.5質量%水溶液(アルミニウムイオンを0.5質量%含む)、液温50℃の電解液にて、アルミニウム板が陽極時の電気量50C/dmの条件で、硝酸電解と同様の方法で電気化学的な粗面化処理を行い、その後、スプレーによる水洗を行った。
 次に、アルミニウム板に液温54℃の15質量%硫酸水溶液(アルミニウムイオンを0.5質量%含む)を電解液として電流密度15A/dmで2.5g/mの直流陽極酸化皮膜を形成した後、水洗、乾燥した。陽極酸化皮膜の表層における平均ポア径(表面平均ポア径)は10nmであった。
 陽極酸化皮膜の表層におけるポア径の測定は、超高分解能型SEM((株)日立製作所製S-900)を使用し、12Vという比較的低加速電圧で、導電性を付与する蒸着処理等を施すこと無しに、表面を15万倍の倍率で観察し、50個のポアを無作為抽出して平均値を求める方法で行った。標準誤差は±10%以下であった。
Subsequently, nitric acid electrolysis is carried out using a 0.5 mass% aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid (containing 0.5 mass% of aluminum ion) and an electrolytic solution with a liquid temperature of 50 ° C. under the condition that the aluminum plate has an electric quantity of 50 C / dm 2 at the anode. Electrochemical roughening treatment was carried out in the same manner as in the above, followed by washing with spray.
Next, using a 15% by weight aqueous sulfuric acid solution (containing 0.5% by weight of aluminum ion) at a liquid temperature of 54 ° C. as an electrolyte on an aluminum plate, a direct current anodic oxide film of 2.5 g / m 2 at a current density of 15 A / dm 2 After formation, it was washed with water and dried. The average pore diameter (surface average pore diameter) in the surface layer of the anodized film was 10 nm.
The measurement of the pore diameter in the surface layer of the anodized film uses an ultra-high resolution SEM (S-900 manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.), and uses a deposition process or the like to impart conductivity at a relatively low acceleration voltage of 12 V. The surface was observed at a magnification of 150,000 times without application, and 50 pores were randomly extracted to obtain an average value. The standard error was less than ± 10%.
 その後、非画像部の親水性を確保するため、2.5質量%3号ケイ酸ソーダ水溶液を用いて50℃で7秒間ディップしてシリケート処理を施した後、スプレーによる水洗を行うことで、支持体1を作製した。Siの付着量は11mg/mであった。 After that, in order to ensure the hydrophilicity of the non-image area, it is subjected to a silicate treatment by dipping for 7 seconds at 50 ° C. using a 2.5 mass% aqueous solution of sodium silicate No. 3 and then washing with water by spraying. Support 1 was produced. The adhesion amount of Si was 11 mg / m 2 .
<支持体2の作製>
 下記表1に記載の組成のアルミニウム合金1を溶解、鋳造し、得られた鋳塊の両面を面削して、厚さ500mm、幅1000mm、長さ3500mmに成形した。得られた成形体に対して、550℃の温度で均質化処理を施した後、400℃の温度に加熱して熱間圧延を開始し、熱間圧延後冷間圧延を行い、ついで、連続焼鈍炉において500℃の温度に加熱する中間焼鈍(500℃での保持無し)を施した。その後、板厚減少率80%の仕上げ冷間圧延を行い、厚さ0.30mmの板材を得た。
<Preparation of Support 2>
The aluminum alloy 1 having the composition described in the following Table 1 was melted and cast, and both surfaces of the obtained ingot were chamfered to form a thickness of 500 mm, a width of 1000 mm, and a length of 3500 mm. The obtained compact is homogenized at a temperature of 550 ° C., heated to a temperature of 400 ° C. to start hot rolling, hot rolled after cold rolling, and then continuous In the annealing furnace, an intermediate annealing (without holding at 500 ° C.) was performed to heat to a temperature of 500 ° C. Thereafter, finish cold rolling with a reduction in thickness of 80% was performed to obtain a plate having a thickness of 0.30 mm.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000030
 得られた上記板材(アルミニウム合金板)を、表2に示す処理条件で脱脂、中和洗浄処理した後、交流電解粗面化処理を施し、さらに、電解により形成された酸化物を除去するため、デスマット処理を行い、水洗、乾燥して、一定の大きさに切り取り、支持体2を得た。 The obtained plate material (aluminum alloy plate) is degreased, neutralized and washed under the treatment conditions shown in Table 2, then subjected to alternating current electrolytic surface roughening treatment, and further to remove oxides formed by electrolysis The resultant was desmutted, washed with water, dried and cut into a predetermined size to obtain a support 2.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000031
<支持体3の作製>
 アルミニウム合金1の替わりに、下記表3に記載の組成のアルミニウム合金2を用いた以外は、支持体2と同様の方法により支持体を作製し、支持体3とした。
<Preparation of Support 3>
A support was produced as a support 3 in the same manner as the support 2 except that the aluminum alloy 2 having the composition shown in Table 3 below was used instead of the aluminum alloy 1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000032
<下塗り層塗布液の調製>
・ポリマー(UC-1)〔下記構造〕:0.18部
・ヒドロキシエチルイミノ二酢酸:0.10部
・水:61.4部
<Preparation of undercoat layer coating solution>
Polymer (UC-1) [the following structure]: 0.18 parts Hydroxyethyliminodiacetic acid: 0.10 parts Water: 61.4 parts
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
<保護層塗布液の調製>
・無機層状化合物分散液(1)〔下記〕:1.5部
・ポリビニルアルコール(CKS50、日本合成化学工業(株)製、スルホン酸変性、けん化度99モル%以上、重合度300)6質量%水溶液:0.55部
・ポリビニルアルコール(PVA-405、(株)クラレ製、けん化度81.5モル%、重合度500)6質量%水溶液:0.03部
・界面活性剤(ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル、エマレックス(登録商標)710、日本エマルジョン(株)製)1質量%水溶液:0.86部
・イオン交換水:6.0部
Preparation of Coating Solution for Protective Layer
· Inorganic layered compound dispersion liquid (1) [below]: 1.5 parts Polyvinyl alcohol (CKS 50, manufactured by Nippon Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., sulfonic acid modified, saponification degree 99 mol% or more, polymerization degree 300) 6 mass% Aqueous solution: 0.55 parts · Polyvinyl alcohol (PVA-405, manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd., saponification degree 81.5 mol%, polymerization degree 500) 6 mass% aqueous solution: 0.03 parts · Surfactant (polyoxyethylene lauryl Ether, Emarex (registered trademark) 710, manufactured by Nippon Emulsion Co., Ltd., 1% by mass aqueous solution: 0.86 parts, ion exchanged water: 6.0 parts
 上記保護層塗布液に用いた無機層状化合物分散液(1)の調製法を以下に示す。 The preparation method of the inorganic stratiform compound dispersion liquid (1) used for the said protective layer coating liquid is shown below.
〔無機層状化合物分散液(1)の調製〕
 イオン交換水193.6gに合成雲母(ソマシフME-100、コープケミカル(株)製)6.4gを添加し、ホモジナイザーを用いて平均粒径(レーザー散乱法)が3μmになるまで分散した。得られた分散粒子のアスペクト比は100以上であった。
Preparation of Inorganic Layered Compound Dispersion (1)
To 193.6 g of ion-exchanged water, 6.4 g of synthetic mica (Somasif ME-100, manufactured by Coop Chemical Co., Ltd.) was added, and dispersed using a homogenizer until the average particle size (laser scattering method) became 3 μm. The aspect ratio of the obtained dispersed particles was 100 or more.
<画像記録層塗布液の調製>
 表4又は表5に記載の使用量に従って、各成分を添加し、固形分濃度が7.0質量%になるように溶剤を加えて混合した。表4又は表5中の各素材の添加量(質量部)は、固形分量である。
 表4又は表5中、「G-1 468」等の記載は、化合物G-1を468質量部含むことを意味している。また、溶剤欄の「S-1/S-2/S-3 60/30/10」等の記載は、溶剤として、S-1を60質量%、S-2を30質量%、S-3を10質量%の割合で混合した混合溶剤を使用したことを示している。更に、「-」の記載は、該当する成分を含有していないことを示している。
Preparation of coating solution for image recording layer
Each component was added according to the usage described in Table 4 or Table 5, and the solvent was added and mixed so that the solid content concentration is 7.0% by mass. The addition amount (mass part) of each raw material of Table 4 or Table 5 is a solid content amount.
In Table 4 or Table 5, the description of “G-1 468” or the like means that the compound G-1 is contained in 468 parts by mass. In the solvent column, for example, “S-1 / S-2 / S-3 60/30/10”, 60% by mass of S-1, 30% by mass of S-2, and S-3 as a solvent. It shows that the mixed solvent which mixed the ratio of 10 mass% was used. Furthermore, the description of "-" indicates that the corresponding component is not contained.
(実施例1~34及び比較例1~2)
<平版印刷版原版の作製>
 下記の方法により、実施例1~34及び比較例1~2の平版印刷版原版をそれぞれ作製した。
 支持体上に、上記組成の下塗り層塗布液を乾燥塗布量が20mg/mになるように塗布して下塗り層を形成した。
 実施例29においては、表5に記載されたハロゲン化物イオン量(ppm)になるように、下塗り層塗布液にテトラエチルアンモニウムブロミドを添加した。
 下塗り層上に、表4又は表5に記載の各画像記録層塗布液をバー塗布し、120℃で40秒間オーブン乾燥して、乾燥塗布量1.0g/mの画像記録層を形成した。
 実施例1~7及び比較例1~2においては、表4又は表5に記載されたハロゲン化物イオン量(ppm)になるように、画像記録層塗布液にテトラエチルアンモニウムブロミドを添加した。
 実施例9においては、表4に記載されたハロゲン化物イオン量(ppm)になるように、画像記録層塗布液にテトラブチルアンモニウムフルオリドを添加した。
 実施例10においては、表4に記載されたハロゲン化物イオン量(ppm)になるように、画像記録層塗布液にテトラブチルアンモニウムクロリドを添加した。
 実施例11は、表4に記載されたハロゲン化物イオン量(ppm)になるように、画像記録層塗布液にテトラブチルアンモニウムブロミドを添加した。
 実施例12は、表4に記載されたハロゲン化物イオン量(ppm)になるように、画像記録層塗布液にテトラブチルアンモニウムヨージドを添加した。
 実施例13~15においては、表4に記載されたハロゲン化物イオン量(ppm)になるように、画像記録層塗布液にテトラエチルアンモニウムブロミドを添加した。
 実施例16~19においては、使用した赤外線吸収剤(K-4)にハロゲン化物イオンが含まれており、ハロゲン化物イオンを更に添加することはしなかった。
 実施例20~23においては、使用した電子受容型重合開始剤(I-4)にハロゲン化物イオンが含まれており、ハロゲン化物イオンを更に添加することはしなかった。
 実施例24~27においては、使用したバインダーポリマー(B-1b)にハロゲン化物イオンが含まれており、ハロゲン化物イオンを更に添加することはしなかった。
 実施例28又は31~34においては、表5に記載されたハロゲン化物イオン量(ppm)になるように、画像記録層塗布液にテトラエチルアンモニウムブロミドを添加した。
 使用した支持体の種類(支持体1~支持体3)は表4又は表5に記載した。
 必要に応じ、画像記録層上に、上記組成の保護層塗布液をバー塗布し、120℃で60秒間オーブン乾燥して、乾燥塗布量0.15g/mの保護層を形成した。
 実施例30においては、表5に記載されたハロゲン化物イオン量(ppm)になるように、保護層塗布液にテトラエチルアンモニウムブロミドを添加した。
 保護層を形成した例については、表4又は表5中の保護層の欄に「あり」と記載した。
 また、表4又は表5中の「ハロゲン化物イオン量(ppm)」の欄の記載は、上述の方法により測定された、平版印刷版原版における、アルミニウム支持体上に形成された全ての層の合計質量に対するハロゲン化物イオンの合計含有量を示している。「ハロゲン化物イオン量(ppm)」の欄の「0」の記載は、上記方法によりハロゲン化物イオンが検出されなかった(検出限界未満)ことを意味している。
(Examples 1 to 34 and Comparative Examples 1 to 2)
<Preparation of a lithographic printing plate precursor>
The lithographic printing plate precursors of Examples 1 to 34 and Comparative Examples 1 to 2 were produced by the following method.
The undercoat layer coating solution of the above composition was applied onto the support so that the dry coating amount would be 20 mg / m 2 to form an undercoat layer.
In Example 29, tetraethylammonium bromide was added to the undercoat layer coating solution to obtain the halide ion amounts (ppm) described in Table 5.
Each image recording layer coating liquid described in Table 4 or Table 5 was bar-coated on the undercoat layer, and oven-dried at 120 ° C. for 40 seconds to form an image recording layer having a dry coating amount of 1.0 g / m 2 . .
In Examples 1 to 7 and Comparative Examples 1 to 2, tetraethylammonium bromide was added to the image recording layer coating solution so that the halide ion amount (ppm) described in Table 4 or Table 5 was obtained.
In Example 9, tetrabutylammonium fluoride was added to the image recording layer coating solution so that the amount of halide ion (ppm) described in Table 4 would be obtained.
In Example 10, tetrabutyl ammonium chloride was added to the image recording layer coating solution so that the amount of halide ion (ppm) described in Table 4 would be obtained.
In Example 11, tetrabutylammonium bromide was added to the image recording layer coating solution so that the amount of halide ion (ppm) described in Table 4 was obtained.
In Example 12, tetrabutylammonium iodide was added to the image recording layer coating solution so that the amount of halide ion (ppm) described in Table 4 was obtained.
In Examples 13 to 15, tetraethylammonium bromide was added to the image recording layer coating solution such that the amount of halide ion (ppm) described in Table 4 was obtained.
In Examples 16 to 19, the infrared ray absorber (K-4) used contained a halide ion, and no additional halide ion was added.
In Examples 20 to 23, the electron-accepting polymerization initiator (I-4) used contained a halide ion, and the halide ion was not further added.
In Examples 24 to 27, the used binder polymer (B-1b) contained a halide ion, and the halide ion was not further added.
In Example 28 or 31 to 34, tetraethylammonium bromide was added to the image recording layer coating solution so that the amount of halide ion (ppm) described in Table 5 was obtained.
The types of supports used (support 1 to support 3) are described in Table 4 or Table 5.
If necessary, a protective layer coating solution of the above composition was bar-coated on the image recording layer, and oven-dried at 120 ° C. for 60 seconds to form a protective layer having a dry coating amount of 0.15 g / m 2 .
In Example 30, tetraethylammonium bromide was added to the protective layer coating solution so that the halide ion amounts (ppm) described in Table 5 were obtained.
An example in which the protective layer was formed was described as “present” in the column of the protective layer in Table 4 or Table 5.
In addition, the descriptions in the column of “Halogen ion amount (ppm)” in Table 4 or Table 5 are the values of all layers formed on the aluminum support in the lithographic printing plate precursor measured by the method described above. The total content of halide ions relative to the total mass is shown. The description of "0" in the column of "Halogenide ion amount (ppm)" means that the halide ion was not detected (less than the detection limit) by the above method.
 具体的には、表4又は表5中の上記「ハロゲン化物イオン量(ppm)」は、25℃において、100cmの平版印刷版原版を10mLの純水にて抽出し、メトローム製761 Compact ICで定量した。上記抽出により、アルミニウム支持体上の全ての層に含まれるハロゲン化物イオンが一度に抽出された。その後、上記定量において検出された全てのハロゲン化物イオンの総和より合計含有量を算出した。
 上記抽出は、具体的には、平版印刷版原版を10cm×10cmに裁断して、10mLの純水に浸すことにより行った。
Specifically, the above “halide ion amount (ppm)” in Table 4 or Table 5 is obtained by extracting 100 cm 2 of the lithographic printing plate precursor with 10 mL of pure water at 25 ° C., Metrome 761 Compact IC It quantified by. By the above extraction, the halide ions contained in all the layers on the aluminum support were extracted at one time. Thereafter, the total content was calculated from the sum of all the halide ions detected in the above determination.
Specifically, the extraction was performed by cutting the lithographic printing plate precursor to 10 cm × 10 cm and immersing it in 10 mL of pure water.
<平版印刷版原版の評価>
 上記のようにして作製した平版印刷版原版を、赤外線半導体レーザー搭載のKodak社製Magnus800 Quantumにて、出力27W、外面ドラム回転数450rpm、解像度2,400dpi(dot per inch、1inchは2.54cm)の条件で露光(照射エネルギー110mJ/cm相当)した。露光画像にはベタ画像、及び、AMスクリーン(Amplitude Modulation Screen)3%網点のチャートを含むようにした。
<Evaluation of lithographic printing plate precursor>
The lithographic printing plate precursor prepared as described above was subjected to an output of 27 W, an outer drum rotational speed of 450 rpm, and a resolution of 2,400 dpi (dot per inch, 1 inch is 2.54 cm) at a Magnus 800 Quantum manufactured by Kodak equipped with an infrared semiconductor laser. It exposed (The irradiation energy 110 mJ / cm < 2 > equivalent) on condition of. The exposed image included a solid image and an AM screen (Amplitude Modulation Screen) chart of 3% halftone dots.
(1)機上現像性
 得られた露光済み原版を現像処理することなく、菊判サイズ(636mm×939mm)のハイデルベルグ社製印刷機SX-74のシリンダーに取り付けた。本印刷機には、不織布フィルターと温度制御装置を内蔵する容量100Lの湿し水循環タンクを接続した。湿し水S-Z1(富士フイルム(株)製)2.0%の湿し水80Lを循環装置内に仕込み、印刷インキとしてT&K UV OFS K-HS墨GE-M((株)T&K TOKA製)を用い、標準の自動印刷スタート方法で湿し水とインキを供給した後、毎時10,000枚の印刷速度で特菱アート(76.5kg)紙に500枚印刷を行った。
 上記機上現像において、非画像部にインキが転写しない状態になるまでに要した印刷用紙の枚数を機上現像性として計測した。計測結果は表4又は表5に記載した。
(1) On-press developability The obtained exposed original plate was mounted on a cylinder of a Kiku-size (636 mm × 939 mm) Heidelberg printing machine SX-74 without development processing. A dampening water circulation tank with a capacity of 100 L containing a non-woven fabric filter and a temperature control device was connected to this printing press. Dampening water S-Z1 (Fuji Film Co., Ltd. product) 80L of dampening water of 2.0% is charged into a circulation device, and T & K UV OFS K-HS black ink GE-M (trade Co., Ltd. made by T & K TOKA) as a printing ink The dampening water and the ink were supplied by a standard automatic printing start method, and 500 sheets were printed on Tokiwa Art (76.5 kg) paper at a printing speed of 10,000 sheets per hour.
In the above on-press development, the number of printing sheets required until the ink was not transferred to the non-image area was measured as on-press developability. The measurement results are shown in Table 4 or Table 5.
(2)耐刷性
 上述した機上現像性の評価を行った後、更に印刷を続けた。印刷枚数を増やしていくと徐々に画像部が磨耗するため印刷物上のインキ濃度が低下した。印刷物におけるAMスクリーン3%網点の網点面積率をグレタグ濃度計(GretagMacbeth社製)で計測した値が、印刷500枚目の計測値よりも1%低下したときの印刷部数を刷了枚数として耐刷性を評価した。印刷枚数が5万枚の場合を100とする相対耐刷性により評価した。数値が大きいほど、耐刷性が良好である。評価結果は表4又は表5に記載した。
 相対耐刷性=(対象平版印刷版原版の印刷枚数)/50,000×100
(2) Printing durability After evaluating the on-press developability described above, printing was continued. As the number of printed sheets increased, the image area was gradually worn away, and the ink density on the printed matter decreased. The number of printed copies when the value obtained by measuring the halftone dot area rate of 3% halftone screen of AM screen with a Gretag densitometer (manufactured by GretagMacbeth) is 1% lower than the measured value of the 500th printed sheet The printing durability was evaluated. It evaluated by relative printing resistance which makes 100 the case where the number of printed sheets is 50,000 sheets. As the numerical value is larger, the printing durability is better. The evaluation results are shown in Table 4 or Table 5.
Relative printing durability = (number of copies of target lithographic printing plate precursor) / 50,000 × 100
(3)ポツ状汚れ
 各実施例又は比較例において得られた平版印刷版原版を、25℃、70%RHの環境下で1時間、合紙と共に調湿し、アルミクラフト紙で包装した後、60℃に設定したオーブンで5日間加熱を行った。その後、室温まで温度を下げてから、上記機上現像性の評価と同様の印刷機及び手法で機上現像した後に、印刷を500枚行った。500枚目の印刷物を目視により確認し、100cm当たりの、最大径が20μm以上の大きさの印刷汚れの個数を算出した。
 ポツ状汚れ個数が、100cm当たり、50個未満のものをA、50個以上100個未満のものをB、100個以上150個未満のものをC、150個以上250個未満のものをD、250個以上のものをE、とした。評価結果は表4又は表5に記載した。評価結果がA、B、C又はDであれば、ポツ状汚れの発生の抑制に優れるものとして評価でき、A、B又はCであることが好ましく、A又はBであることがより好ましく、Aであることが更に好ましい。
(3) Pot-like stain After the lithographic printing plate precursor obtained in each Example or Comparative Example was conditioned with a paper sheet for 1 hour in an environment of 25 ° C. and 70% RH and packaged in aluminum kraft paper, Heating was performed for 5 days in an oven set at 60 ° C. Thereafter, the temperature was lowered to room temperature, and after the on-press development with the same printing machine and method as in the evaluation of the on-press developability, 500 sheets were printed. The 500th printed matter was visually confirmed, and the number of printing stains having a maximum diameter of 20 μm or more per 100 cm 2 was calculated.
The number of pot-like stains per 100 cm 2 is A less than 50, B more than 50 or less than 100, C less than 100 or more than 150, C less than 150 or less than 250. , E and 250 or more. The evaluation results are shown in Table 4 or Table 5. If the evaluation result is A, B, C or D, it can be evaluated as excellent in the suppression of the occurrence of a pot-like stain, preferably A, B or C, more preferably A or B, more preferably A It is further preferred that
(4)面状の評価
保護層まで塗布した露光前の平版印刷版原版の塗布状態を目視で観察した。相対比較として、表面の状態が比較的均一である(各層が均一な厚さで形成されている)場合にはA、表面状態にムラが認められる(少なくとも1つの層に塗布ムラ等が認められ、平版印刷版原版の表面が均一でない)場合にはC、上記AとCの間の状態である場合にはBとした。評価結果は表4又は表5に記載した。評価結果がA又はBであれば、平版印刷版原版の表面の面状に優れるといえ、Aであることがより好ましい。
(4) Evaluation of Surface State The coated state of the lithographic printing plate precursor before exposure which had been coated to the protective layer was visually observed. As a relative comparison, when the surface condition is relatively uniform (each layer is formed with a uniform thickness), unevenness is observed in the surface condition (coating unevenness is observed in at least one layer) C) when the surface of the lithographic printing plate precursor is not uniform), and B when it is in the state between A and C above. The evaluation results are shown in Table 4 or Table 5. If the evaluation result is A or B, it can be said that the surface condition of the surface of the lithographic printing plate precursor is excellent, and it is more preferably A.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000035
 表4又は表5に記載の結果から、本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、比較例の平版印刷版原版に比べて、ポツ状汚れの発生を抑制し、かつ、表面の面状に優れることが明らかである。更に、本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、耐刷性及び機上現像性も良好であることがわかる。 From the results described in Table 4 or Table 5, it is found that the planographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure suppresses the occurrence of pot-like stains and is superior in surface planarity compared to the planographic printing plate precursor of the comparative example. Is clear. Furthermore, it is understood that the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure is excellent in printing durability and on-press developability.
 また、上述した以外の表4又は表5に記載した各化合物の詳細を、以下に示す。 Moreover, the detail of each compound described in Table 4 or Table 5 except having mentioned above is shown below.
<ポリマー粒子>
 G-1:下記ミクロゲル(1)、なお、ポリマー粒子G-1(ミクロゲル(1))を含む画像記録層塗布液の調製は、下記ミクロゲル液以外の表4又は表5に記載の成分を混合した感光液と、下記ミクロゲル液とを表4又は表5に記載の組成となるように塗布直前に混合し撹拌することにより調製した。
 G-2:下記ポリマー粒子G-2
 G-3:アニオン性湿潤剤で安定化されたスチレン/アクリロニトリル共重合体(モル比50/50、平均粒子径61nm、固形分約20%
<Polymer particles>
G-1: The preparation of an image recording layer coating solution containing the following microgel (1) and polymer particles G-1 (microgel (1)) was carried out by mixing the components described in Table 4 or Table 5 other than the following microgel solution. The prepared photosensitive solution and the following microgel solution were prepared by mixing and stirring immediately before coating to obtain the composition described in Table 4 or Table 5.
G-2: The following polymer particle G-2
G-3: Styrene / acrylonitrile copolymer stabilized with an anionic wetting agent (molar ratio 50/50, average particle size 61 nm, solid content about 20%
〔ミクロゲル液の調製〕
・ミクロゲル(1)(ポリマー粒子G-1):2.640部
・蒸留水:2.425部
[Preparation of microgel solution]
Microgel (1) (polymer particles G-1): 2.640 parts Distilled water: 2.425 parts
 上記ミクロゲル液に用いたミクロゲル(1)の調製法を以下に示す。 The preparation method of microgel (1) used for the said microgel liquid is shown below.
-多価イソシアネート化合物(1)の調製-
 イソホロンジイソシアネート17.78g(80mmol)と下記多価フェノール化合物(1)7.35g(20mmol)との酢酸エチル(25.31g)懸濁溶液に、ビスマストリス(2-エチルヘキサノエート)(ネオスタン U-600、日東化成(株)製)43mgを加えて撹拌した。発熱が収まった時点で反応温度を50℃に設定し、3時間撹拌して多価イソシアネート化合物(1)の酢酸エチル溶液(50質量%)を得た。
-Preparation of Polyvalent Isocyanate Compound (1)-
A suspension of 17.78 g (80 mmol) of isophorone diisocyanate and 7.35 g (20 mmol) of the following polyhydric phenol compound (1) in ethyl acetate (25.31 g) was added with bismuth tris (2-ethylhexanoate) (neostan U). -600, 43 mg of Nitto Kasei Co., Ltd. was added and stirred. When the exotherm had subsided, the reaction temperature was set to 50 ° C., and stirring was performed for 3 hours to obtain an ethyl acetate solution (50% by mass) of the polyvalent isocyanate compound (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036

 
-ミクロゲル(1)の調製-
 下記油相成分及び水相成分を混合し、ホモジナイザーを用いて12,000rpmで10分間乳化した。得られた乳化物を45℃で4時間撹拌後、1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5.4.0]ウンデカ-7-エン-オクチル酸塩(U-CAT SA102、サンアプロ(株)製)の10質量%水溶液5.20gを加え、室温で30分撹拌し、45℃で24時間静置した。蒸留水で、固形分濃度を20質量%になるように調整し、ミクロゲル(1)の水分散液が得られた。光散乱法により平均粒径を測定したところ、0.28μmであった。
-Preparation of microgel (1)-
The following oil phase component and aqueous phase component were mixed, and emulsified using a homogenizer at 12,000 rpm for 10 minutes. After stirring the obtained emulsion at 45 ° C. for 4 hours, 10 mass of 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-ene-octylate (U-CAT SA 102, manufactured by San Apro Ltd.) 5.20 g of% aqueous solution was added, it stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, and left still at 45 degreeC for 24 hours. The solid content concentration was adjusted to 20% by mass with distilled water to obtain an aqueous dispersion of microgel (1). The average particle size was measured by a light scattering method and found to be 0.28 μm.
-油相成分-
 (成分1)酢酸エチル:12.0g
 (成分2)トリメチロールプロパン(6モル)とキシレンジイソシアネート(18モル)を付加させ、これにメチル辺末端ポリオキシエチレン(1モル、オキシエチレン単位の繰返し数:90)を付加させた付加体(50質量%酢酸エチル溶液、三井化学(株)製):3.76g
 (成分3)多価イソシアネート化合物(1)(50質量%酢酸エチル溶液として):15.0g
(成分4)ジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレート(SR-399、サートマー社製)の65質量%酢酸エチル溶液:11.54g
(成分5)スルホン酸塩型界面活性剤(パイオニンA-41-C、竹本油脂(株)製)の10%酢酸エチル溶液:4.42g
-Oil phase component-
(Component 1) Ethyl acetate: 12.0 g
(Component 2) An adduct obtained by adding trimethylolpropane (6 moles) and xylene diisocyanate (18 moles) and adding methyl side terminal polyoxyethylene (1 mole, repeating number of oxyethylene units: 90) to this 50% by mass ethyl acetate solution, manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc .: 3.76 g
(Component 3) Polyvalent isocyanate compound (1) (as a 50% by mass ethyl acetate solution): 15.0 g
(Component 4) 65 mass% ethyl acetate solution of dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate (SR-399, manufactured by Sartmar): 11.54 g
(Component 5) 10% ethyl acetate solution of sulfonate type surfactant (Pionin A-41-C, manufactured by Takemoto Yushi Co., Ltd.): 4.42 g
-水相成分-
 蒸留水:46.87g
-Water phase composition-
Distilled water: 46.87g
〔ポリマー粒子G-2の水分散液の調製〕
 1000mlの4つ口フラスコに撹拌機、温度計、滴下ロート、窒素導入管、還流冷却器を施し、窒素ガスを導入して脱酸素を行いつつ、ポリエチレングリコールメチルエーテルメタクリレート(PEGMA、エチレングリコールの平均繰返し単位数:50)10g、蒸留水200g及びn-プロパノール200gを加えて内温が70℃となるまで加熱した。次に、予め混合されたスチレン(St)10g、アクリロニトリル(AN)80g及び2,2’-アゾビスイソブチロニトリル0.8gの混合物を1時間かけて滴下した。滴下終了後5時間そのまま反応を続けた後、2,2’-アゾビスイソブチロニトリル0.4gを添加し、内温を80℃まで上昇させた。続いて、0.5gの2,2’-アゾビスイソブチロニトリルを6時間かけて添加した。合計で20時間反応させた段階でポリマー化は98%以上進行しており、質量比でPEGMA/St/AN=10/10/80のポリマー粒子G-2の水分散液(1)を調製した。ポリマー粒子G-2の粒径分布は、粒子径150nmに極大値を有していた。
[Preparation of aqueous dispersion of polymer particles G-2]
A 1000 ml four-necked flask is equipped with a stirrer, thermometer, dropping funnel, nitrogen inlet tube, reflux condenser, and nitrogen gas is introduced to perform deoxygenation while polyethylene glycol methyl ether methacrylate (PEGMA, average of ethylene glycol) Number of repeating units: 50) 10 g, 200 g of distilled water and 200 g of n-propanol were added, and the mixture was heated until the internal temperature reached 70.degree. Next, a mixture of 10 g of previously mixed styrene (St), 80 g of acrylonitrile (AN) and 0.8 g of 2,2′-azobisisobutyronitrile was added dropwise over 1 hour. After completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was continued for 5 hours, 0.4 g of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile was added, and the internal temperature was raised to 80.degree. Subsequently, 0.5 g of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile was added over 6 hours. The polymerization proceeded 98% or more at the stage of reaction for a total of 20 hours, and an aqueous dispersion (1) of polymer particles G-2 of PEGMA / St / AN = 10/10/80 by weight ratio was prepared . The particle size distribution of the polymer particles G-2 had a maximum value at a particle size of 150 nm.
 粒径分布は、ポリマー粒子の電子顕微鏡写真を撮影し、写真上で粒子の粒径を総計で5,000個測定し、得られた粒径測定値の最大値から0の間を対数目盛で50分割して各粒径の出現頻度をプロットして求めた。なお非球形粒子については写真上の粒子面積と同一の粒子面積を持つ球形粒子の粒径値を粒径とした。 The particle size distribution is obtained by taking an electron micrograph of the polymer particles, measuring a total of 5,000 particle sizes on the photograph, and on a logarithmic scale between 0 and the maximum value of the obtained particle size measurements. The frequency of occurrence of each particle size was divided into 50 and plotted. With respect to non-spherical particles, the particle diameter value of spherical particles having the same particle area as the particle area in the photograph is taken as the particle diameter.
<バインダーポリマー>
 B-1a:下記構造の化合物
 B-1b:下記構造の化合物
 B-2:下記構造の化合物
<Binder polymer>
B-1a: Compound of the following structure B-1b: Compound of the following structure B-2: Compound of the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037

 
 上記構造式中、各構成単位の添え字は各構成単位の含有量(モル%)を表し、オキシエチレン単位を示す括弧の添え字は、オキシエチレン単位の繰り返し数を表す。
 また、B-1bにおけるハロゲン化物イオンは、メタクリル酸に由来する構成単位とグリシジルメタクリレートとを反応させる際に反応触媒として用いられるアンモニウムハライド化合物に由来するものである。
In the above structural formula, the subscript of each structural unit represents the content (mol%) of each structural unit, and the subscript of the parenthesis indicating the oxyethylene unit represents the number of repetitions of the oxyethylene unit.
The halide ion in B-1b is derived from an ammonium halide compound used as a reaction catalyst when reacting a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid with glycidyl methacrylate.
<重合性化合物>
 M-1:トリス(アクリロイルオキシエチル)イソシアヌレート、NKエステル A-9300、新中村化学工業(株)製
 M-2:ジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレート、SR-399、サートマー社製
 M-3:ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート、A-DPH、新中村化学工業(株)製
 M-4:ジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレートヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート ウレタンプレポリマー、UA-510H、共栄社化学(株)製
 M-5:エトキシ化ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート、ATM-4E、新中村化学工業(株)製
<Polymerizable compound>
M-1: Tris (acryloyloxyethyl) isocyanurate, NK ester A-9300, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. M-2: Dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, SR-399, Sartomer M-3: Dipenta Erythritol hexaacrylate, A-DPH, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. M-4: dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate hexamethylene diisocyanate urethane prepolymer, UA-510H, Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd. M-5: ethoxylated pentaerythritol Tetraacrylate, ATM-4E, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. product
<電子受容型重合開始剤>
 I-1~I-6:下記構造の化合物
<Electron-accepting polymerization initiator>
I-1 to I-6: compounds of the following structures
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038

 
 上記構造中、TsOはトシラートアニオンを表す。 The above structures, TsO - represents tosylate anion.
<赤外線吸収剤>
 K-1~K-5:下記構造の化合物
<Infrared absorber>
K-1 to K-5: compounds of the following structures
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039

 
 上記構造中、Phはフェニル基を表す。 In the above structure, Ph represents a phenyl group.
<電子供与型重合開始剤>
 R-1:下記構造の化合物
<Electron donated polymerization initiator>
R-1: compound of the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040

 
<酸発色剤>
 H-1:S-205(福井山田化学工業(株)製)
 H-2:GN-169(山本化成(株)製)
 H-3:Black-XV(山本化成(株)製)
 H-4:Red-40(山本化成(株)製)
<Acid coloring agent>
H-1: S-205 (manufactured by Fukui Yamada Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
H-2: GN-169 (Yamamoto Kasei Co., Ltd.)
H-3: Black-XV (Yamamoto Kasei Co., Ltd.)
H-4: Red-40 (Yamamoto Kasei Co., Ltd.)
<低分子親水性化合物>
 T-1:トリス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)イソシアヌレート
 T-2:下記構造の化合物
 T-3:ヒドロキシプロピルセルロース、Klucel M、Hercules社製
<Low Molecular Weight Hydrophilic Compound>
T-1: Tris (2-hydroxyethyl) isocyanurate T-2: Compound of the following structure T-3: Hydroxypropyl cellulose, Klucel M, manufactured by Hercules
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041

 
<感脂化剤>
 C-1:下記構造の化合物
 C-2:ベンジルジメチルオクチルアンモニウム・PF
 C-3:下記構造の化合物
<Sepetic agent>
C-1: Compound of the following structure C-2: Benzyldimethyloctyl ammonium, PF 6 salt C-3: Compound of the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042

 
<界面活性剤>
 W-1:下記構造の化合物
<Surfactant>
W-1: Compound of the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043

 
 上記構造中、各構成単位の括弧右下の添え字は含有比(質量比)を表す。 In the above structure, the subscript at the lower right of each parenthesis of each structural unit represents a content ratio (mass ratio).
<溶剤>
 S-1:2-ブタノン(MEK)
 S-2:1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール(MFG)
 S-3:メタノール
 S-4:1-プロパノール
 S-5:蒸留水
<Solvent>
S-1: 2-butanone (MEK)
S-2: 1-Methoxy-2-propanol (MFG)
S-3: Methanol S-4: 1-Propanol S-5: Distilled water
 2018年1月29日に出願された日本国特許出願2018-012410号の開示は、その全体が参照により本明細書に取り込まれる。本明細書に記載された全ての文献、特許出願、及び技術規格は、個々の文献、特許出願、及び技術規格が参照により取り込まれることが具体的かつ個々に記された場合と同程度に、本明細書中に参照により取り込まれる。 The disclosure of Japanese Patent Application No. 2018-012410 filed Jan. 29, 2018 is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. All documents, patent applications, and technical standards described herein are as specific and distinct as when individual documents, patent applications, and technical standards are incorporated by reference. Incorporated herein by reference.

Claims (15)

  1.  アルミニウム支持体と、
     前記アルミニウム支持体上に形成された画像記録層と、を含み、
     前記アルミニウム支持体上に形成された全ての層の合計質量に対するハロゲン化物イオンの合計含有量が、0ppmを超え1,000ppm以下である
     平版印刷版原版。
    An aluminum support,
    An image recording layer formed on the aluminum support;
    A lithographic printing plate precursor having a total content of halide ions relative to the total mass of all layers formed on the aluminum support of more than 0 ppm and not more than 1,000 ppm.
  2.  前記ハロゲン化物イオンの合計含有量が、0ppmを超え500ppm以下である、請求項1に記載の平版印刷版原版。 The lithographic printing plate precursor as claimed in claim 1, wherein the total content of the halide ions is more than 0 ppm and not more than 500 ppm.
  3.  前記アルミニウム支持体上に形成された全ての層のうちいずれかの層に、前記ハロゲン化物イオンとして、フッ化物イオン、塩化物イオン、臭化物イオン、及び、ヨウ化物イオンよりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種を含む、請求項1又は請求項2に記載の平版印刷版原版。 In at least one layer among all the layers formed on the aluminum support, at least one selected from the group consisting of fluoride ion, chloride ion, bromide ion, and iodide ion as the halide ion The lithographic printing plate precursor as claimed in claim 1 or 2, which comprises one type.
  4.  前記アルミニウム支持体上に形成されたいずれかの層が、第四級アンモニウムカチオンのハロゲン化物を含む、請求項1~請求項3のいずれか1項に記載の平版印刷版原版。 The lithographic printing plate precursor as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein any of the layers formed on the aluminum support contains a halide of a quaternary ammonium cation.
  5.  前記画像記録層が電子受容型重合開始剤を含み、
     前記電子受容型重合開始剤がヨードニウム塩である、請求項1~請求項4のいずれか1項に記載の平版印刷版原版。
    The image recording layer contains an electron accepting polymerization initiator,
    The lithographic printing plate precursor as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the electron accepting polymerization initiator is an iodonium salt.
  6.  前記ヨードニウム塩が、下記式1により表される化合物である、請求項5に記載の平版印刷版原版。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

     
     式1中、Ar及びArは、置換基を有していてもよいベンゼン環であって、2つのベンゼン環の置換基が互いに異なっており、かつ、少なくとも片方のベンゼン環の置換基のハメットσ値の合計が負である構造を表し、Zはカウンターアニオンを表す。
    The lithographic printing plate precursor as claimed in claim 5, wherein the iodonium salt is a compound represented by the following formula 1.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001


    In Formula 1, Ar 1 and Ar 2 are benzene rings which may have a substituent, and the substituents of two benzene rings are different from each other, and at least one of the substituents of the benzene ring is A structure in which the sum of Hammett σ values is negative, Z represents a counter anion.
  7.  前記ヨードニウム塩が、下記式1aにより表わされる化合物である、請求項5又は請求項6に記載の平版印刷版原版。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

     
     式1a中、Ar1aは、置換基を有するベンゼン環であって、置換基のハメットσ値の合計が負であるものを表し、Ar2aは、置換基を有するベンゼン環であって、置換基のハメットσ値の合計が正であるものを表し、Zは、カウンターアニオンを表す。
    The lithographic printing plate precursor as claimed in claim 5 or 6, wherein the iodonium salt is a compound represented by the following formula 1a.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002


    In Formula 1a, Ar 1a is a benzene ring having a substituent, and the total sum of Hammett σ values of the substituents is negative, and Ar 2a is a benzene ring having a substituent, the substituent The sum of Hammett σ values of represents a positive one, and Z represents a counter anion.
  8.  前記式1aにより表されるヨードニウム塩が、下記式2により表されるヨードニウム塩である、請求項7に記載の平版印刷版原版。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

     
     式2中、R~Rは、各々独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ハロゲン原子、ハロアルキル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、-OR、-OCOR、-OCONR、-OSO、-OPO(OR)(OR)、-OSiR、-COR、-COOR、-CONR、-NR、-NRCOR、-NRCOOR、-NRCONR、-N(COR)(COR)、-N・Y、-NRSO、-SR、-SOR、-SO、-SO、-SONR、-PR、-PO(OR)(OR)、又は、-SiRを表し、R~Rは、各々独立して水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、アルケニル基、又は、アルキニル基を表し、Z及びYは、各々独立して、カウンターアニオンを表し、R~Rの全てが水素原子となることはなく、かつ、R~Rの全てが水素原子となることはない。
    The lithographic printing plate precursor as claimed in claim 7, wherein the iodonium salt represented by the formula 1a is an iodonium salt represented by the following formula 2.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003


    In the formula 2, R 1 to R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a halogen atom, a haloalkyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, -OR 7 , -OCOR 7 , -OCONR 7 R 8 , -OSO 2 R 7 , -OPO (OR 7 ) (OR 8 ), -OSi R 7 R 8 R 9 , -COR 7 , -COOR 7 , -CONR 7 R 8 , -NR 7 R 8, -NR 7 COR 8, -NR 7 COOR 8, -NR 7 CONR 8 R 9, -N (COR 7) (COR 8), - N + R 7 R 8 R 9 · Y -, -NR 7 SO 2 R 8 , -SR 7 , -SOR 7 , -SO 2 R 7 , -SO 3 R 7 , -SO 2 NR 7 R 8 , -PR 7 R 8 , -PO (OR 7 ) (OR 8 ), or represents -SiR 7 R 8 R 9 R 7 ~ R 9 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group, Z - and Y - is, each independently represents a counter anion, R 1 ~ All of R 3 will not be hydrogen atoms, and all of R 4 to R 6 will not be hydrogen atoms.
  9.  電子供与型重合開始剤として、ボレート化合物を更に含む、請求項5~請求項8のいずれか1項に記載の平版印刷版原版。 The lithographic printing plate precursor as claimed in any one of claims 5 to 8, further comprising a borate compound as the electron donor polymerization initiator.
  10.  前記ボレート化合物が、テトラフェニルボレート化合物である、請求項9に記載の平版印刷版原版。 The lithographic printing plate precursor as claimed in claim 9, wherein the borate compound is a tetraphenyl borate compound.
  11.  前記画像記録層が、赤外線吸収剤、及び、重合性化合物を更に含む、請求項5~請求項10のいずれか1項に記載の平版印刷版原版。 The lithographic printing plate precursor as claimed in any one of claims 5 to 10, wherein the image recording layer further comprises an infrared absorber and a polymerizable compound.
  12.  前記画像記録層が、ポリマー粒子を含む、請求項5~請求項11のいずれか1項に記載の平版印刷版原版。 The lithographic printing plate precursor as claimed in any one of claims 5 to 11, wherein the image recording layer comprises polymer particles.
  13.  前記画像記録層が、赤外線吸収剤及び疎水性熱可塑性ポリマー粒子を含む、請求項1~請求項4のいずれか1項に記載の平版印刷版原版。 The lithographic printing plate precursor as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the image recording layer comprises an infrared absorber and hydrophobic thermoplastic polymer particles.
  14.  機上現像用平版印刷版原版である、請求項1~請求項13のいずれか1項に記載の平版印刷版原版。 The lithographic printing plate precursor according to any one of claims 1 to 13, which is a lithographic printing plate precursor for on-press development.
  15.  請求項1~請求項14のいずれか1項に記載の平版印刷版原版を画像露光する工程、及び、
     印刷インキ及び湿し水の少なくとも一方により、前記画像記録層の未露光部分を除去する工程を含む
     平版印刷版の作製方法。
    A step of imagewise exposing the lithographic printing plate precursor according to any one of claims 1 to 14;
    A method of preparing a lithographic printing plate, comprising the step of removing the unexposed area of the image recording layer with at least one of printing ink and dampening water.
PCT/JP2019/002582 2018-01-29 2019-01-25 Lithographic printing plate original plate, and method for producing lithographic printing plate WO2019146769A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018-012410 2018-01-29
JP2018012410 2018-01-29

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019146769A1 true WO2019146769A1 (en) 2019-08-01

Family

ID=67394943

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2019/002582 WO2019146769A1 (en) 2018-01-29 2019-01-25 Lithographic printing plate original plate, and method for producing lithographic printing plate

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2019146769A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023182092A1 (en) * 2022-03-23 2023-09-28 富士フイルム株式会社 Transfer film, laminate, method for producing laminate having resist pattern, and method for producing laminate having conductor pattern

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2005099286A (en) * 2003-09-24 2005-04-14 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Planographic printing original plate
JP2009255506A (en) * 2008-03-26 2009-11-05 Fujifilm Corp Original plate of lithographic printing plate and lithographic printing method
JP2009262523A (en) * 2008-03-31 2009-11-12 Fujifilm Corp Original plate of lithographic printing plate and plate-making method
JP2013071374A (en) * 2011-09-28 2013-04-22 Fujifilm Corp Method for producing lithographic printing plate

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2005099286A (en) * 2003-09-24 2005-04-14 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Planographic printing original plate
JP2009255506A (en) * 2008-03-26 2009-11-05 Fujifilm Corp Original plate of lithographic printing plate and lithographic printing method
JP2009262523A (en) * 2008-03-31 2009-11-12 Fujifilm Corp Original plate of lithographic printing plate and plate-making method
JP2013071374A (en) * 2011-09-28 2013-04-22 Fujifilm Corp Method for producing lithographic printing plate

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023182092A1 (en) * 2022-03-23 2023-09-28 富士フイルム株式会社 Transfer film, laminate, method for producing laminate having resist pattern, and method for producing laminate having conductor pattern

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7062635B2 (en) Curable composition, lithographic printing plate original plate, lithographic printing plate preparation method, and compound
WO2019013268A1 (en) Lithographic printing plate original plate, and method for producing lithographic printing plate
JP6934939B2 (en) How to make a lithographic printing plate original plate and a lithographic printing plate
JP6956787B2 (en) Planographic printing plate original plate, lithographic printing plate making method, organic polymer particles, and photosensitive resin composition
JP7065979B2 (en) A lithographic printing plate original plate, a method for producing a lithographic printing plate, a lithographic printing method, and a curable composition.
WO2019021828A1 (en) Lithographic printing plate original plate, method for producing lithographic printing plate, and chromogenic composition
JP6977065B2 (en) How to make a lithographic printing plate original plate and a lithographic printing plate
WO2018221134A1 (en) Lithographic printing plate precursor, resin composition for producing lithographic printing plate precursor, and production method for lithographic printing plate
JP6942799B2 (en) How to make a lithographic printing plate original plate and a lithographic printing plate
WO2020045587A1 (en) Lithographic printing plate master, method for producing lithographic printing plate, lithographic printing method, and curable composition
WO2019146769A1 (en) Lithographic printing plate original plate, and method for producing lithographic printing plate
WO2020137919A1 (en) Photosensitive composition, lithographic printing plate precursor, method for producing lithographic printing plate, and lithographic printing method
WO2019013139A1 (en) Planographic printing original plate, method for preparing planographic printing plate, color developing composition, curable composition, and image forming material
WO2021065418A1 (en) Planographic printing method
WO2018159626A1 (en) Curable composition, lithographic printing plate precursor, and method for preparing lithographic printing plate
WO2018199316A1 (en) Curable composition, planographic printing master plate, method for manufacturing planographic printing plate, and salt compound

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19743593

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19743593

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP